Weldon Owen International 2019 Catalog

TH

E OFFICIAL

COOKBOOK F O R E W O R D by J U L I A N F E L L O W E S

THE

COMPLETE BOOK of

HOME ORGANIZATION

D R . A N N I E G R AY

by To ni H a m m ersl e y

T H E A RT & M A K I N G O F

DELICIOUS DISHES FOR KIDS TO MAKE WITH THEIR FAVORITE GROWN-UPS

b your supper dish and head to the tchen for scrumptious meals with e Peanuts gang! The PewFamily k features delicious recipes that are

perfect for junior chefs to prepare with their favorite grown-ups, bringing generations of Peanuts fans together for fun culinary adventures.

With 50 delightful recipes and more than 75 classic comic strips and original illustrations, this is the perfect way to enjoy Charles Schulz’s beloved characters with breakfast, lunch, and, of course, SUPPERTIME!

Family Cookbook

#

Family

k WARNING k

-423-3 68188 CAN $33.99

-68188-423-3

Cookbook

ALSO AVAILABLE!

THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS

PEANUTS

1 884233

EVERYDAY

S LOW C OOK I NG MODERN RECIPES FOR DELICIOUS MEALS KIM LAIDLAW

Newlywed Cookbook FAVORITE RECIPES FOR COOKING TOGETHER

the

DON’T DRILL A HOLE IN YOUR HEAD! Eat food that’s grown as locally as you can get!

Every week, the hit podcast Sawbones takes a look at the weird, gross, and occasionally genius ways humans have tried to fix what ails us. In this book, the hosts revisit their most popular topics and share even more bizarre highlights from the history of medicine, answering such questions as:

Whether you have a large plot of land,• How Can I Rob Graves the a postage-stamp-sized yard—or pots onOld-Fashioned Way? a balcony, The Edible Garden contains • Opium: Is There Anything everything you need to know to plant, raise, It Can’t Cure? harvest, and prepare the freshest, healthiest,

• How Long After the Chicken Strapped to My Arm Dies Will My Plague Be Cured?

• Has Anyone Ever Died from

2019

1

CONTENTS 2 LIFESTYLE 70 FOOD + DRINK

LIFESTYLE

4

LIFESTYLE

HOME

Small Space Style Whitney Leigh Morris

BECAUSE YOU DON’T NEED TO LIVE LARGE TO LIVE BEAUTIFULLY

WHITNEY LEIGH MORRIS of The Tiny Canal Cottage

N m

DIY

Interior design maven and Instagram star Whitney Leigh Morris, of the Tiny Canal Cottage, makes living in a mere 400 square feet (37 sq m) look elegant and effortless—even with a husband, baby, and two beagles in the mix. In her debut book, Whitney shares her best ideas for making any tiny space efficient and stylish—whether it’s a rustic A-frame in the woods or a chic microapartment in the city. Includes fun and simple DIY projects galore.

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 60,000 words 500+ photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

190 Build a Freestanding Closet

S T E P F O U R Position the second shelf on top of the first pipes.

Teeny closet or no closet at all? Construct your own open wardrobe with a narrow footprint and a polished industrial

shelf. Dry-fit a 90-degree elbow to the top of the pipe on the left

Repeat, ending with two shorter vertical pipes on top of the highest and a tee fitting to the pipe on the right.

look using wood and plumbing pipe and fixtures. Try combining materials, such as copper with pine or dark charcoal-stained wood with galvanized pipe.

S T E P O N E Plan your design around standard lengths of pipe, noting that you will need short lengths to go between shelves and two longer lengths to extend the full height and width. First, select wood for your shelves and measure the board thickness to determine how much threading you need at the ends of your pipe, keeping in mind that—when the pipe is inserted through a threaded flange and one of the shelf boards—the threaded portion should extend halfway through the board. Purchase unthreaded pipe and ask the retailer to add the required threads to the ends.

S T E P T W O Make a template for where the pipe goes through the shelf and mark these spots on each shelf.

Drill the holes so they’re equal to the outside diameter of the pipe, which can differ from the pipe’s labeled size.

S T E P F I V E Mount and glue the full-height pipe on the right side;

(Depending on your pipe’s diameter, you may need a self-

dry-fit a tee fitting to the top. To join the top, working from the left,

feed bit for your drill, or a hole saw.) Stain or paint and

insert the shelf-width pipe, the hanging bar, and the dressing bar

seal the shelves and let them dry.

extension—which provides a space to put your clothes out the night before—into the fittings. Once squared, secure with glue.

S T E P T H R E E Screw the threaded flanges onto each shelf, aligning one above and one below each pipe hole.

Measure and mark spots for two casters on each side of the bottom shelf; use the mounting hardware to affix.

Then, starting with the bottom shelf, position two of the shorter vertical pipes in the two flanges. Always dry-fit the pipe to the flange to make sure the heights are equal before applying glue to both the pipe end and the fitting.

S T E P S I X Use the bottom shelf for footwear and the shelves on the side for stacks of jeans and sweaters. Add hooks to the outer ends of the shelves for hats, scarves, and purses, and mount a full-length mirror on the wall near the dressing bar extension.

HOME

LIFESTYLE

ADVICE FROM THE COTTAGE

085 Set Up a Mini Garden Getaway Even the tiniest slice of earth outside your home—a stoop, a driveway, an alley, a porch, or a little garden—can be transformed into a useful, tranquil retreat with minimal effort and cost. Indeed, encompassing any outdoor areas is a delightful and effective way to enlarge and enhance your living space. Tailor your outdoor oasis to your style and taste, but keep your climate in mind when selecting plants, furnishings, and decor.

We are so lucky we can enjoy being outside almost

a corridor that connects our home and the

year-round, thanks to the Southern California

neighboring house to a shared laundry and bike

climate. Plus, the size of our living space nearly

shed. This green corridor is much more than a

doubles when we make use of the outdoors. (Even

thoroughfare, though: It becomes a more private

with our yard and porch taken into account, we

dining room (sometimes with floor cushions,

still live in under 800 square feet/75 sq m.) The

sometimes with tables), an activity center for our

Cottage’s outdoor area stretches around three

son, a seedling incubator, and an additional office

sides of the home, and each side presents many

space when we need it. It also is the main point of

possible outdoor “rooms.” We constantly reinvent

entrance for the Cottage itself, as the front stoop

these spaces to suit our daily needs.

leads up from the side yard into our living room.

E N T E R TA I N O N T H E F R O N T P O R C H We share

a 20-by-8-foot (6-by-2.4-m) platform with the

This stoop is always tremendously helpful as a solo seating area and a storage space for our market baskets (see #001).

neighboring home at the front of the Cottage. We access it through a Dutch door in our kitchen, and it serves as an herb garden, a dining room, a living room, a screening room (we just set up a projector when we want to watch a movie), a playroom, and a bar. We have a simple and lovely lattice garden (see #093) and an outdoor storage bench used as a couch. We set up a table and chairs for guests when we have larger parties.

R E T R E AT T O T H E B A C K G A R D E N For

precious family time, we look no further than the private garden (shown at right) and patio behind our cottage. Accessed via the side yard or the French doors that open from our bedroom, it is practically an extension of our interiors. Beyond being peaceful and richly covered in various vines, it also contains our outdoor wardrobe and gardening supplies. The back stoop is frequently an

C O M E A N D G O V I A T H E S I D E YA R D The

extra workspace, a reading nook, and an outdoor

front porch steps down into the side yard,

bathing space for our son.

107 Go with Open or Closed Cabinets The passionate debate among interior designers as to whether open or closed shelving is the best solution to all our kitchen storage needs is still going strong. On one hand, open storage is airy, streamlined, and elegant, and it allows you to display a collection of beautiful tools, ceramics, and glassware. Plus, you never lose anything, because it’s all right there in front of your eyes.

On the other hand, it’s all right there in front of your eyes: mismatched mugs, less-than-aspirational plastic food-storage containers, packaged pantry

you don’t have a range hood over your oven. As a compromise, some people keep cabinets open but go with glass doors.

At the Cottage, we opt for a mix: We store our prettier pieces on open shelves and our hardworking but less lovely objects behind closed cabinet doors. But in general, the discipline behind open storage is great to practice: If you must show the world everything in your kitchen, it will force you to pick beautiful dining and serving pieces, decant ugly packaging into more harmonious and refined storage containers, pay attention to form and color, and do a regular edit of your pantry goods to keep your shelves tidy and accessible.

items, chipped breakfast bowls, disposable party

Before installing open shelves, try removing the

cups, everything. Open-shelving critics also point

doors from your cabinets and test-driving the look

out that dust tends to accumulate more rapidly

to see if it works for you. After a few weeks, you’ll

when your goods are all out in the open, and that

know if you can keep the space organized and

grease and grime from cooking can build up if

clean enough to warrant making the change.

108 Load Up the Backsplash Take advantage of that strip of wall just behind the sink and under your cabinetry with some smart and eye-catching storage solutions.

H A N G A WA L L P O C K E T Utensil caddies for

larger instruments can be overwhelming on the countertop of a small kitchen. By hanging a cone-shaped wall pocket or basket, you can keep your utensils within arm’s reach without using up precious drawer and counter space.

U S E S U C T I O N H O O K S If a tile or stone

backsplash thwarts your plan for hanging storage systems, install suction hooks to the tile, or screw hooks or a rack to the underside of your cabinets

these designs are frequently manufactured at far

and hang brushes, larger utensils, mugs, towels,

too big a size for tiny spaces. But there’s good

herbs, and more. (Magnets can also do the trick;

news: You can customize and adapt individual

see #096.)

components to suit your space and maximize its

S E T U P A R A I L S Y S T E M We’ve all seen those

capacity. Just buy or make a short rail to fit your

efficient and beautiful kitchen-wall rail systems in

space, then add S-hooks and hang mugs, towels,

magazines and online. The frustrating thing is that

and storage baskets from the rail.

5

6

LIFESTYLE

HOME

The Lonny Home Sean Santiago & the Editors of Lonny Home Stunning, unique home decor doesn’t have to be expensive or overwhelming. This beautiful book, from the experts at Lonny Home magazine, demystifies stylish living with simple, step-by-step approaches to creating a personal space that reflects your style and nurtures your soul. Lovely illustrations, gorgeous photography, and real-life home tours provide instruction and inspiration for making any space your own.

304 pages 203 x 254 mm • 8 x 10 inches 40,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

C HR IS BE NZ

Mood Master When it comes to creating a space that feels reflective of your personality yet respectful of the past, creative director Chris Benz could be considered something of an expert.

Benz purchased his historic 1905 Brooklyn brownstone in 2014; over the course of three years, he designed a dynamic, huesaturated home that feels modern and creative, steeped in history but not bogged down by tradition. “I grew up spending lots of time at my grandparents’ house in Port Madison, Bainbridge Island,” says Benz. “It was this terrific red-ship captain’s house from 1850.

That love of old houses and decorating has never escaped me.”

Equipped with a binder full of inspiration, a lengthy renovation paved the way to what is now Benz’s dream home. “I had a plan months before closing, so I was as prepared as possible,” says Benz. “My approach—since I intended to live on-site while working on the property—was to work from the top floor, finish, and move down. In retrospect, it really made no difference, cleanliness-wise, because no amount of taping-off rooms prevents dust and debris from going everywhere!”

The house itself had remained remarkably untouched, lived in by only one family since it was built at the turn of the 20th century.

Benz retained as much of the original detailing

HOME

LIFESTYLE

48

THE LONNY HOME

ART OF THE OASIS

MAKING CLEVER SUBSTITUTIONS

M I X I N G I N T R AV E L F I N D S

“Peter was adamant about having a good bar in the kitchen,” says Lizzie. Forgoing the trendy, gilded bar cart look, the couple settled on a vintage medicine cart to serve up Aperol spritzes and tequila negronis.

An 80-year-old Turkish carpet that Lizzie’s sister Kathryn brought back from the Grand Bazaar in Istanbul hangs on the wall of the open living and kitchen area. It’s hung over a wrack for a more casual feel, and plays well with travel-inspired motifs and warm tones of the throw pillows and rugs.

Scent can be a powerful tool in meditation–plus, it really makes a difference in a space. Using aromatherapy practices can help you bring a little bit of the spa into your own home, giving you the space

CANDLES Candles are an accessible and powerful tool for creating dynamic olfactory experiences. Plus, they’re easy on the eyes—and the jars can be repurposed! They come in a variety of scents and intensities and can be layered over one another if you burn two at a time.

to reflect on how you’re living and why. It’s also an empowering way to manifest your priorities. Here are some of our favorite techniques for achieving peak peace.

2

SAGE & PALO SANTO Burn sage to cleanse your aura and benefit from its healing properties, or light up palo santo, which translates to “holy wood” and can keep you grounded, connected, and ready to take on the world. Both keep bad energy at bay and can evoke powerful scent memories.

POTPOURRI Dry a potent mix of flowers and collect them in a bowl or sachet. To increase their potency, add a few drops of your preferred essential oil and bake them in the oven to infuse them with the fragrance. Scent is served!

ESSENTIAL OIL Essential oils are an ancient way to bring peace into your home. Citrus scents like Neroli or orange can have an uplifting effect on your mood, encouraging creativity and positive thinking.

Yes, please!

INCENSE STICKS Incense can impart a deep connection to culture and can inspire clarity and peace of mind. Plus, there are really chic incense holders out there.

7

e for anyone provement, st DIY selves with ments.

hief of xperienced on home s in Alabama he plays ns Pint Bottle hes fiction.

HOME

The Complete Book of Clean Toni Hammersley A sparkling-clean home is within reach, and it’s easier than you think! A room-by-room system, recipes for green cleaning products, and organizational scheduling tools will help you achieve—and maintain—a tidy, organized, welcoming home in mere minutes a day.

224 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 60,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide Currently available

The Complete Book of Home Organization Toni Hammersley

THE

Say goodbye to a messy home and wasted storage space—the easy way! Step-by-step instructions, detailed illustrations, and handy checklists make organizing any home a breeze.

COMPLETE BOOK of

HOME ORGANIZATION

by Ton i Hammersley

208 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 60,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide Currently available

The Enthusiast’s Guide to Home Improvement

The Enthusiast’s Guide to Home Improvement

TOOLS AND SKILLS

QUICK FIXES

WEEKEND PROJECTS MAJOR UPGRADES

HOME

DIY QUICK &EASY

THE

THE

HOME DIY MANUAL

t to upgrade u could m of adding k, DIY cks, and pro plumbing o outdoor more. Most a weekend or a few hours.

LIFESTYLE

QUICK &EASY

K

8

MANUAL TIPS

324

MATT WEBER AND THE EDITORS OF EXTREME HOW-TO

The Quick & Easy Home DIY Manual Matt Weber & the Editors of Extreme How-To Invaluable for both the first-time homeowner and the venerable household handyman, this book is an all-in-one resource for quick fixes, weekend projects, and impressive renovations.

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 70,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide Currently available

HOME

LIFESTYLE

Modern Farmhouse Style The Editors of Country Home

• Be inspired by beautiful houses that balance both pastoral and urban sensibilities.

• Dial down or punch up your existing decor

• Blend modern and farmhouse elements with custom DIY decor projects. Complete with step-by-step photos and instructions.

250+ ways to harmonize rustic charm with contemporary living

STYLE

by salvaging pieces that add just a touch of homespun appeal.

STYLE

MODERN

from the country life. No matter your space, you’ll learn how to incorporate old-world comfort into your contemporary home.

Farmhouse MODERN

Farmhouse

Move over, shabby chic: The new farmhouse look is all about clean lines and modern shapes, paired with rustic textures and clever decor ideas upcycled from the country life. Learn how to add a touch of homespun charm to best your contemporary Seek the of both worlds. home, or update your traditional Movewith over, shabby chic: The new farmhouseand chic farmhouse sleek, modern, look is all about clean lines and modern shapes, accents and decor amenities. paired with rustic texture and upcycled

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 40,000 words 300+ photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Easy Garden Projects The Editors of Country Gardens

easy

Get a little greenery in your life! Whether you’re looking for decorative projects (hello there, adorable air-plant chandelier) or more functional builds (like a drought-savvy rainwater reservoir), Easy Garden Projects has everything you Get need a tolittle makegreenery the most of your little acre—no matter in your life. its actual size.

• Repurpose everyday items into charming

displays for your favorite flora and fauna.

• Craft hardworking cold frames, arbors,

potting benches, and trellises that help you help your garden grow.

• Discover how to entice beautiful birds and

garden projects

Whether you’re looking for decorative projects (hello there, adorable air-plant chandelier!) or more functional builds (you’ve got to try our drought-savvy rainwater reservoir), Easy Garden Projects has everything you need to make the most of your little acre—no matter its actual size.

easy

garden projects

butterflies into your yard via plant choices and wildlife-friendly crafts.

• Delight in trendy terrariums, time-honored

bonsai trees, miniature gardens, and more.

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 40,000 words 700+ photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide Currently available

150+ SIMPLE IDEAS FOR YOUR YARD, GARDEN & HOME

9

10

LIFESTYLE

GARDENING

The Edible Garden The Editors of Country Gardens

the

as et!

Whether you have just a few pots on a balcony or a plot of land to call your own, The Edible Garden makes eating fresh, homegrown meals easier than ever. With tips from the experts at Country Gardens magazine, including features on seasonal fruits and veggies, step-by-step growing and harvesting instructions, and delectable recipes, you’ll never buy produce at the grocery store again.

nd, ts on ins nt, raise, ealthiest,

the

and

the

eason

GROW YOUR OWN VEGETABLES, FRUITS AND HERBS NO MATTER WHERE YOU LIVE

34.00

From the editors of Country Gardens Magazine

160 pages 197 x 240 mm • 7 3/4 x 9 1/2 inches 60,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Planning, Planting & Cultivating

PLANT AN ORCHARD Don’t be intimidated by the word orchard. Integrate the fruit trees into an existing shrub bed and they quickly become landscape plants. Whether you choose to grow two fruit trees or a half-acre orchard, here are a few particulars to keep in mind.

Test Garden Tip

054

GET SMALL Even the smallest yard usually has space for a fruit tree. For years, scientists have been working to select and produce small, productive fruit trees for home landscapes. When shopping at the nursery, check the plant tag for important information about tree height and spread.

055

ORGANIZE YOUR ORCHARD Before you start digging holes around your property and ordering fruit trees from those beautiful catalogs, spend some time planning. You won’t regret it.

SITE SPECIFICS Selecting a site for a

fruit tree involves taking stock of the planting site’s current conditions and predicting future conditions. Fruit trees require full sun for good growth and fruit production, so pay close attention to nearby trees, which may

cast shade on the young fruit tree in 5 or 10 years as the plants mature.

Fertile, well-drained soil is essential.

Like most edibles, fruit trees will grow poorly, if at all, in heavy clay soil.

ENSURE POLLINATION Several

types of fruit require more than one variety for pollination and subsequent fruit production. These plants set fruit only when they receive pollen from a nearby plant of a different variety. These types of plants are called self-sterile and include some peaches, apricots, crabapples, most apples, pears, plums, and sweet cherries. ‘Royal Ann’ sweet cherry, for example, must be within 100 feet (30 m) of another cherry tree with compatible pollen that blooms at the same time or it will not produce any cherries.

CARE AND MAINTENANCE When given regular care, fruit trees will produce bushels of fruit 3 to 5 years after planting. Deep watering is essential during the first year after planting. To encourage strong root growth, soak the tree root zone every week or two during the first year after planting. Drought conditions will require more frequent watering.

Prevent competition for moisture by removing weeds and grass from underneath the tree canopy. Spread a 4- to 6-inch (10–15-cm) layer of mulch under the tree, keeping it away from the trunk. Plan to prune fruit trees every two to three years to ensure strong branching structure that will support developing fruit.

056

MIX IT UP

Plant care and pollination are often simplified when several different fruit trees are planted together in a small backyard orchard.

HOMESTE ADING

LIFESTYLE

Modern Homesteading The Editors of Living the Country Life Are you looking to grow some organic veggies and keep a chicken or two in a suburban backyard, or maybe escape to a farm in the country? This book has what you need. From keeping bees to simple crafts to canning and preserving, the experts at America’s top sustainability magazine, Living the Country Life, have you covered. Simple, practical instructions and lovely photographs make it easy for all.

MODERN

160 pages 197 x 240 mm • 7 3/4 x 9 1/2 inches 60,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide Currently available

137

Get back to the land—wherever you live

138 DRESS UP A WINDOW BOX This simple design turns a narrow shutter attached to a cedar window box and a little yellow paint into a sunny container.

Weather-hardy plants here include lantana (Lantana camara ‘Tropical Fruit’), sedge (Carex flagellifera ‘Toffee Twist’), and coleus (Coleus ‘Rustic Orange’).

FENCE THE FLOWERS A sturdy section of bentwood garden edging comes to the rescue of tall summer flowers. It’s easy to make these flower supports with twigs and stems pruned from shrubs and small trees around the garden. These panels are taller than regular garden edging: Consider them portable miniature fence sections you can use just where you need them and for as long as they’re needed. They are as handy in a vegetable and herb garden as they are among the daisies, and they’re perfect for defining a border. After you make one, you’ll find multiple ways to put it to work.

MATERIALS Loppers; pruning shears; 3, 30‑inch (76 cm) branches, approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm) in diameter; 3, 36–inch (91 cm) branches, less than 1 inch (2.5 cm) in diameter; 2, 25‑inch (63.5 cm) branches, about ½ inch (1 cm) in diameter; 45‑inch (114 cm) flexible whip or woody shoot; sallboard nails: 1½ inches (4 cm); hammer; 16‑gauge tie wire; wire cutters; pliers; wire nails: 17 gauge, 1 inch (2.5 cm)

Homesteading

STEP 1 Lay out design using the 30-inch-long (76 cm) pieces as the upright posts.

Set outside posts 30 inches (76 cm) apart; place the center upright slightly higher than the end posts. Lay the three 36-inch (91 cm) crosspieces on top, placing lowest crosspiece 12 inches (30 cm) above the bottom of the upright posts.

Crosspieces will extend about 3 inches (8 cm) beyond posts on either side. The bottom of the center upright should be slightly below the lowest crosspiece.

STEP 2 Nail the crosspieces to each of the upright posts.

If necessary, use scrap lumber wedges to support the stems and prevent stems from splitting while driving the nails. Turn the panel over.

Snip pieces of wire long enough to wrap around the joints; use pliers to twist the wire, making tight joints. Do this at every junction between crosspieces and the posts.

STEP 3 Turn the panel face-up and position the ray pieces in a V-shape. Use wire nails to secure the rays to the crosspieces where they meet.

Bend the long whip and place it on top of everything, nailing it onto the panel in at least three places. When you place your flower fence in the garden, dig small holes for the posts with a trowel. Firm the soil around the posts.

11

12

LIFESTYLE

BEAUTY

Foraged Art

FORAGED ART

Peter Cole and Leslie Jonath

Photographs by Rory Earnshaw

Peter Cole & Leslie Jonath Art, meditation, and nature meet in this inspirational activity book. Divided into chapters by natural element, the book encourages readers to forage and play outside using nature’s seasonal art box. With quotes by artists on nature and creativity, the book is about making art from what you find and finding art in what you see.

Peter Cole and Leslie Jonath

FORAGED ART

Creative Projects Using Blooms, Branches, Leaves, Stones, and Other Elements Discovered in Nature

144 pages 178 x 203 mm • 7 x 8 inches 20,000 words 70 photographs Paper over board Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Rock Stars This star-shaped beach sculpture was inspired by the star-shaped rock at its center.

When it emerged at low tide, the rock was covered in sea grass and the sand around it was smooth and untouched. From afar, the rock looked like a little island.

Using the rock’s own form, we traced the star’s points around its base to make a bigger star, then filled the outline with white shells and shell fragments collected at the beach. We kept the sand around the rock smooth by kneeling in one place and reaching over to fill in each point.

121

TEXTILES

LIFESTYLE

Woven Color Natalie Miller From delicate macramé to graphic woven tapestries, from gorgeous natural dyes to ontrend shibori—in these colorful pages, Australian artist Natalie Miller presents several popular textile techniques and 50 awesome projects that you can make with simple tools. With step-bystep how-to photos and inspirational images of Natalie’s studio and travels, this book is sure to get your creative juices flowing!

192 pages 190 x 250 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 3/4 inches 50,000 words Hardcover Rights: Worldwide September 2019

02

03

07

rainbow rya knot pillow

This shaggy and bright cushion is one of my all-time favorite weaving crafts. It’s just rya knots repeated over and over—let your fingers take over and you’ll have a fabulous accessory in no time. I also dyed the pillow’s linen backing with logwood for a little extra handmade element. Do a whole bunch—they look amazing together on a couch or bed.

YOU’LL NEED READY-MADE LOOM (OR MAKE YOUR OWN; SEE PAGE 68) WARP, SUCH AS TAPESTRY COTTON WARP THREAD OR STRONG TWINE WEFT, APPROXIMATELY 2 POUNDS (1 KG) OF 20-PLY CHUNKY WOOL IN AS MANY COLORS AS YOU LIKE SCISSORS BEATER, BOBBIN, OR TABLE FORK (OPTIONAL) PINS, SEWING NEEDLE, AND THREAD PREMIUM SOFT FILL LINEN BACKING, CUT TO 11 BY 16¾ INCHES (28 BY 42.5 CM)

01 Warp up your loom to your desired cushion width. (Mine is 15¾/40 cm wide, but you can make yours in whatever dimensions you please.) As always, start by knotting a row of double half-hitch knots across the warp, then weave a row of tabby weaving 1 inch (2.5 cm) high. The tabby weaving won’t show, so it can be in any color of yarn.

02 Cut all your yarn into roughly 4-inch (10-cm) lengths, then group several together for your first rya knot. Since I used chucky yarn, I made bunches of 3 strands; if you choose a lighter yarn, try groups of 5. Do one row of rya knots in this color, alternating the warp as you go. Your next row will fall on the warps that you skipped on the first row.

03 Continue with rows of rya knots in your first color until you’re satisfied with the shape you’ve made. Here, I went with organic patches of about ten colors, but you could also try a more geometric grid. Move onto your next color of yarn, continuing to alternate rya knots along the warp with each row.

04 Once you have reached the desired height of your cushion (mine is 10 inches/25 cm), weave another 1 inch (2.5 cm) of tabby weaving. Complete the weave with a final row of double half-hitch knots.

05 Carefully cut the weave from the loom. (Flip it over—even the back looks great!) Now place it on a work surface with the right side facing down. No need to trim the warp, as it will be concealed inside the finished pillow.

06 Iron the seam lines of your linen backing. (Make sure to pick a hue that works nicely with your weaving.) Pin the woven cushion front to the linen. With a large sewing needle and thread in a fun color (I chose gold), sew three sides of the cushion together with a running stitch, turning the tabby weaving over as you go.

07 Insert the premium soft fill, then stitch the remaining cushion side closed.

WEAVING PROJECTS

73

13

chable nd designs.

Simple Sewing

™

PROJECTS

Simple Sewing PROJECTS

g from a vanced.

CRAFTS

Yourself

™

dery,

LIFESTYLE

Yourself

eeks or ill provide expert our home, gifts.

14

88-286-4

N $34.00

88-286-4

82864

Quick-stitch designs for sewing by hand and machine

Simple Sewing Projects The Editors of Make It Yourself Whether you sew for practical reasons or purely for the satisfaction of making something by hand, Simple Sewing Projects will inspire you to get stitching. This go-to guide features designs, tutorials, and accompanying patterns—from appliqué pillows to embroidered jewelry, from five-minute wreaths to cozy dog beds. These projects are easy enough for beginners but will also appeal to anyone looking for something fun to whip up in a weekend.

224 pages 200 x 240 mm • 7 7/8 x 9 1/2 inches 72,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide Currently available

6/21/17 10:43 AM

001

craft a honeycomb pillow This nature-inspired pillow comes together with a little machine stitching and simple hand sewing.

A

B

YOU WILL NEED 10×14-inch pillow form

2—11×15-inch felt rectangles Pencil Cardstock Felt sheets Pins Disappearing fabric marker

1. Draw a 2×2-inch hexagon on cardstock to use as a template. Cut out shapes in a variety of colors to create a pleasing design (A).

2. Using pins, attach the hexagon shapes to the pillow front, leaving the centers free and small gaps between each shape. Mark a seam line down the center of each row (B) and machine-stitch using neutral-color thread. With right sides together, sew the pillowcase, leaving a 5-inch gap on one side to insert the pillow form.

Turn the pillowcase right side out, insert the pillow form, and whipstitch the opening closed with matching thread.

felt facts There’s so much more to felt than primary colors and flimsy rectangles.

Today’s felt is made from acrylic, wool, bamboo, or rayon blends and is sold off the bolt and by the sheet. It’s also available in a variety of thicknesses, from 2 to 10 millimeters. If you can’t find the right felt for your needs at local crafts or fabrics stores, hit the Web. Our favorite sources for beautiful felt include commonwealthfelt.com, purlsoho.com, and thefeltpod.com.

CRAFTS

Handcrafted Gifts Yourself

In today’s one-click-purchase world, investing the time to craft a gift from hand has become an increasingly rare and thoughtful gesture. Whether your special someone would love a wood-burned wall hanging or a tiny terrarium, Handcrafted Gifts is packed with projects for makers of all types, skill Create levels, and tastes. Includes step-by-step personalized instructions, photos, and corresponding patterns.

Handcrafted GIFTS Yourself

The Editors of Make It Yourself

LIFESTYLE

™

™

presents.

• Work with a variety of materials and media, including fabric, yarn, paper, wood, metal, glass, paint, resin, and clay.

• Make something in as little as 30 minutes from start to finish.

• Be inspired by a variety of approachable

GIFTS

Nothing you can buy has the unique sentiment of something you produce with your own hands. If you’re a maker—or aspire to be—you’ll make someone very happy with a one-of-a-kind gift from this collection of easy-to-achieve projects.

projects and creative end results.

224 pages 200 x 240 mm • 7 7/8 x 9 1/2 inches 72,000 words US $25.00 CAN $34.00 300 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-293-2

ISBN: 978-168188-293-2

9

781681 882932

WO82932_LS_WO_MRD_HNDG_COV.indd 1

Make—and give—something beautiful and meaningful 6/23/17 10:08 AM

Holiday Paper Crafts Larimer Craft & Design This distinctive holiday-themed paper craft book provides detailed instructions for creating over 25 beautifully designed projects for decorating your home. Complete with photographic step-by-steps and 32 pieces of custom craft materials, including stencil sheets, tracing sheets, blank note cards, and fancy sheets of paper, Holiday Paper Crafts will inspire crafters of all skill levels to create amazing holiday projects.

80 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 15,000 words 200 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

15

16

LIFESTYLE

BEAUTY

Essential Glow

ESSENTIAL

glow ESSENTIAL

Stephanie Gerber Lavender, sandalwood, chamomile, and sage—invite the aromatic and healing power of your favorite herbs and botanicals into your life with Essential Glow, your guide to using essential oils to enhance your beauty, home, and general wellness.

B E AU T Y W E L L N ES S HOME ST E P H A N I E GERBER

Recipes + Tips for Using ESSE NTIAL OI LS Stephanie Gerber of Hello Glow

184 pages 185 x 190 mm • 7 1/4 x 7 1/2 inches 51,000 words 250+ photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Hello Glow 150+ EASY NATURAL B EAUTY RECIPES for A FRESH NEW YOU

glow hello

ST E P H A N I E G E R B E R

ST E P H A N I E GERBER

Stephanie Gerber Welcome to the world of DIY natural beauty, where organic ingredients come together in refreshing, effective treatments that pamper on the inside too. With 150+ recipes and tips, this gorgeous book is your ultimate guide to getting that healthy glow.

152 pages 185 x 190 mm • 7 1/4 x 7 1/2 inches 35,000 words 155 recipes 150 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Nail Candy Donne & Ginny Geer From cute, comic-inspired nails to peppy polka dots, from splatterpainted looks to sexy metal studs, Nail Candy is the superfun guide to out-of-this-world manicures.

144 pages 185 x 190 mm • 7 1/4 x 7 1/2 inches 20,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

The Art of Hair Rubi Jones Romantic fishtail braids, deliberately messy topknots, and glamorous ’40s waves . . .

There’s something for everyone in The Art of Hair, a collection of beautiful hairstyles that you can do yourself, right at home.

40+ gorgeous, versatile, and easy-to-execute hairstyles— for everyday living or special occasions—from hairstylist Rubi Jones.

“ T�e brai� ��i���rer.

“

— New York Magazine

Rubi Jones

-3

LIFESTYLE

THE ART OF HAIR

95

BEAUTY

144 pages 185 x 190 mm • 7 1/4 x 7 1/2 inches 20,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

the �rt of

HAIR

The Ultimate DIY Guide to Braids, Buns, Curls, and More RUBI JONES

17

18

LIFESTYLE

A RT & P O P U L A R C U LT U R E

The Urban Canvas

the

u r b a n c a n va s

the

urban canva s st r ee t ar t ar o u n d th e w o r ld

Whether it’s a political message, social commentary, or just for fun or beauty, street art has brought large-scale visual art into the open for everyone to enjoy. Art professor and historian Daichendt presents North America, South America, Australasia, Europe, Asia, and Africa in The Urban Canvas, a glorious collection of art from a stunning range of cultures.

240 pages 254 x 279 mm • 10 x 11 inches 16,000 words 297 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

daichendt

nowen.com 8188-298-7

CAN $54.00 68188-298-7

G. James Daichendt Foreword by Ron English

es jam dt g. en ich by da rd o h lis rew fo ng n e ro

882987

opposite

Herr von Bias, Berlin, Germany |

clockwise from top left

Os Gêmeos, Berlin, Germany | Pixel Pancho, Düsseldorf, Germany | Herr von Bias, Berlin, Germany

147

A RT & P O P U L A R C U LT U R E

ANDREAS DEJA MICHAEL LABRIE

Mickey Mouse: From Walt to the World

Andreas Deja

MICKEY MOUSE

Since his modest debut in 1928, Walt Disney’s creation has become one of the world’s most recognized and beloved characters. This gorgeous art book gathers drawings, film cels, and artifacts from a groundbreaking exhibit at the Walt Disney Family Museum, with text by noted Disney animator Andreas Deja.

MICKEY MOUSE

FROM WALT TO TH E WOR L D ANDREAS DEJA | MICHAEL LABRIE

FROM WALT TO THE WOR LD

exhibition at the Walt Disney Family Museum

COlOR FIlMS

BY T H E T IM E M IC KEY MO U S E F I R S T A P P E A R E D in color

to the theater-going public, Walt Disney’s studio had already experimented with Technicolor in the Silly Symphonies, a series of musical short films that debuted in 1929. When The Band Concert was reimagined and released in color in 1935, Mickey himself was also partially redesigned, giving him a more believable and lively appearance. At the time, this was considered Mickey’s greatest performance, but it also marked the beginning of an end to his solo career: Mickey’s character, tried and true, was cute and appealing, but not inherently funny. Walt and his staff recognized his unwavering charm and complemented him with a diverse cast of characters that could act as his foils. Among others, there was the cantankerous Donald Duck, the clumsy, aptly named Goofy, and the beloved and loyal dog Pluto, Mickey’s best friend.

Following The Band Concert, the trio of Mickey, Donald, and Goofy would appear together on adventures audiences fell in love with, including Mickey’s Fire Brigade (1935), Moose Hunters (1937), and Clock Cleaners (1937). Between 1938 and 1940, Mickey was at the peak of his superstardom. In 1938, Brave Little Tailor—adapted from the German fairy tale “The Valiant Little Tailor” (1640) and now considered one of the best and most entertaining Mickey shorts—was nominated for an Academy Award®.

Disney Studio Artists. Cel and background painting. The Band Concert (1935) Watercolor, ink, and graphite on paper, and ink and paint on cel | 10 x 121/2 inches

74

Don Towsley. Model sheet, 1937 Photostat on paper | 10 x 121/2 inches

opposite Disney Studio Artist. Model sheet, c. 1930 Ink and colored pencil on paper | 93/4 x 111/2 inches

Since his modest debut in 192 creation has become one of the and beloved characters. Explore artifacts from a groundbreaking Disney Family Museum.

Sections include:

Designing Mickey. Depicts how and refine his iconic character, a the contributions of other forma as Ub Iwerks and Fred Moore.

Mickey in the Movies. Traces M film career from his humble begi Willie (1928) to the glorious artis and a multitude of other films, b forgotten gems.

Mickey in Comics. Illustrates h rising on the big screen, Walt we Mickey’s adventures to newspap Ub Iwerks on comic strips that a worldwide.

Mickey in Fine Art. Features re icons such as Andy Warhol and D as new pieces by Disney artist Lo Francisco muralist Sirron Norris, artists and others have endeavor that wholesome symbol of happ inextricably linked to the Americ and success—in their own uniqu

The official catalog to the

ISBN 13: XXXXXXXXXXXXXX

COLOR FILMS

19

Mickey Merchandise. Showca appearances throughout the wo figurine, and highlights the ways was reproduced on wristwatches clocks, and much, much more.

176 pages 240 x 305 mm • 9 1/2 x 12 inches F ROM WA LT 12,000 words TO T HE WO 250 photographs and illustrationsR LD Hardcover with jacket Rights: Please inquire August 2019

COLOR FILMS

LIFESTYLE

43

20

LIFESTYLE

A RT & A N I M AT I O N

Awaking Beauty: The Art of Eyvind Earle Curated by Michael Labrie & Ioan Szaz From his graphic, colorful concept art for Disney classics such as Sleeping Beauty to the dramatic, near-surreal paintings of his late career, the art of Eyvind Earle has garnered worldwide admiration. Explore his life’s work in this dazzling selection from The Walt Disney Family Museum.

176 pages 240 x 305 mm • 9 1/2 x 12 inches 12,000 words 250 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket Rights: World English Currently available

Green Forest 1989 Oil on Masonite 24 x 36 inches

Ancient Forest 1989 Oil on Masonite 24 x 36 inches COMMER CIAL AND LATE WOR K 1 57

A RT & A N I M AT I O N

LIFESTYLE

Nine Old Men: Walt Disney’s Masters of Animation Curated by Don Hahn Text by Charles Solomon Produced in conjunction with The Walt Disney Family Museum’s 2018 exhibition, this book features an array of fascinating artwork and family mementos from nine groundbreaking animators, including sketches, caricatures, and snapshots, as well as original art from Pinocchio (1940), Bambi (1942), Peter Pan (1953), Lady and the Tramp (1955), and Sleeping Beauty (1959).

160 pages 240 x 305 mm • 9 1/2 x 12 inches 12,000 words 250 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket Rights: Please inquire Currently available

ERIC LARSON

G

entle and soft-spoken, Eric was the man the other artists went to when they had troubles, knowing they would find

a sympathetic ear and good advice. His kind demeanor made him the logical choice to head the training program for young animators. His students—who adored him—included Brad Bird, Tim Burton, Ron Clements, Mark Henn, John Musker, John Pomeroy, and Henry Selick, all of whom became celebrated animators and directors themselves. They later joked that Eric came to resemble the paternal owl he animated in Bambi (1942). Animator and historian Andreas Deja described him as “someone you’d want to have as your grandfather.” Decades later, animator Glen Keane recalled one of Eric’s key tenets: “Observation is the key to what you are going to animate.”

Before coming to the Studios, Eric worked in commercial art, but he also made woodblock prints, winning honorable mentions at an international exhibit in Los Angeles. In his spare time, he experimented with writing for radio. His friend Richard Creedon, a former radio writer who had moved to the Disney Story Department, encouraged him to come

Left to Right: Trainees Bill Frake, Kathy Zielinski, and Matt O’Callaghan, with Eric Larson

to the Studios.

As an animator and a director, Eric cherished the collaborative spirit he found at The Walt Disney Studios.

In a 1986 interview, he reflected, “One thing about this business: Nobody is an island unto himself. We used to have a saying that everybody worked over everybody else’s shoulder and in everybody else’s lap. That’s what impressed me about that darn place: Everybody was willing to share the knowledge they had; you didn’t have to use what someone else said, but it was given without any petty feelings of superiority.”

Publicity photo of Eric Larson at the animator’s desk | Peter Pan, 1953 Model sheet, 1939 | Bambi, 1942 | Photostat on paper 14

NINE OL D MEN

E RI C LA RS O N

15

“Transparent Ghost with Dog” from Haunted Mansion at Disneyland Attraction concept art Pen, ink, gouache, and watercolor on paper

“Stagecoach Holdup with Singing Bandit” from the Western River Ride proposed for Walt Disney World Attraction concept art, 1968 Pen, ink, gouache, and watercolor on paper

Lions and Tigers from Life, 1933 | Ink and oil pastel on paper 88

NINE OLD MEN

M A RC DAV I S

89

21

g

925

A RT & A N I M AT I O N

T HE

The Complete Peanuts Family Album

C O MP LE T E

US $40.00 CAN $54.00

PEANUTS

THE COMPLETE

FA M I LY

Text by Andrew Farago; Foreword by Berkeley Breathed; Preface by Bob Peterson

ALBUM

W

hen Charles M. Schulz

People around the world recognize Charlie Brown, Lucy, introduced Charlie Brown to the world in 1950,Snoopy. he gave birth to the And first of more than and Peanuts enthusiasts know Peggy 70 intricately connected characters that made Peanuts one of the most popular and influential Jean, Roy, and Spike.

But what about Harold Angel? comic strips in history.

After 50 years and more than 17,000 strips, Truffles?

And who exactly is Floyd? The Complete his characters established themselves as icons recognized for their personalities as much Peanuts Album is the first detailed exploration as their images:Family the crabby and antagonistic Lucy; the sensitive and insecure Linus; even the genius ofPeanuts Schroeder. Readers universe, from its most iconic of focused, themusical entire fell in love with Schulz’s characters because they saw themselves—and theirto friends—reflected in personalities its most obscure characters, as well as the Peanuts gang.

But those iconic personalities were not classic paraphernalia and events. developed simply by Schulz’s clever dialog

The Ultimate Guide to Charles M. Schulz’s Classic Characters

and storylines. Charlie Brown’s unwavering optimism evolved through his distinct interactions with the vast Peanuts universe, such as his eternal pursuit of Lucy’s football and his mail-box stakeout for a valentine from the Little Red-Haired Girl. The magic wasn’t in the characters, but rather in the way the characters acted and reacted with each other.

That magic is explored in The Complete Peanuts Family Album, a comprehensive look at the Peanuts characters and their complex social network. Every character from Snoopy to Lila to Joe Agate—even those appearing in a single strip—is included here, as well as profiles of key events and iconic accouterments. With more than 700 images of classic strips, memorabilia, and contemporary art, The Complete Peanuts 1 4 1 Family Album: The Ultimate Guide to Charles M.2 Schulz’s Classic Characters is a unique addition to any Peanuts fan’s collection.

F A M I L Y A L B U M FARAGO

292-5

54.00 92-5

LIFESTYLE

PEANUTS

rs

22

256 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 / x 11 / inches 24,000 words 700+ photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket Rights: Please inquire Currently available

Text by Andrew Farago • Foreword by Berkeley Breathed • Preface by Bob Peterson

PRINTED IN CHINA

5

SNOOPY’S DOGHOUSE first aPPearanCe

G

09/04/1951

enerally located in Charlie Brown’s backyard, Snoopy’s Doghouse is his home, his sanctuary,

his place of rest, and his primary mode of transportation, among myriad other things. The interior houses Snoopy’s modern art collection and his personal library, a rec room, a guest room, and a cedar closet, and can comfortably hold a beagle, several kids, and a flock of small birds.

Snoopy’s Doghouse is durable, but not indestructible. A giant icicle, a housefire, and the Cat Next Door are among the catastrophes that destroy his home over the years, but you can’t keep a good

6

dog down, and Snoopy is always quick to rebuild his sanctuary.

Ironically, Charles Schulz noted that many of the

1

most memorable characters and locales in Peanuts were never seen in the strip. “We can’t [see the inside of Snoopy’s doghouse]. It’s too fantastic. No one could draw what we’ve said is down there. Also, Snoopy sits on the doghouse writing novels on his typewriter. If you look at the doghouse from a threequarters view, the typewriter is going to fall off. But from the side, you can accept it. And you never see anything in the background; if you did, it would become too real, and then you no longer could have a dog typing out a novel.”

2

3 4

1: Snoopy; David Flores; Limited Edition Print; Courtesy: Dark Hall Mansion; 2 and 6: Spot art from strip – Charles M. Schulz; 3 and 5: Style Guide art – CSCA; 4: spot art from Happiness Is on Top of a Doghouse – Charles M. Schulz; 7: Snoopy Just Married; Artist: Laurent Durieux; Limited Edition Print; Courtesy: Dark Hall Mansion

7

A RT & A N I M AT I O N

LIFESTYLE

CHRISTMAS first OBserved

12/25/1951

C

hristmas is always a special time of year. It’s a

4

time for Sally to compose a detailed wish list

and finally to get around to writing thank-you cards for gifts that she received the previous year. It’s a time for Christmas pageants and memorizing lines.

It’s a time for Snoopy to decorate his doghouse and dress up as Santa Claus. And it’s a time for Charlie Brown and Linus to discuss theology and the true meaning of Christmas. Most of all, it’s a time for friends and family.

3

Charlie Brown always found Christmas to be a bittersweet holiday, as did Charles Schulz. “To me Christmas is a lonesome season, and I try to put this over quite often in my strips. Christmas and a lot of holidays bring out the loneliness in us because we never seem to be able to come up to the joy the magazines tell us we’re supposed to have.

They show us illustrations of homes with packages and trees, and people smiling, but in real life it’s never quite that way. And holidays bring out sadness. This is why Charlie Brown said he hated Valentine’s Day so much. He said he knows that nobody likes him and he doesn’t see why we have a holiday to emphasize it.”

1: Design by Cameron + Co; 2: A Charlie Brown Christmas Story book – CSCA; 3, 6 and 7: Style Guide art – CSCA; 4: A Charlie Brown Christmas; Artist: Tom Whalen; Limited Edition Print; Courtesy: Dark Hall Mansion; 5: A Charlie Brown Christmas; Artist: Laurent Durieux; Limited Edition Print; Courtesy: Dark Hall Mansion | overleaf: 1: Design by Cameron + Co; 2, 3, 4 , and 5: Style Guide art – CSCA; 6: A Charlie Brown Christmas Story book – CSCA; 7: A Charlie Brown Christmas; Artist: Dave Perillo; Limited Edition Print; Courtesy: Dark Hall Mansion

7

6

5

5

SCHROEDER M

uch like his idol, Beethoven, Schroeder develops his love of the piano from childhood and devotes his life to his music. Charlie Brown, Patty, and Shermy first meet Schroeder when he is a baby and watch in fascination as the precocious child shows an innate skill with his toy piano and an endless fascination with the life and music of Ludwig van Beethoven, whose birthday, he gladly reminds you, occurs on December 16. While his friends don’t share Schroeder’s enthusiasm for Beethoven, they appreciate his talent and dedication.

Lucy, in particular, is very fond of Schroeder and spends countless hours perched beside his piano listening to music and speculating on what it would be like to be married to a famous musician. He tries his best to brush her off so that he can focus on his music, but deep down he enjoys her company—and knows that she might feed his piano to the Kite-Eating Tree if provoked. Snoopy, too, is a fan of Schroeder’s music and expresses his enjoyment through dance.

When he’s not practicing his piano, Schroeder can be found on the baseball diamond, playing catcher for Charlie Brown’s team. The reliable backstop is a solid hitter and fielder and, more importantly, is always quick to offer words of encouragement to Charlie Brown, no matter how badly they’re losing. Whether it’s for his musical prowess

opposite:

Spot art from strip – Charles M. Schulz | above

right:

first aPPearanCe

05/30/1951

or his work behind home plate, it’s only a matter of time before Schroeder’s face ends up on a bubblegum card.

“Schroeder? Well, in the first year I needed a baby,” laughed Charles Schulz, when asked about the pint-sized pianist with an appreciation for classic music. “My own children were very small. I’d just bought a toy piano for my daughter Meredith. He had to do something so I had him grow up quickly and play Beethoven.”

Spot art from strip – Charles M. Schulz 77

23

24

LIFESTYLE

TELEVISION

This Is Us: Lessons in Life and How to Love The award-winning NBC series This is Us, an immediate sensation when it first premiered in 2016, has become America’s favorite family drama.

This book examines the intertwining stories of the Pearson family, revisiting their most memorable moments. Through the family’s ups and downs— at turns difficult and heartwarming, funny, and heartbreaking—we may see our own lives reflected back to us. A must-have companion volume for devoted viewers of this unforgettable series.

160 pages 146 x 197 mm • 6 3/4 x 73/4 inches 10,000 words 100+ photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide September 2019

TELEVISION

LIFESTYLE

25

nd

uld

TELEVISION

With Real-Life Physics from Dr. Rhett Allain

MacGyver

re

0

LIFESTYLE

the total

N

26

The Total MacGyver Manual Even if you’ve never seen the hit CBS television show, you’ve probably heard the term “MacGyver” used to describe pulling off an unlikely feat of innovation using only materials at hand—more often than not paper clips, chewing gum, and duct tape. In this fully authorized book, we show you how those tricks actually work, and how you too can innovate like a super spy.

THE TOTAL

manual

The Authorized Guide to 153 Hacks, Ops, & Contraptions Using Everyday Objects

manual Infiltrate

Escape

Prevail

DON'T GET CAUGHT WITHOUT A...

You can find this simple office- and academia-based item pretty much everywhere. (In fact, there’s literally been a punch-bowl full of paper clips in the Field Director’s office for years.) What can you do with this little piece of springy steel? A lot!

GO FISH

No fish hook? It’s not as sharp and lacks a barb, but unbend a paper clip, and you’ll have a hook instantly, whether you’re looking to snag a trout or a zipper tab.

CHAPTER 1 BREAKING IN & BREAKING OUT

PAPER CLIP

208 pages 171 x 216 mm • 6 3/4 x 81/2 inches 40,000 words 200+ photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide September 2019

CREATE A COMPASS

Steel is ferromagnetic, and with a little work using a magnet and a bowl of water, you can improvise a compass— and, like any other compass, it’ll do double duty pinpointing other strong electromagnetic fields nearby.

BOOST A SIGNAL

The coaxial port on the back of a TV or radio can hook up to an antenna, but if you’re lacking one, bend a paper clip into an open simple shape (a triangle for example) and insert it into the pinhole in the port to boost reception!

SHORT A CIRCUIT

Since steel paper clips conduct electricity, and can be used as a makeshift fuse, you can also use one to disable electrical systems—if you know which two points to connect. (Better brush up on those Cold-War-era missile schematics!)

PICK A LOCK

From padlocks to handcuffs, you’ll run into locks pretty often working for the Phoenix Foundation—and a paper clip can be a handy lockpick.

BRIDGE A BLOWN FUSE

Fuses are meant to blow out if the electric current in the circuit is too strong, so this isn’t exactly safe, but if you need to keep an electrical connection, a paper clip can do the trick. Just be cautious; paper clips don’t blow like fuses, so they’ll present a fire or shock hazard.

TELEVISION

086 firestarter

carbon ROD + BATTERY

BATTERY + sap

One of the brightest sources of light comes from electrical arcs—the same you find in welding (see item 107) and lightning strikes. In fact, this same principle is what led to the invention of light bulbs, but sometimes you need something a little brighter than what you’ll get from a regular fixture or flashlight. Luckily, a few modern parts can create a brilliant pre-modern electric light.

ACQUIRE CARBON RODS The heart of an old arc-lamp is carbon—the same stuff that makes up graphite in pencil ‘lead,’ and certain welding rods. If you don’t have either of those, cut open the square plastic casing of a non-alkaline battery, remove a cylindrical cell, cut open the top, and pull the central carbon rod out (A). Repeat to get at one more. (You can also find them in nonalkaline batteries such as C- or D-cells.)

YOU'LL NEED • Kindling + Accelerant

PREPARE YOUR ELECTRODES Scrape the surfaces of the rods clean, then sharpen their tips to create a more focused point for electricity to conduct through. Get two lengths of copper wire, and wrap the end of each wire around the bottom of each rod (B).

You’re cold, you’re tired, and the weather is getting worse and worse while you wander the outdoors.

Building a fire would help warm you up—but how can you start one without a lighter or matches? Here’s how.

MAKE SOME LIGHT Attach the ends of the wires to the positive and negative terminals of a large power source such as a lantern battery or 18-volt power-tool battery (C). Without touching them bare-handed, bring the two sharpened carbon rods close together and electricity will arc between them (D). Move them apart slightly, and the electrical current should continue to flow, creating a brilliant light (E). This puts out a lot of UV light, so it’ll hurt your eyes if you’re looking at it without eye protection (see item 97).

metal piece

• Battery (e.g. 9-volt or from a cell phone) • Piece of metal • Gloves (optional)

A

kindling

d

e

D

g

E A

f

B Carbon

C STEP 1 Gather up your kindling. Add any accelerant you can find: lighter fluid, oil, even sap flowing freely from a tree’s bark.

Battery cell

120 embassy defense

STEP 2 Find a small flexible piece of metal; you can use electrical wire or other conductive metal, such as the steel tweezers in a Swiss army knife.

STEP 4 Stay very close to your kindling and shield it and your battery from the elements. Touch both ends of your wire or foil to the battery terminals—you might want to have gloves because this can get hot— and touch the midpoint of your wire to the lightest kindling (E). The electrical current should heat up the wire until it can create a spark in the kindling (F).

STEP 3 Clean off the terminals on your battery (A) in order to get a good contact with the metal strip from Step 2.

STEP 5 Gently blow on the spark and carefully add more tinder until you have a flame (G), then add more fuel to create a full-fledged fire.

. . . For a cannon made of reinforced steel pipes from the basement

cleaning supplies + office personnel Protecting yourself in a confined location not of your choosing means working only with what’s at hand. Even if you happen to find yourself at the mercy of a gang of terrorists outside an embassy, you have options. What do you have nearby to protect yourself? To fight back? To get to safety? Look for anything and everything—and then look again. An office can easily become an armory, if you just know where to look.

Ammonium nitrate from cold packs can be combined with salt substitute and sugar from the office kitchenette, to make a passable ersatz gunpowder.

Enough reams of printer paper can protect you just as well as any armored vest (see item 43.

The stone statue by the reception desk is just waiting to be broken up and used as ammunition . . .

And of course, gasoline still burns, even if it came from a lawnmower in the basement.

Heavy office objects such as photocopiers and safes can make great bulky obstacles to slow or block off your assailants.

You can still make your escape if you’re not entirely surrounded. Don’t have any rope to climb out with? One thing an office should have is extension cords, and braided together, they’ll do just fine as a rope for your egress.

CHAPTER 2 TOOLS & TECHNOLOGY

085 ARC LAMP

LIFESTYLE

27

28

LIFESTYLE

TELEVISION

a l things ng Star Trek

THE OFFICIAL GUIDE TO THE ANIMATED SERIES

ar ding

THE OFFICIAL GUIDE TO THE ANIMATED SERIES Star Trek: The Official Guide to the Animated Series

160 pages 270 x 240 mm • 10 1/2 x 91/2 inches 30,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide October 2019

Rich Schepis & Aaron Harvey In 1973, the original cast of Star Trek reunited to voice an animated series that continued that five-year mission to explore new worlds. This comprehensive authorized guide is filled with behind-the-scenes stories and never-before-seen original art.

INTRODUCTION It’s the show that would not die! The return of Star Trek was officially announced on March 2, 1973, as NBC announced Gene Roddenberry’s creation would be returning as an animated series to the network’s fall schedule as part of its Saturday morning lineup—four years and 34 days after The Original Series (TOS)’ final episode, “Turnabout Intruder,” aired. It truly was a turnabout for the franchise that needed a fan letter campaign to ensure a third season of the live-action show.

The Animated Series (TAS), as it is known today, was just called Star Trek in 1973, which was fitting since the show reunited the architects of TOS— creator, producers, writers and actors. Roddenberry and TAS associate producer and story editor Dorothy Fontana were quick to clarify that while the new series was an animated version of Star Trek, it was not a “kiddie show,” but the Star Trek fans knew and loved.

Los Angeles Times TV listings cover by Filmation artist Bob Kline

A PHENOMENON IS BORN “I had no idea at the time that Star Trek would one day be so popular,” Roddenberry stated in a 1973 interview.

family-friendly hour (exposing a new audience to the show), as well as numerous fan clubs, fanzines and conventions across the country.

Fans refused to allow Star Trek to die, despite the cancellation of TOS. The franchise actually saw its legion of fans grow in the four years between the end of TOS and the premiere of TAS. Several factors played a role in keeping Star Trek in the zeitgeist, including syndicated reruns at a

Rumors of an animated series swirled towards the end of TOS. Filmation founder Lou Scheimer approached Roddenberry several times and when Roddenberry finally relented, it was going to be Star Trek or nothing at all—“Star Trek is Star Trek,” the show’s creator is remembered as saying.

“Scheimer had been wanting to do a Star Trek animated series,” TAS writer David Gerrold recalled, “but he wanted to do Star Trek Academy. He wanted to do it with kids or he wanted to do it with our cast as kids. Finally the deal was made one way or the other and Gene said, ‘No, it has to be the real Star Trek and with the real cast.’

12

April 24, 1973: From left, Leonard Nimoy, DeForest Kelley and William Shatner record their voices at Filmation studios in Reseda, California (Mary Frampton / Los Angeles Times)

15

TELEVISION

McCOY “Who’s he, Jim?” KIRK “What do you mean, who’s

Season 1, Episode 2 Air Date October 20, 1973 Production Number 22003

BILLY, ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THE CHARACTER OF SPOCK?

he? You know Mr. Spock.”

McCOY “Afraid I don’t, Jim.”

YESTERYEAR

William Simpson describes his audition for the role of Young Spock as surreal. First, instead of being given one or two scenes to tryout, he received the entire script instead. Also, Simpson was just starting to act when he received some rather confusing directions from Director Hal Sutherland.

Written by D.C. Fontana Directed by Hal Sutherland

■■Shikar

■ GUEST CHARACTERS Voiced by Mark Lenard Sarek Voiced by William Simpson Young Spock Voiced by Majel Barrett Amanda Grayson Federation Historian Grey Voiced by James Doohan Guardian of Forever Thelin Vulcan Healer Federation Historian Aleek-Om

■ CAPTAIN’S LOG

STARDATE 5373.4 “We are in orbit around the planet of the time vortex, the focus of all the timelines of our galaxy. Our mission is to assist a team of historians in the investigation of Federation history.”

The Vulcan city of ShiKahr as it appeared in Spock’s childhood

MISSION BRIEFING Who’s that Vulcan? Kirk and Spock return through the Guardian of Forever after visiting the dawn of Orion civilization when the pair receives a rude welcome—McCoy doesn’t know Spock. Kirk believes the Doctor to be joking and the trio beam back to the Enterprise where it’s revealed Scotty also does not know the Vulcan. The mystery deepens as Kirk now has an Andorian First Officer and records indicate the son of Sarek and Amanda died when he was seven years old.

Kirk and Spock return to the planet where they learn Federation Historians decided to pass their time during the duo’s mission to Orion by peeking into Vulcan’s past—whoops. Spock explains his life originally was saved by a cousin who looked a lot like himself on the day he supposedly dies, leading Kirk to wonder if he had saved himself—which he did. Spock returns to Vulcan’s past to restore the timeline, because that never goes wrong.

He arrives just in time to watch his younger self ridiculed by other children, which leads Sarek to apologize for his young Spock’s emotional outburst during the confrontation. Adult Spock introduces himself as a cousin, but Sarek senses something familiar—must be the family resemblance. It is time for Young Spock to decide whether he will choose the Vulcan or human way of life, with the former requiring a test of endurance in the desert. Young Spock sneaks away for a trial run, followed by his

pet sehlat, I-Chaya. Adult Spock tails them and arrives to witness the sehlat protect his younger self from a le-matya beast. The adult Spock delivers a neck pinch to incapacitate the creature and I-Chaya collapses from its wounds, which appear life threatening.

I-Chaya is too big to move back to the city, so logic dictates Young Spock seek a healer and bring him back to the sehlat. Sadly, Young Spock’s human behavior and reputation precede him and he must take time to convince the Healer he is telling the truth, time that might have been enough to save his pet. Unfortunately, the Healder can do nothing but give I-Chaya a peaceful death, which Young Spock allows. The two Spock’s return home, and the younger one apologizes to Sarek for any trouble he caused and informs his father he chooses the Vulcan way. Adult Spock returns through the Guardian and has restored the timeline with one exception, I-Chaya did not die before.

LIFESTYLE

“I’ll admit, really at that age, I didn’t know much about Star Trek so I don’t know what I said.

[Sutherland] went on to tell me, ‘Spock doesn’t talk with much emotion,’ so read the lines with (I believe he used stilted, which was a little bit advanced). So I started reading the lines more matter-of-factly, straight forward, and he said, ‘yeah, that’s good, that’s good, keep going.’ In the back of my mind I’m thinking, ‘this is just bad acting.’ I read all the lines marked Young Spock and then he said, ‘thank you very much’ and [my mother and I] left.”

THE LIFE OF SPOCK “Why go back to Spock’s past?” Dorothy Fontana asked rhetorically. “Simple: we could, visually. And personally, it was a look into an area of his life we knew little about, but which we could show so well.

How did Spock get to be Spock as we knew him?

What were the things in the society, in his family, in himself that shaped him? None of those things had been established, except for the few presented in [TOS] episodes, so I had a canvas on which I could lay out those new elements.”

“Yesteryear,” which was the Associate Producer’s only script she wrote for The Animated Series (TAS), was a sequel to Fontana TOS-penned episode, “Journey to Babel.” The visual elements which Fontana referred included showing Spock’s pet sehlat mention in “Journey to Babel” convincingly, as well as the isolated Vulcan desert Young Spock was required to cross.

■■Billy Simpson

Simpson found out he won the part but never returned to Filmation Studios to record the episode. Sutherland had decided to use his audition recording—hence him being given the entire script.

Nine-year-old Billy Simpson was chosen to be the voice of Young Spock.

“I’m most fond of ‘Yesteryear,’ because of all the Vulcan/Spock/Spock’s childhood elements I could put in that could never have been done on [TOS],” Fontana explained. “I did not consider writing any others. I liked how “Yesteryear” came out, the story it told, the emotions it touched (for Spock and the audience), and I was very happy with it.”

■■Young Spock

Storyboard of the bullying scene.

■■Emotional Earther!

■■Recording history

Federation historian Aleek-Om and alternate universe Enterprise first officer, Thelin

30

A group of Vulcan boys bully young Spock

■■I-Chaya

Spock’s childhood pet sehlat

31

DATABASE

FASCINATING ■ ■ Fontana is identified as writer D.C. Fontana in the

credits. Female writers used to use initials rather than their names so male viewers would not know a woman wrote the story.

■ ■ “Yesteryear” was one of the episodes the original returning cast recorded together

ALEEK-OM

LE-MATYA

I-CHAYA

SELEK

Federation historian from the planet Aurelia.

■ ■ This is the first time Spock’s mother’s last name, Grayson, is used.

A wild Vulcan beast with poisonous claws.

■ ■ J.J. Abrams’ 2009 Star Trek film makes good

use of Spock’s origin in this episode, from his conversation with Sarek about choosing the Vulcan way to the racist taunting Spock suffers from other Vulcan children.

■ ■ Star Trek: Deep Space Nine, Star Trek: Voyager and

Spock’s pet sehlat.

Star Trek: Enterprise referenced people, ceremonies or places from this episode, with Enterprise exploring the Vulcan Forge in a three-episode arc.

■ ■ Andorians’ skin color was blue, but Thelin’s

appeared grayish pink, which was similar to the Andorian sub-species Aenar on Enterprise decades later.

SEHLAT

■ ■ Director Hal Sutherland’s son, Keith, voiced one of

A bear-like animal with tusk-like fangs that is a pet on Vulcan and gets passed down to each generation.

the Vulcan children.

■ ■ The le-matya’s voice was actually Godzilla’s, taken from the Japanese films.

■ ■ “Yesteryear” won Best Contemporary Science Fiction Film at the second annual Science Fiction and Fantasy Film Convention in L.A. in November, 1973.

KAHS-WAN

■ ■ A collector’s animation cel from the episode featured a six-fingered Spock.

Spock’s alter ego in Vulcan’s past who saved his younger self’s life.

■■ShiKar at night - background artwork by Filmation

A Vulcan survival test traditional for young males, requiring them to endure 10 days alone in the desert without food, water or weapons.

■■Concept Art

BLOOPERS

THELIN

Andorian first officer of the Enterprise in new timeline created by the death of Spock in Vulcan’s past. He was gone once Spock restored the timeline.

VULCAN DESERT FLYER

An open-air vehicle capable of carrying several passengers.

L-LANGDON MOUNTAINS

■ ■ The le-matya’s head briefly disappears when Spock

A range not far from the Vulcan Forge, on the edge of the city of Shi-Kahr.

delivers his neck pinch.

34

35

“If children are made totally dependent on their

Season 2, Episode 5 Air Date October 5, 1974 Production Number 22022

teachers, they will never be anything but children.”

HOW SHARPER THAN A SERPENT’S TOOTH

- Captain Kirk

Written by Russell Bates, David Wise Directed by Bill Reed

■■Kukulkan’s City

An ancient Earth-like city that appears to be one gigantic riddle

MISSION BRIEFING

■ GUEST CHARACTERS Voiced by James Doohan Arex Kukulkan Ensign Walking Bear

■ CAPTAIN’S LOG

STARDATE 6063.4 “The Enterprise is tracing the origin of a mysterious alien space probe. It approached the Federation home worlds, made a scan of Earth’s system and then signaled outward into space. Before it could be intercepted, the probe self-destructed. We are following a trail of disrupted matter left by the probe’s highly advanced propulsion system. Thus far, the trail has not intercepted any inhabited star systems.”

Trapped! The Enterprise has been ensnared within a globular force field generated by an alien ship they encountered coming from the same trajectory as the probe. There they come face-to-face with the Mayan God Kukulkan, who is angered humanity has forgotten him. However, since he considers himself to be a benevolent deity, he gives the Enterprise crew a chance to make amends, with the caveat that failure will result in mankind’s demise. (So much for benevolence.)

Kirk, McCoy, Scotty and Ensign Walking Bear are taken from the Enterprise and transported to the alien ship. McCoy notes Kukulkan allowed him to keep his medical kit, although he questions its usefulness. Kukulkan challenges the officers to discover the purpose of his bestowment of knowledge on primitive humans and transports them to what appears to be an ancient Mesoamerican city. Meanwhile on the Enterprise, the crew wants to search for the captain and others, but Spock reminds them their first priority is freeing the ship and themselves first.

The quartet solves Kukulkan’s riddle, and he then takes them to his menagerie. He explains these caged animals keep him company and he even boasts he has tamed one of the most dangerous creatures in the galaxy—a Capellan power-cat, capable of emitting a charge of 2000 volts. The Enterprise

shatters the force field and attacks Kukulkan’s ship.

Kirk and McCoy use Spock’s distraction to create their own—the release of the Capellan power-cat, which immediately squares off with Kukulkan.

Kirk uses a tranquilizer from McCoy’s med kit to reduce the cat’s behavior to that of a kitten. (How’s that for usefulness?) Kirk explains to Kukulkan humanity needs to fail or succeed on its own. The deity agrees to let the Enterprise go on its way, understanding it can teach humanity nothing more. Musing Kukulkan was a lonely being, Kirk is disappointed by the loss of the knowledge the entity could have shared. Bones recalls a quote from Shakespeare—“How sharper than a serpent’s tooth to have a thankless child.” Kirk orders the Enterprise to Starbase 21 at warp two, leaving the system having solved the mystery of the probe and filling in a blank from Earth’s past.

AND THE EMMY GOES TO ...

The Animated Series (TAS) earned Star Trek its first Emmy Award for Outstanding Children’s Program of the 1974-75 season. “How Sharper Than a Serpent’s Tooth” was the episode submitted.

It remains the franchise’s lone non-technical or production Emmy.

“It just blows my mind,” Wise said of the episode securing the award.

Bates and Wise also won the 1975 Peabody Award for the episode.

TAG TEAM WRITERS “Maybe the problem is I’m just not coming up with ideas that are good for animation,” David Wise recalled Russell Bates telling him. “I told [Russell] to take advantage of the visual stuff that you could never take advantage of on The Original Series (TOS).”

Struggling to hook Dorothy Fontana and Gene Roddenberry after Fontana asked him to write an episode of TAS, Bates recruited Wise, who had done animated storytelling in the past, to join him in writing the episode.

“We went up to Dorothy’s office and pitched her the story,” Wise explained. “What was becoming painfully apparent to me from Dorothy’s reaction, she was looking for him to write from his experiences as a Native American, something only he could uniquely write.”

Wise keyed in on Erich Von Daniken’s book Chariots of the Gods, which proposed that Earth’s past legends were actually aliens from outer space.

“What if an alien came and sowed the seeds of knowledge all over the world? At that point it was pretty much a fifty-fifty collaboration.”

THE FUTURE DOES NOT SEE COLOR, GENDER OR RACE Diversity has always been a staple of Star Trek.

Already featuring a command crew of men and women, Africans, Japanese and Russians on the bridge of the Enterprise, TAS broke new ground with the inclusion of Ensign Walking Bear as helmsman—the Enterprise’s first Native American crew member.

“Walking Bear was a character from the first TOS script Bates wrote, ‘Parasites,’ that wasn’t used.” Wise stated. “Russell was a Kiowa, but we wanted to go with a tribe everyone knew, so Russell made him a Comanche. He was thinking practically since it was a children’s show.”

■■Emmy Awards

Lou Scheimer accepting the Emmy on a boat in New York Harbor.

■■ Kukulkan

138

An alien that apparently was the god of ancient Mayan and Aztec legends

139

29

30

LIFESTYLE

FILM

Rocketman: The Official Movie Companion Malcolm Croft Includes a foreword by Sir Elton John, CBE In May 2019, audiences are invited to discover the fantastical story of Sir Elton John’s life in the film Rocketman, an epic musical fantasy from Paramount Pictures, Marv Studios, and Rocket Pictures. This fully authorized tie-in book features on-set and behind-thescenes photos as well as quotes from stars Taron Egerton, who plays Elton John, Jamie Bell (Bernie Taupin), Richard Madden (John Reid) and Bryce Dallas Howard, writer Lee Hall (Billy Elliot, War Horse), director Dexter Fletcher (Eddie the Eagle), and more.

Cover art not final Rocketman © 2019 Paramount Pictures. All rights reserved.

160 pages 230 x 280 mm • 9 x 11 inches 20,000 words 150 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America Available May 2019

FILM

Bohemian Rhapsody Owen Williams The movie Bohemian Rhapsody has been a smash hit with audiences and critics worldwide, winning Best Picture at the Golden Globes, Outstanding British Film at the BAFTA awards, and nominated for five Academy Awards, including Best Picture and Best Leading Actor for star Rami Malek. This authorized companion book features behind-the-scenes photos and exclusive interviews with cast and crew.

160 pages 230 x 280 mm • 9 x 11 inches 20,000 words 150 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America Currently available

LIFESTYLE

31

32

LIFESTYLE

FILM

T H E A RT & M A K I N G O F

The Art & Making of The Greatest Showman Signe Bergstrom This magnificent book is packed with neverbefore-seen concept art and behind-the-scenes photography, as well as original interviews with the cast and crew of The Greatest Showman, the blockbuster Christmas 2017 movie musical starring Hugh Jackman as P.T. Barnum, the world’s greatest showman. Zac Efron, Michelle Williams, and Zendaya also star.

192 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 18,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

character’s sense of strength coupled with the never-ending swell of support offered to her by the cast and crew—both on and off stage—allowed Settle, she says, to also find a sense of personal empowerment. Even the simple act of putting on Lutz’s beard was transformative and gave Settle a jolt of inner strength, but not in the beginning. She explains, saying, “It’s funny because when I first put [the beard] on, I wanted to hide behind it, that very first day . . . And Hugh came to find me and he goes, ‘No, no, no, no, no. You don’t get to hide. Not after all this time.’ And he gave me a big hug and we started crying. . . . And then, by the time we started shooting, the beard became the thing that gave Lettie her grit and strength.”

Settle soon found herself strutting around the set as Lutz, her dazzling eye makeup projecting a sense of fierceness, and her beard, bold and eye-catching, projecting a sense of pride.

Now, Settle says, “People don’t know who I am without the beard.”

page

•

116

114: Keala Settle as Lettie Lutz • Circus poster prop

right:

below:

Production image

S P O RT S C U LT U R E

LIFESTYLE

Walls of Fame THE COSTACOS BROTHERS

John & Tock Costacos “THE POSTER MADE YOU COOL, andPOSTER Tock Costacos share stories of the YOU DIDN’T MAKEJohn THE COOL.” hard work, luck, giant prop baseball bats, –CHARLES BARKLEY BASKETBALL HALL OF FAMER explosives, Ferraris, and semiwild animals, FROM POSTER BOYS: HOW THE COSTACOS BROTHERS BUILT A WALL ART EMPIRE automatic weapons that forged an indelible bond between fans and their NFL, NBA, MLB, NHL sense idols.

Rediscoverand your childhood of aweWith with more than 100 posters and Walls of Fame, the Costacos Brothers’ official never-before-seen outtakes and concept art, collection of the iconic sports posters that adorned the bedrooms of a generation.

Walls of Fame: The Unforgettable Sports Posters John and Tock Costacos share stories of the hard work,of luck,the giantCostacos prop baseball bats, wild Brothers is an extraordinary look animals, explosives, Ferraris, and semi-automatic weapons that forged an indelible backbond at between the golden age of sports heroes.

JOHN AND TOCK COSTACOS were the principals of Costacos Brothers, Inc., whose sports posters sold more than 30 million copies. John lives in Seattle; Tock lives in Lake Tahoe, Nevada.

CHRIS BERMAN is a six-time winner of the National Sportscaster of the Year award, and the iconic former co-host of ESPN’s Sunday NFL Countdown and NFL PrimeTime. He lives in Cheshire, Connecticut.

I S B N 978-1-68188-404-2

US $50.00 CAN $70.00 ISBN: 978-1-6818-8404-2

9

781681 884042

WALLS OF FAME

fans and their NFL, NBA, MLB, and NHL idols.

With more than 100 posters and neverbefore-seen outtakes and concept art, Walls of Fame: The Unforgettable Sports Posters of the Costacos Brothers is an extraordinary look back at the golden age of sports heroes.

256 pages 240 x 305 mm • 9 x 12 inches 50,000 words 150 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

The Unforgettable Sports Posters of the Costacos Brothers JOHN AND TOCK COSTACOS • FOREWORD BY CHRIS BERMAN

Brian Bosworth Seattle Seahawks Sports Illustrated NCAA Football All-Century Team

I

(opposite) Seattle is known as the Emerald City, which is why we put it in the background.

34

(top and above) Despite this being such a complex shoot, we tried to keep things light.

n 1987, Brian Bosworth was the Jim McMahon of college football: brash, colorful, outspoken, and a very good player on a very good Oklahoma Sooners team. He was a two-time Butkus Award winner as the best linebacker in college football, and he had just been drafted by our hometown Seattle Seahawks.

But Brian said he wouldn’t play for the Seahawks, so with his NFL future uncertain, we weren’t sure how to reach him. We ended up taking a shot in the dark and wrote him a letter addressed to the University of Oklahoma’s athletic department. A week later, we received a call from his agent, Gary Wichard, who was familiar with our posters and interested in working with us. Gary said that, despite the public posturing around the draft, Brian would definitely sign with Seattle, and we could factor the team into a poster idea.

Since Brian was already known as “the Boz,” we easily chose a Wizard of Oz theme. We watched the movie and made notes on the world of Oz, and worked out the production design with Mike Dillon of Dillon Works!, a local design and fabrication company: a yellow-brick road, with the downtown Seattle skyline and the Seahawks’ Kingdome home stadium in the background.

This was the most elaborate and expensive set we had ever made. Dillon Works did an amazing job with the set and the costumes. Our in-house artist, Chuck Doyle, wore the Cowardly Lion outfit, and our favorite radio personalities, Gary Crowe and Mike West from Seattle’s KXRX 96.5 FM, were the Scarecrow and the Tin Man, and they promoted the poster on the air. Speaking of our Scarecrow, we had Gary stand in a hidden hole in the yellowbrick road so that only his top half is visible, with the rest of his body hidden under the set and a pair of empty pants giving the illusion that Brian has stomped his legs flat. We came up with There’s No Place Like Dome while we were setting up, and had someone write it on one of the background rocks.

For Dorothy, we cast Ava Fabian, who had recently been Playboy magazine’s Playmate of the Month for August 1986. She not only made a great Dorothy but also helped attract a lot of attention: We invited a bunch of sports reporters to cover the poster shoot, mentioning Ava’s participation, and ended up with a packed set.

Ava also signed copies of the posters for us at sporting goods trade shows, drawing longer lines than the shoe companies and equipment manufacturers that brought in big-name athletes.

Brian’s agent came up with a creative way for Brian to wear his college No. 44, since NFL uniform rules at the time did not allow linebackers to wear numbers in the 40s: Invent a new position called monster defensive back. As an afterthought, we enlisted our friends’ children as his Bozkins, complete with Brian’s signature shades and Mohawk hairdo with stripes on the side of their heads.

(It’s tough to see, but Toto the dog also has a Mohawk!)

35

33

endly, ing the ding where d getting ver it beyond.

ructions uide you and a pgrades. ther you are just

LIFESTYLE

C YC L I N G

The Total Bicycling Manual Robert F. James & The Editors of Bicycle Times Magazine You’ll find friendly, comprehensive guidance on buying the right bike and other gear (including what you don’t need to buy, and where you really shouldn’t scrimp), and getting the most out of your ride, wherever it may take you—street, trails, or beyond.

The TOTAL

BICYCLING MANUAL

ing for ay stance un l the

34

The

TOTAL

BICYCLING MANUAL

268 ESSENTIAL SKILLS

GEAR

RIDING

REPAIR

ROBERT F. JAMES

& THE EDITORS OF

BICYCLE ANATOMY DIAGRAM

Even though everyone knows the old adage, “It’s just like riding a bicycle,” not everyone knows their way around a bicycle’s design. For a machine that people claim is so simple to remember how to use, a bicycle can be highly complex. Here’s your chance to get familiar with all of the various parts that make up your two-wheeled ride.

The bike pictured in this illustration is shown with rim brakes. Another common option, shown below, is the disc brake.

Seat (saddle) Handlebars Disc brakes Headset

Stem

Hoods

Levers

Seat post

Top tube

Head tube Brake cable

Drops Caliper brakes

Seat tube Rim Down tube Front derailleur Fork

Cassette Seat stays

Wheel hubs Valve stem

Derailleur cables

Chainstay

Tires Crank Rear derailleur

Spokes

Front chainring

Pedals

GEAR

YOUR PARTS 15 KNOW

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 73,000 words 500+ photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

C YC L I N G

IN 134 RIDE A SKIRT

Whether you’re a commuter or just a stylish person, riding in a skirt or dress doesn’t have to mean risking indecent exposure.

LEG IT Opaque leggings or bike shorts are a great modesty protector—and just about de rigeur if you’re wearing a wrap skirt, because it will misbehave. They just always do.

Make a skirt bikeready with the penny-trick knot

KNOT IT Long, flowing skirts can get caught in your chain or just be too fussy to ride in. To get the excess fabric out of the way, just gather it up offcenter at one hip, and tie in a knot.

WEIGHT IT A trick known, somewhat oddly, as the “penny in yo’ pants” weights your skirt down and turns it into temporary bloomers to avoid wardrobe malfunctions. Just press a coin into both layers of your skirt from the back, then secure it in front with a rubber band. Voilà, flash-free riding!

136 COMMUTE CLEANLY

Keeping yourself clean is one of the biggest challenges to commuting, and a lot of people avoid riding because they are uncomfortable changing clothes at work or they haven’t figured out a way to not smell like a cyclist. In the best-case scenario, you work for a progressive company that has facilities available for commuters like you, where you can take a shower and change clothes. But even if you don’t have a shower available, you can still easily clean up in a regular bathroom. Avoid the temptation of taking a field bath in the sink, which usually just succeeds in getting you, your clothes, and a good bit of the floor soaking wet. You aren’t really scrubbing away the dirt and sweat of the commute that way.

FOR SUCCESS 137 DRESS

We’ve all seen those dedicated office workers who bike to work in full spandex, with their suits, proper shoes, and the rest of all their workwear stuffed in a messenger bag for a quick, awkward change in the restroom. We admire these road warriors, but for most workplaces, and most commutes, there’s an easier way.

As commuter cycling becomes more popular, more and more of the outdoor clothing lines are making stylish shirts, pants, jackets, and even skirts and dresses specifically tailored to the commuter cyclist.

Features vary, but generally you’ll find strong pockets that wil allow you to carry a couple of energy bars, as well as any other essentials, such as a wallet, phone, spare tubes, or even tools. The fabric of commuter clothing will help keep you dry as it wicks sweat away from your skin. And you roll up ready for work, not looking or smelling like you’ve just finished a tough ride.

A BIKE 135 RIDE IN HEELS

Pedalling in high heels looks sketchy, but it’s actually surprisingly comfortable and relatively safe. Here’s how to do it right.

THE RIGHT SHOES The ideal heels for cycling have a relatively thin sole so that you can feel the pedal (no platforms or wedges!). Be sure that the sole isn’t too slippery, however—the grippier the better. And don’t try this in your Manolos—cycling does tend to scuff up the inner side and heels of your shoes unless you’re very, very careful.

ON THE BALL Pedal with the ball of your foot, pressing your weight into it to make your stroke. If you’ve ever used clipless pedals, you’ll find it feels surprisingly similar.

PUT YOUR FOOT DOWN While in motion, heels feel about the same as any other shoe. It’s when you come to a stop at a light or stop sign that you need to

If you’re getting into working on your drive train, you’ll want to know how to remove and install a cassette, a crucial part of your gearing. The cassette is a collection of cogs mounted onto splines on the freewheel hub of your bike’s rear wheel. It’s held in place by a lock ring.

be mindful. If you need to put your foot down to steady yourself, be careful of uneven pavement, as a wobbly ankle could lead to injury.

MAINTAIN

THE CASSETTE 244 REMOVE

Your best option is to use cycling wipes. Your local bike shop probably sells them. If not, they’re a snap to find on the Internet. These are single-use wipes that work miracles for cleaning up after exerting yourself on your commute, which is especially welcome in those hot summer months. Simply scrub yourself clean from head to toe and dispose of the wipes.

You’ll be clean enough to work, and they dry rapidly, so you don’t have to carry a bulky towel with you.

There’s also nothing that says you can’t steal your child’s baby wipes or use makeup removing sheets, though these two tend to be more perfumed. A little preparation on your part really does make commuting by bike a great option.

A lot is literally riding on the tight installation of your cassette, so it takes a bit of effort to remove it.

You’ll need a chain whip (a tool that grips the cogs and keeps them from turning while you are unlocking the ring and hub), an adjustable wrench, and a key for the lock ring.

STEP 1 Remove the rear wheel.

Access the cassette by taking off the quick-release skewer nut, then threading the key onto the lock ring.

Re-insert the skewer nut to hold the lock ring key in place.

STEP 2 Use the chain whip on one of the cogs to hold the cassette in place so that it doesn’t turn as you remove the lock ring. Use your adjustable wrench to grab the edges of the lock ring key, then turn counterclockwise to loosen the lock ring. Once it’s loosened, remove the quick-release nut and the lock ring.

STEP 3 Slide the cassette off the splines of the free hub, threading. a zip tie through it to hold it together.

If you do a lot of flat riding, you may find your cassette is good except for the smallest cogs, which give the most resistance. Likewise, if you love to climb, you’ll find that the larger cogs that give you an easier spin have more wear. Most people replace their entire cassette, but an old one is a handy backup to keep just in case.

RIDING

Gather excess fabric and tie in knot

LIFESTYLE

CASSETTES 245 UNDERSTAND

Gearing on bikes can be a little confusing. A lot of riders, especially those with older bikes, want or expect cassette gearing to remain the same forever, and they get frustrated when they find out that a particular cog set isn’t available any longer. Another common issue is people who want to add more gears to a particular cassette they like. It can be hard to explain to them why they can only use a 9-speed or a 10-speed cassette. Simply put, the free hub on your rear wheel determines what brands and what cassette arrangements are compatible for that wheel set.

One popular brand, for instance, allows for several different cassettes to be mounted on their brand’s main hub. Spacers allow for fewer or more cogs on the cassettes. However, if you are changing cassette brands or you are buying new wheels, you need to know beforehand if your cassette is compatible with that hub or not. A lot of times, the bike and its components are perfectly fine. But to modernize things, you’ll need to upgrade or update your wheel set in order to get the cassette you really want.

35

36

LIFESTYLE

S U R V I VA L

Ultimate Survival Hacks TIM MACWELCH

ULTIMATE SURVIVAL HACKS

new york times best-selling author

ULTIMATE SURVIVAL

HACKS

Disaster • wilderness • off the grid

heroes

Every survival guide starts by telling you to be prepared— including this one. But can you really prepare for any crisis, catastrophe, or inconvenience? Do your best, and if your best fails you—improvise. That’s the genius of this book. If all you have to hand is a pointy stick, a handful of acorns, and some pocket lint, you’re on your way to a survival strategy. Add some nice rocks, a pocket knife, and some string and you’re looking good.

224 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 50,000 words 300+ illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

550 cord

2 START A FIRE For those who burn the ends of 550 cord (a great way to keep it from unraveling), you already know that 550 cord is sort of flammable. Whether your cord is made from nylon or polyester, either of these plastics will burn once they get hot enough. But for one enterprising company, “sort of flammable” wasn’t good enough. There’s a product on the market called 550 FireCord, which has an additional red colored strand inside.

This can be stripped from a cut piece of cordage to yield flammable tinder or left in place to help a strand of 550 burn even better. For best results, light your cord with an open flame like a lighter or a match.

3 SET UP A TROTLINE Need to some catch fish? Use a trotline for survival fishing! Tie a piece of 550 cord so that it is securely anchored across a waterway, above or below the water.

Use existing shrubs or drive stakes into the mud for land anchors. Use rocks and floats out in the water for aquatic anchors. From the 550 line, you can drop multiple hooks on regular fishing line to multiply your chances of making a catch. And for those who need to use this technique under the radar, set every part of the trotline so that it stays below the water.

6 BAFFLE THE BEARS One great use for 550 cord is bear bagging.

In backcountry areas with bruins and other animals that want your food, hanging it in a tree downwind of camp will keep it out of reach and reduce nighttime animal prowlers around your tent. To hang your bag of food, tie a rock to the end of 100 feet (30 m ) of 550 cord and lob the rock over a tree branch. Untie the rock and tie on your food sack. Hoist the bag up and tie it to a different tree so that it hangs at least 12 feet (3.5 m) off the ground, 5 feet (1.5 m) down from the branch and 5 feet (1.5 m) from the trunk.

5 GO FISH Short bits of 550 cord may seem like trash, but they can become surprisingly nice fishing lures with just a little bit of work (and a sharp hook). By sliding part of the outer jacket down and cutting it off, you’ll expose more of the white inner strands on this remarkable rope. Slide the shank of a fish hook up through those strands until the eye emerges, then melt the end of the cord with a lighter. Shred the exposed white strands and your lure is ready for the water. And if you’re short on fishing line, remove a long inner strand of 550 for your fishing line.

550 cord

1 GET THE BOOT Often called paracord, 550 cord is a tough yet slender line that was originally used in WW II for parachutes! Once on the ground, creative war fighters found hundreds of uses for the sturdy cordage, including bootlaces. Cotton and leather boot laces were no match for cord with a 550-pound breaking strength, then or now. You can also take this cord out of your boots and cut off a few short sections, using the short ones to strategically re-tie your boots. This gives you several feet of available cord, and your boots stay on!

4 CREATE SURVIVAL SNARES Setting snares to catch game animals definitely takes a lot of practice, but it’s also a great way to maximize your chances of catching something to eat in an emergency. You can use complete 550 cord (or strands from it) to make a wide range of trap components and snare lines, with just a little research and practice.

And it you’re dealing with an animal that can chew through the cord (virtually all mammals, for example), then use the 550 to make a lethal trap—it’s more humane, and your quarry won’t have time to chew the line.

DISASTER

hack

Tim MacWelch

8 CUT ZIP TIES You’ve been kidnapped and bound with zip ties!

It’s a good thing that your 550 cord boot laces can also be put to good use as a saw. Zip ties can be cut by aggressively working 550 cord across them. To make your escape, remove your 550 laces, and tie them together with a large loop on each end. Thread the cord through one zip tie. Place each foot in one of the cord loops, and move your feet like you’re peddling a bike. This will saw the cord back and forth on the zip tie, heating the plastic to its melting point, and eventually breaking through the restraint.

7 MAKE STRAPS, BELTS, AND MORE 550 cord bracelets have become a common item in the outdoor skills community, but you can make more than ornaments if you have some cord and some weaving skills. Simple braiding and plaiting techniques can turn a roll of this cord into belts, straps, collars, and other useful items. And if you can knit or crochet, go nuts with this durable and flexible cordage material! People have woven sandals from this cord, even bikini tops. Your creativity and imagination are the only real limits.

C Y B E R S U R V I VA L

The Cyber Attack Survival Manual

NICK SELBY • HEATHER VESCENT

SELBY Nick Selby & Heather Vescent

VESCENT

“I wish there was no need for this clever handbook, but for people who don’t understand just how scary the cyber security problem is (i.e., most people), it’s indispensable. And—a rare thing in cyber security circles—fun to read.”

Every day we seem to learn of more cyber attacks and online crimes, threatening our bank accounts, our children’s safety, our very identities. When your baby DAVID BIRCH monitor can launch a global attack and your kids can hackfrom your how can anyone feel safe? LearnTHE “A must read for everyone n00bspasswords, to experts, parents to pros. I’ve never seen such complex how in this wide-ranging book by Nick Selby (a police cyber topics covered in such an enjoyable way. ” detective specializing in cyber crime) and Heather CHRIS ROCK Vescent (a professional futurist). From online dating to credit card scams, they tell you how to stay safe and dentity theft. Email hacks. Infrastructure attacks.

Credit card fraud. Even murder for hire. All of spot the next threat before it even happens. these crimes can be committed with just a few Director of Innovation, Consult Hyperion

CYBER ATTACK

CEO and Founder of global cyber security firm Kustodian

I

clicks of a mouse. Cyber criminals can attack at any time, targeting you through a laptop, a smart phone, a television—even your doorbell or thermostat. The good news? You don’t have to be a victim. In this comprehensive, practical, and fact-filled book, global security expert Nick Selby and futurist Heather Vescent give you the tools you need to protect your family, your privacy, your finances, and your reputation. Don’t go online without it.

NICK SELBY is a law enforcement professional and noted cyber security consultant whose writing has appeared in the New York Times, Washington Post, and many other publications. He is the author of books on topics ranging from hacking to police work to Russia.

THE

CYBER ATTACK SURVIVAL MANUAL

240 pages 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches 190 x 240I S Bmm • 7 SURVIVAL N 978-1-68188-175-1 MANUAL U.S. $29.00 CAN60,000 $32.00 words ISBN: 978-1-68188-175-1 100 illustrations Flexicover 9 781681 881751 Rights: Worldwide Currently available

HEATHER VESCENT is a writer, filmmaker, and futurist who has appeared in Wired, The Atlantic, the New York Times, on CNN, CNBC, and Fox News, and has spoken at SxSW, TedxZwolle, and elsewhere.

LIFESTYLE

TOOLS FOR SURVIVING EVERYTHING FROM IDENTITY THEFT TO THE DIGITAL APOCALYPSE

30,000 UNIQUE SITES OR SERVICES (MAKING UP ABOUT 350,000 WEB PAGES) CAN BE FOUND ON THE DARKNET.

THE DARKNET

2.3% CHILD & OTHER ILLEGAL PORN

47.7% DEAD SITES

144,000

19.6% OTHER NON-ILLICIT USES

TOTAL AMOUNT OF BITCOINS THE FBI SEIZED FROM ROSS ULBRICHT, THE ORIGINAL “DREAD PIRATE ROBERTS,” FOUNDER OF SILK ROAD.

1.1% GUNS AND VIOLENCE 2.3% DARKNET-BASED SEARCH ENGINES

8.1% DRUGS

3% UNKNOWN

6.3% FINANCIAL FRAUD

$

12

1.8% HACKING TOOLS

ESTIMATED VALUE OF BITCOINS LOST IN A “HEIST” WHEN EVOLUTION MARKET DISAPPEARED FROM THE DARKNET OVERNIGHT.

MILLION

1.2% SOCIAL SITES

2.7% POLITICAL EXTREMISM

(HERE’S AN ESTIMATE OF WHAT THEY CONTAIN)

49

100

$ VALUE OF BITCOINS LOST WHEN SHEEP MARKETPLACE SHUT DOWN IN 2013, SCAMMING ITS MEMBERS.

820K

3.4%

MILLION

60

SECONDS

$

.30

839.62

2011

2012

2013

2014

20% BITCOIN VALUES HAVE FLUCTUATED BETWEEN $0.0001 AND $1,250.99 IN ITS LIFETIME THUS FAR.

273.98

2015

PERCENTAGE OF TRAFFIC THROUGH TOR USED FOR DARKNET ACTIVITY.

914.68

433.38

5.10 13.66

2010

21.35 USD

$ VALUE OF BITCOINS THAT A FORMER SECRET SERVICE AGENT ADMITTED TO STEALING DURING THE SILK ROAD INVESTIGATION.

HERE’S A TIMELINE OF BITCOIN VALUE AT THE START OF EACH YEAR

.07

ESTIMATE NUMBER OF BLACK-MARKET WEBSITES CURRENTLY ACTIVE ON THE DARKNET.

2016

2017

1.2

$

BILLION

AMOUNT OF TIME IT TAKES TO SET UP A DARKNET BLACK-MARKET WEBSITE, USING STARTUP SOFTWARE DEEPIFY.

%: ESTIMATED FRACTION OF ALL WORLDWIDE DRUG SALES THROUGH DARKNET MARKETS IN 2014.

ESTIMATED AMOUNT OF MONEY MADE THROUGH SILK ROAD DURING ITS 28 MONTHS OF OPERATION.

AVERAGE COST FOR A NEW IDENTITY CARD

37

38

LIFESTYLE

OUTDOORS

The Total Knife Manual T. Edward Nickens & The Editors of Field & Stream

T. EDWARD NICKENS

AND THE EDITORS OF FIELD & STREAM

THE TOTAL KNIFE MANUAL

Inside you’ll find gorgeous, extensive photo galleries of blades, as well as tips and tricks to get the most out of knives for outdoor cooking, skinning game, cleaning fish, camp craft, and both urban and wilderness survival.

the TOTAL

Knife MANUAL SKILLS & TECHNIQUES 141 ESSENTIAL

KNIFE DESIGN

KNIFE USE

224 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 53,000 words 500+ photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

AXES & HATCHETS

DESIGN CLASS

The shape of a blade in profile can elicit strong emotions. There’s something simply classic and familiar about the clip point of a Bowie-style knife.

A tanto- or hawkbill-style blade can evoke dark alleys and danger. For many, a knife purchase is

PROFILE

CHARACTERISTICS

BEST FOR

PROS

CONS

A STRAIGHT

A straight spine with an upward curving edge that rises to the spine to form a semi-sharp point.

Bushcrafting; Kitchen tasks; Learning sharpening techniques.

Very strong; Easily batoned through wood; Easy to apply force to spine with fingers or palm.

Not ideal for piercing tasks; Not enough belly for skinning.

B DROP POINT

A favorite of hunters, the drop point features a slight downward curve to the spine to form a lowered, or “dropped,” point.

Field dressing and skinning; Everyday carry (EDC).

Strong point retains a bit of belly for skinning; Best for gutting animals, as the point angles away from organs.

With a tip less sharp than those of other profiles, it’s not a great piercing blade.

C TRAILING

This blade’s spine curves upward, and a trailing point provides a long, curved edge for slicing.

Skinning and caping animals; Filleting fish.

Very sharp point; Lots of belly; Design gives lightweight knives additional length to the cutting edge.

Weak point; Difficult to get in and out of a sheath.

D CLIP POINT

The classic Bowie knife profile.

A straight spine drops in a slight angle or concave curve to meet the tip, as if the spine were clipped off.

Skinning and caping animals; Filleting fish.

Very controllable sharp point; Decent belly; Excels at piercing.

If the clip begins too far from the tip, the point of the blade can be weak.

BACK

POINT

A

based primarily on its blade profile. How a knife performs varies dramatically depending on its profile, and it’s a world of tradeoffs. When it comes to the shapes of things that cut, there’s far more to the designs than mere aesthetics.

B

C

D

E

F

CHARACTERISTICS

BEST FOR

PROS

CONS

E SPEAR POINT

A symmetrical profile with a spine that forms the centerline of the blade. Can be sharpened on one or both sides.

Piercing and thrusting; Throwing knives.

Very sharp tip; Can have a double cutting surface.

Not useful for non-fighting tasks.

F SPEY POINT

A defined, sudden downward curve to the spine that meets a curving, upswept edge.

Commonly found on trapperstyle pocketknives.

Traditionally used for castrating farm animals.

Easily sharpened; Safe to use when a sharp point isn’t needed.

That lack of a sharp point limits piercing ability; Often a short blade.

G LEAF

This hybrid between a drop point and a spear point features a less aggressive downward slope to the spine with a more acute point.

Fine cutting that requires a sharp point; EDC; Selfdefense.

Easy to carry, as most leaf point blades are short.

Thin point can be weaker than that of other profiles.

H SHEEPSFOOT

A straight spine curves downward to meet a completely straight edge, with no sharp piercing tip.

Rescue work; Use on inflatable boats; Trimming hooves of small livestock.

Blunt tip can be very thick and strong; Very controllable edge; Easy to sharpen.

With no sharp tip, not useful for piercing tasks.

I WHARNCLIFFE

Similar to a sheepsfoot, with a downward curve or angle to the spine that starts closer to the handle of the knife.

Rescue work; Selfdefense; Utility tasks.

Sharp piercing tip; Strong, robust blade often built with thick blade stock.

No belly for skinning tasks.

J HAWKBILL

Shaped like a claw or talon—or a hawk’s bill—the hawkbill profile has a sharply concave spine and cutting edge that meet at a downward point.

Utility work, such as cutting carpet and linoleum; Selfdefense.

Cutting webbing, heavy cordage and lines; Sharp, inwardly curved tip is great for making long cuts.

No piercing ability; Little utility for hunting and fishing.

K TANTO

Thick, with a straight edge that takes a sudden, upward, uncurved angle near the blade tip to meet the spine at a straight or slightly convex angle.

Self-defense; EDC; General utility tasks.

Extremely strong and sharp tip; Robust blade.

Tricky to sharpen; No belly for skinning.

G

H

I

J

K

K N OW T H E K N I F E

PROFILE

Blade Profiles

OUTDOORS

LIFESTYLE

The Total Redneck Manual T. Edward Nickens & Will Brantley

THE TOTAL REDNECK MANUAL

This is a loving celebration of a cultural THE TOTAL icon, but it’s also a hands-on working book REDNECK that canMANUAL help anyone better enjoy the great

221 WAYSoutdoors.

TO LIVE LARGE In true Field & Stream fashion,

For folks across America, the term “redneck” is a badge of honor—it means that guy who can hunt, fish, and skin just about anything. The gal who figured out how to hook the disc to the tractor because no way in this world was she going to ask for help. And anyone who knows that the good life can be lived without much more than a truck that starts, a good dog, an accurate rifle, and family and friends you can count on.

The Total Redneck Manual offers triedand-true tips on 200+ essentials, from HUNT & FISH Catching and killing your own food is at the core of picking the right hunting dog to fixing just the redneck identity. You’ll learn about everything from noodling catfish to about anything with tape to frying up deer hunting Papaw’s farm—and using every part of the critter. catfish just like grandma used to make.

LIVE LARGE Need to hook up a tractor implement? Throw a Buck knife? Open a bottle with a dollar bill?

These vital life skills and hundreds more are described and illustrated in glorious detail.

T. EDWARD NICKENS is editor-at-large at Field & Stream, for which he’s written on everything from Cajun squirrel hunting to the Alaskan wilderness to the seductive pull of a titty bream. He is the author of The Total Outdoorsman Manual, the one book (besides this one) that every outdoorsperson needs.

WILL BRANTLEY is the hunting editor of Field & Stream, where he handles much of the brand’s hunting content, both on paper and online. He likes fishing, too—especially if he can use a bow and arrow. He maintains two small farms in Kentucky and keeps epic tan lines year round.

For more than 100 years, Field & Stream has provided expert advice on every aspect of the outdoor life, including hunting, fishing, conservation, and wilderness survival.

It is America’s oldest and largest outdoor media brand.

T. EDWARD NICKENS

a canoe fly rod to deepwater trolling to paddling with by yourself, these tips will help you come fish—not excuses.

CAMP ANYWHERE Be the envy of every

deer, elk, and fish camp with scores of awesome sleep gear hacks. You’ll find the best tent site, dry, and start a fire no matter the conditions.

SURVIVE ANYTHING Trapped in the snow? how Face-to-face with an angry grizzly? Learn a wound to get home, get out of trouble, and get bandanged up in the middle of nowhere.

T. EDWARD NICKENS

Field & Stream editor-at-large T. Edward Nickens has paddled, backpacked, hunted, Sea. and fished from tthe tropics to the Arctic video An award-winning writer, speaker, and host, he’s researched more than 750 sporting tips and field tricks for Field & Stream.

For more than 100 years, Field & Stream magazine has provided expert

advice on every aspect of the outdoor life, and including hunting, fishing, conservation, Total wilderness survival. The magazine’s annual Outdoorsman issue is one of its most popular, read by over nine million sporting enthusiasts.

ISBN $31.951-61628-866-3 US ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-866-2 ISBN 10: 1-61628-866-3

SKILLS & TOOLS

FISH SMARTER From customizing the perfect

THE TOTAL

here’s the latest AR, or your granddad’s deer rifle, you need the definitive guide to the tools and skills for deer, waterfowl, small game, and more.

OUTDOORSMAN

KNOW IT ALL

324 ESSENTIAL TIPS & TRICKS HUNT BETTER Whether you’ve got a longbow,

AND THE EDITORS OF FIELD & STREAM

THE TOTAL

OUTDOORSMAN

SKILLS & 324

TOOLS TIPS

9 7 8161 6 2886 62

CAMP CAMP

FISH FISH

HUNT HUNT

SURVIVE SURVIVE

I S B N 978-1-68188-242-0

240 pages US $29.00 CAN $32.00 ISBN: 978-168188-242-0 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 60,000 words 9 781681 882420 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

T. EDWARD NICKENS and WILL BRANTLEY

THE TOTAL

REDNECK MANUAL 221 WAYS TO LIVE LARGE

HUNTING

The Ultimate Bushcraft Survival Manual

Tim MacWelch SURVIVE AND THRIVE you want to explore the woods IN near THEWhether WILD your home, be prepared for wilderness

THE ULTIMATE

BUSHCRAFT SURVIVAL MANUAL

272 ESSENTIAL WILDERNESS emergencies, or liveSKILLS closer to the land, this TRADITIONAL WISDOM The skills book for New York Times bestselling wondered whether you could survive in thisis book haveyou. been used for in the wild, with nothing but a knife thousands of years by people all and the clothes on your back? This around the globe.

That’sMacWelch how we author Tim covers how to boil book will tell you how, but that’s only know they work. the beginning. In this practical, water using rocks, build a mud oven, keep hands-on guide, survival expert Tim LIVE OFF THE LAND Learn how to carve MacWelch shows you how to build a snow cave, build a mud oven, snakes out ofoutyour hammock, and, of fires, make shelter, find food, craft disinfect water, keep tarantulas tools, and more, using little or no of your hammock, and hundreds modern technology. of other bushcraft essentials. course, make a fire by rubbing sticks together—and so much more.

BEYOND SURVIVAL Have you ever

TIM MACWELCH has practiced survival and outdoor skills for over 30 years. He runs a year-round survival school in Virginia and has worked with students of all levels, from summer camp groups to the United States Armed Forces. He writes Outdoor Life magazine’s survival blog and is the author of several books, including the New York Times Best Sellers Prepare for Anything, How to Survive Anything, and Hunting and Gathering.

For over 110 years, Outdoor Life magazine has brought the best in hunting, fishing, and wilderness survival expertise to millions of avid sportsmen and nature enthusiasts, as well as expanding their coverage to include insider tips on urban survival and disaster preparedness. This book reflects the best of both in one indispensable package.

224 pages 190 xUS240 • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches $29.00 mm CAN $32.00 ISBN: 978-1-68188-238-3 60,000 words 500 illustrations 9 781681 882383 Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-238-3

FISHING

GUNS, GRUB & FUN

New York Times Best-Selling Author TIM MACWELCH and the Editors of OUTDOOR LIFE

THE ULTIMATE

BUSHCRAFT SURVIVAL MANUAL

272 WILDERNESS SKILLS GO FROM LOST IN THE WOODS TO AT HOME IN THE WILD

TAKING SHELTER

FINDING FOOD

LIVING WILD

39

40

LIFESTYLE

PHOTOGRAPHY

Get the Picture Dan Richards

AMERA.

So you’ve got a shiny new camera. Now what? Skip that brick of a manual and join Popular Photography writer Dan Richards on an accessible, empowering tour of your camera’s functions. Full of crystal-clear instructions, expert explanations, and aspirational images, Get the Picture is the novice’s best choice for maximizing your DSLR or ILC.

writer amera’s ons, and e for

pecial , working

et manual nd

turn on, color,

192 pages 166 x 216 mm • 6 1/2 x 81/2 inches 45,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

r add-ons, difiers.

e to photos of n shots. How to hers of all levels ts at Popular power of your

hy, How to nto beautifully

How to Photograph Everything The Editors of Popular Photography

SIMPLE TECHNIQUES FOR SHOOTING SPECTACULAR IMAGES

The world is full of breathtaking images just waiting to happen. How to Photograph Everything gives you the lowdown on must-have gear, helpful tech settings, and useful shooting pointers for 40+ subjects—plus beautiful photographs that inspire readers to get shooting.

328 pages 216 x 267 mm • 81/2 x 10 1/2 inches 70,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Take Your Best Shot Miriam Leuchter This smart, fun, fresh guide to the joys of photography offers loads of advice to comfort the beginner, while providing interesting challenges for the seasoned pro that will offer them a vivid reminder of what sparked their passion for photography in the first place.

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches 60,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

PHOTOGRAPHY

LIFESTYLE

The Complete Photo Manual Revised Edition The Editors of Popular Photography

PHOTO MANUAL

Learn to select and use the best gear, be a master of composition, and even work THE your smartphone for snapshots on theCOMPLETE go with The Complete Photo Manual. With more than 300 expert tips—updated with information on the latest software and cameras on the market—picture-perfect photos are just a shutter’s click away!

THE COMPLETE PHOTO MANUAL Ever wanted to take a photo of a cyclist in motion? Shoot portraits of your loved ones that show them at their best, or compose fine-art images that reveal your creativity? With The Complete Photo Manual, picture-perfect photos are just a shutter’s click away.

You’ll learn to select and use gear, be a master of composition, work your smartphone for snapshots on the go, and finesse your images in photo-editing software. With more than 300 tips and tricks, this book is a gold mine for any photography enthusiast—novice or pro—and it’s all from the experts at Popular Photography magazine.

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 / x 9 1/2 inches 60,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available US $31.95

CAN $31.95

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-449-7 ISBN 10: 1-61628-449-8

THE COMPLETE

CAMERA BASICS

GEAR & SETUP

PHOTO MANUAL

COMPOSING & SHOOTING

300+SKILLS SKILLSAND ANDTIPS TIPS FOR FOR 263 MAKING GREAT PICTURES MAKING GREAT PICTURES

PROCESSING & BEYOND

1 2

UPDATED AND EXPANDED

The Complete Portrait Manual The Editors of Popular Photography Join Popular Photography magazine in a crash course on taking fantastic photos of the individuals around you. With tutorials on how to flatter your subjects with poses and angles, light them just right, and retouch your photos in post-production, you’ll soon be crafting portraits that make your subjects look their very best.

SHOOT WOW-WORTHY PORTRAITS

THE COMPLETE

MANUAL

Snapshots of loved ones laughing, impressive studio headshots, fun yet tasteful selfies, and lightning-fast captures of athletes doing the thing they love—the world of portrait photography is as rich and varied as people themselves.

Join Popular Photography magazine in a crash course on taking fantastic photos of the individuals around you. With chapters on how to flatter your subjects with poses and angles, light them just right, and retouch your photos in post-production, you’ll soon be crafting portraits that make your subjects look their very best.

160 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches US $29.00 CAN $32.00 65,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

300+ TIPS & TECHNIQUES FOR SHOOTING PERFECT PHOTOS OF PEOPLE

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-871-6 ISBN 10: 1-61628-871-X

FPO

POSING & WORKING WITH SUBJECTS

LIGHTING & GEAR

RETOUCHING & BEYOND

41

42

LIFESTYLE

TELEVISION

The Art of Curiosity

T

ART O E H F

CU

Y T RIOSI

Fifty Visionary Artists, Scientists, Poets, Makers, & Dreamers Who Changed the Way We See Our World

In 2016 and 2017, the Exploratorium partnered with the A.M. Qattan Foundation to launch a hands-on Science Studio in Ramallah—the first of its kind in Palestine.

This project involved two visits to San Francisco by a group of emerging exhibit developers, and five trips to Palestine for master planning workshops, exhibit ideation, rapid prototyping, and mentoring on studio set-up and shop tool use.

SAJA AMRO

Science educator and exhibit designer in Ramallah, Palestine.

Originally trained as an architect, Saja now builds exhibitions that tour around Palestine. During her residency, she immersed herself in exhibit development, science communication, and fabrication. Today, she is especially interested in extracting science and art from their local context and transforming them.

Before my first workshop, I didn’t know anything about exhibit development or the Exploratorium. I had no practical experience using machines, wood, metal, materials, whatever. And I was afraid of them. Even in the workshop I thought, that’s not for me. But then I saw how everyone was using those things without being afraid of them, and the results are awesome. So I thought why not?

This experience was really life changing. It was full of ups and downs. But each time I was learning something else, something new, and growing and

The first step was quitting my job and moving. That’s not something that happens every day. Especially for girls in Palestine. Like, you move out of your parents’ house if you’re getting married.

42

maturing. And I definitely can say frankly that this experience was life changing to me.

My first residency was working with the Studio for Public Spaces. You’re creating large-scale outdoor exhibits, not tabletops and indoor experiences. And I enjoyed it so much. I also found out that I can work directly with the audience, the visitors, with people, and create activities for them. It’s not only about designing and building, it’s also about speaking to your audience and doing something directly with them. The exhibit development process is humancentered. Your designs should be tested on people, really soon after you have your first or second prototype, so you can get feedback.

At the Science Studio, we are still working as if we’re at the Exploratorium. But we’re not, so a lot of things need to shift. We still ideate, prototype, evaluate. We make, show, and tell all the time and then we fabricate and we make our exhibitions. We use that sequence but now we started adding to it,

This innovative and inspirational book invites the reader to join more than 50 artists, musicians, scientists, and innovators in a wonderfully playful, insightful, and sometimes incredibly moving journey. Learn how they think and how you, too, can harness your powers of observation, inquiry, and engagement to be more creative, successful, and happy in life—and maybe even change the world while you’re at it.

176 pages 185 x 233 mm • 71/4 x 9 inches 50,000 words 200+ photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide September 2019

because we know there’s something missing, because these are two different communities, two different contexts. It’s not the same. But our starting point was the Exploratorium method, the Exploratorium mentality—of teamwork, being open, having a playful mindset, accepting play at work, developing ideas together. And there is a place for everyone. It’s not a competition. We all have a place on the floor and all of our exhibits are developing, and will always be developing. There is no end product.

We’re having conversations all the time about the themes of the exhibitions we create. Our themes are from the team’s interests and what we like to do or build. But we also think that the themes need to be coming from the community itself, because we are in a country with lots and lots of problems on all sides. Environmental, social, we have the Occupation, we have unemployment. It’s really tough here. We can do exhibits about mathematics and science and astronomy, but we need to dig deeper and learn more about what the community wants to learn about. We need to empathize with them more.

We’re also trying to work with people in the arts because artists, they do dig deeper, working on projects based on what they observe in the community.

So we want to try to develop exhibits with artists.

One of the things that we’re trying to do is to develop written materials in Arabic as well, because exhibit

development does not exist in Arabic. You read the word ideation. We invented one for it in Arabic… also the word for tinkering. So we’re using our own terms.

We’re trying to develop our ideation methods as well.

We just finished our exhibition. It’s called Motion and Stillness. The experiences in the exhibition use your whole body to help explain physics. We presented it in June and now it’s traveling So I’ve been working to different places.

on this tape—wherever I go I just keep telling myself Saja, you can. You’re capable. Ok fine you’re a girl, you’re young. So what.

Just unleash the beast.

43

TELEVISION

LIFESTYLE

ENJOY CHANGING

YOUR MIND

B e open to transformat ive e xper ience s— one s that leave you a lit tle dif ferent than when you star ted. B e open to subver t ing your e xpec tat ions.

Counter-intuit ive e xper ience s are compelling .

The special exhibition Strandbeest: The Dream Machines of Theo Jansen in 2016. featured enormous kinetic sculptures called strandbeests—“beach animals” in Dutch—that mesmerized with their eerily lifelike motion. Constructed largely of PVC tubing and equipped with sensory organs, these amazing beests walked a wandering, line between art and engineering, mechanics and biology.

THEO JANSEN Dutch artist whose kinetic strandbeesten are wonders of art, engineering, and evolutionary theory.

Jansen studied physics at Delft University of Technology, before dedicating himself to the creation and evolution of his “beach beast” kinetic sculptures. He describes himself as very old-fashioned, working as people might have 10,000 years ago before there was any distinction between art and science.

The Exploratorium is for me a very impressive museum.

I’ve never seen so many interesting educational props. To me it is not only a science museum, because there are also a lot of artists involved with curious machines. That’s why I was very interested to show my work there.

Since 1990, I’ve tried to make new forms of life. The strandbeests are skeletons that live on beaches. They don’t have to eat, because they get their energy from the wind. Over the years there has been a sort of evolution process where the animal survive better and better the circumstances on the beach, like the storms and the wind and the sand and the water. This evolutionary process will go on in the future until I leave the planet one day, and then I hope these animals can survive on their own. These tubes, they never want to do what I want to do. They have their own will, it seems. I might wake up with an ingenious idea in the morning and then, during the 46

day, confront this idea with the tubes and they want something else. They force me to go another way and leave my own brains behind to follow their rules. And the next day I wake up with a new idea based on my experience with the tubes from the day before. The path is very capricious and unpredictable.

In the end, I’m surprised myself at how beautiful these animals become during the process. I wasn’t really aiming for beauty but it seems like if you follow the law of the tubes… it is just like real evolution.

47

43

44

LIFESTYLE

S C I E N C E H I S T O RY

The Future Then The Editors of Popular Science

THE FUTURE THEN

For 145 years, Popular Science has captured our imaginations with its forecasts of what the future holds in store. With more than 500 retro covers and analyses of how their wacky predictions panned out, The Future Then functions as a time capsule of all our wildest technological dreams­— whether or not they’ve come true.

Fascinating Ar t & Predictions from 145 Years of Popular Science

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 71/2 x 91/2 inches 60,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

ART IS T PROFILE

NORMAN ROCKWELL Without question, the best-known painter to put brush to canvas for the face of Popular Science was Norman Rockwell. After beginning art classes and painting covers for a number of youth magazines throughout his teenage years, Rockwell landed his first piece of cover art on the front of a real magazine—the Saturday Evening Post—in 1916, at the ripe old age of 22. During the next 60 years, Rockwell would paint for a number of publications, with works gracing the cover of the Post hundreds of times.

While Rockwell was not widely respected by so-called serious art critics—people who would occasionally refer to Rockwell as an illustrator in the pejorative sense rather than as a true artist (not that it bothered him)—his work earned great appreciation among the broader American populace. His ability to give regular folks a glimpse of their own lives through his rosy lens endeared him to many.

CAN WE UPLOAD OUR

BRAINS? p.54

S P EC I A L E D I T I O N M AY 2 0 1 4

THE INVENTION AWARDS

WHEN ASTEROIDS

ATTACK! p.62

C E L E B R AT I N G

A M E R IC A N

Innovation FOR 142 YEARS

Rockwell’s paintings largely focused on elevating what might be dismissed as the banalities of everyday smalltown America in an often sentimental, sometimes even humorous, way. His work for Popular Science during the 1920s was no exception. For instance, Perpetual Motion, his most famous work to appear in the periodical, depicts an inventor showing off his attempt at building a perpetual motion machine, scratching his head, as if he himself is unsure of whether it will work—or why it does, if it does. Another shows an older gentleman in his study, welding a kettle while a curious kitten watches over his shoulder.

Nick Offerman

On the Joy of Working With Your Hands

PSC0514_Inv_CVNOUPC.indd 1

3/20/14 2:42 PM

Top, this April 1921 cover shows a new soldering torch equipped with barrels for not one but two types of fuel.

The same year saw the invention of the first electric soldering iron—a true breakthrough for early DIY types.

At right, the magazine devoted its October 1920 issue to innovation and used the cover to poke fun at an old mechanical impossibility that rears its head to dupe the masses every so often: a machine works indefinitely without needing power. Popular Science recreated the classic cover with DIY enthusiast and actor Nick Offerman on its May 2014 cover.

54

The Future Then

55

S C I E N C E H I S T O RY

LIFESTYLE

1932

December • Edgar F. Wittmack • An air-propelled car out for a joyride— presumably at 80 miles an hour (130 km/h), as the cover article boasts.

January • Edgar F. Wittmack • A hypothetical “merry-go-round” power plant makes wind power in New Jersey.

DID IT HAPPEN? Not really. Airboats are a thing, but the fan-powered car?

Not so much, beyond a few truly experimental vehicles such as this. There is banned racing technology that uses fans to force a racecar downward (most notably American Jim Hall’s totally rad Chapparel 2J, released in 1970 and forbidden from the track the same year), but that’s about it.

DID IT HAPPEN? Kind of. Power companies poured money into an experimental cylinder utilizing the Magnus effect—the notion that wind creates force perpendicular to the direction it blows—but the plant never materialized. Even so, ships powered by “rotor sails” demonstrated proof of concept in the 1920s, some modern shipbuilders have revived the idea to reduce reliance on fossil fuels, and engineers have written papers about building wind farms with the cylinders in the future. So stay tuned.

May (right) • Edgar F. Wittmack • Dr. J. A. Purves’s dynasphere—“the high-speed vehicle of the future.”

DID IT HAPPEN? Prototypes, yes. Otherwise, no. While inventor J. A. Purves did make a few of these daredevil hoops (YouTube it, trust us), it turns out that a giant iron wheel steered by tilting is not the most practical form of transportation. Go figure.

68

The Future Then

69

1930s

1970s

you could carry down the street. In 1973, that changed. Under US engineer and “father of the cell phone” Martin Cooper, Motorola engineers developed the first truly mobile phone—one giant (by today’s standards) brick of a communications device. He announced his invention by demonstrating it for a journalist: He powered on the device, walked down the street, and dialed up Joel Engel—an engineer from AT&T who was working on a similar idea—just to let him know that he was calling him from a cell phone.

THE F-14, CONCORDE, AND THE GOSSAMER CONDOR One of the more famous fighter jets in popular culture is the Grumman F-14 Tomcat, which first took to the skies in December 1970. Most people know it as the plane from Top Gun, and its reallife applications aren’t so far off from that depiction. It saw action as an air-to-air fighter, with some air-to-ground abilities added before its retirement in the mid-2000s. Beyond fighter jets, a small fleet of Concordes—supersonic passenger jets—entered commercial service in 1976, zipping wealthy passengers across the Atlantic in half the time it took a standard passenger jet.

Concorde was in service for 27 years until a crash in 2000 killed everyone on board. The 1970s also brought a feat centuries in the making: human-powered flight. Designed by Americans Paul MacCready and Peter Lissaman and piloted by Bryan Allen, the Gossamer Condor—a big, pedal-powered hang glider—won the first Kremer Prize for person-propelled aircraft.

LUCY ON THE SLOPE WITH SCIENCE Humanity got one more clue to its origins when, in 1974, US paleoanthropologist Donald Johanson decided to take a third look at a small gully near the Awash River in Ethiopia. When he found a small fragment from an arm bone on one slope, he and a graduate student, Tom Gray, turned up the intensity and found more and more pieces—all of which appeared to come from the same organism. Johanson’s finding turned out to be a female from the species Australopithecus afarensis—a likely ancestor of ours, dating back more than 3 million years.

Named Lucy after the Beatles’ “Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds,” she had a small skull and walked upright, giving credence to evolutionary theories that propose walking upright on two feet came before human brain growth. After taking the bones to Cleveland for reconstruction, Johanson returned Lucy to Ethiopia, where she still “lives”—in a safe in the National Museum of Ethiopia.

FAMOUS FIRSTS

ALSO OF NOTE

MAY 24, 1970 Digging begins on the USSR’s Kola Superdeep Borehole, a 22-mile(35-km-) deep pit used to study Earth’s crust.

MAY 3, 1971 Mariner 9 becomes the first spacecraft to orbit another planet, mapping 80 percent of the Martian surface.

AUGUST 20, 1971 The Stanford Prison Experiment—in which 24 US men were assigned the role of prisoner or guard— dissolves into violence after only six days.

Above, Concorde supersonically soars with its nose in a streamlined position. During take-off and landing, its nose could be “drooped” to increase visibility for the pilot.

At left, a model at the National Museum of Ethiopia of what Lucy, one of our oldest ancestors, may have looked like. In her home country, Lucy is known as Dinkenish, meaning “You are marvelous.” Marvelous, indeed.

At right, Bryan Allen flies the Gossamer Albatross II, the second human-powered aircraft from the team that made the Gossamer Condor in 1977. A similar design that got off the ground with the power of pedaling, the Albatross crossed the English Channel on June 12, 1979, with Allen at the helm—er, handlebar.

180

The Future Then

JUNE 26, 1974 A cashier in Ohio scans the UPC on a pack of gum—the first time a UPC scanner was used commercially.

JULY 25, 1978 The world welcomes the first person born from in vitro fertilization: English baby Louise Brown.

1970s

181

45

46

LIFESTYLE

PODCAST

Sawbones Justin McElroy & Dr. Sydnee McElroy Every week, the hit podcast Sawbones takes a look at the weird, gross, and occasionally genius ways humans have tried to fix what ails us. In this book, the hosts revisit their most popular topics and share even more bizarre highlights from the history of medicine, and answer some of their readers’ weirdest and most interesting questions.

216 pages 171 x 216 mm • 6 3/4 x 81/2 inches 68,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Please inquire Currently available

the black plague

W

spreads through your bloodstream and can cause bleeding from your mouth or rectum, shock, and even gangrene of your fingers or toes.

Still not convinced? How about the pneumonic plague, which helps you remember large chunks of information with fun acronyms? No, no, actually it primarily affects lungs, and is often mistaken for a really severe case of pneumonia. While its symptoms may sound the least dramatic, this one is actually the most fatal form, and needs to be treated as soon as possible.

Come to think of it, there’s not really a “good” plague to catch.

The plague is not an absolute death sentence, but . . . it ain’t great. Without treatment, about 50 to 90 percent of infected people will die. With modern treatment, that number is reduced to a much-betterbut-still-not-all-that-comforting 15 percent.

hat really gets us excited these days is those diseases that don’t just kill people . . . they change the very course of history. And the plague is just such a disease.

Just how scary was the plague? It’s so scary that “the plague” isn’t a scary enough name; we started to call it “The Black Death,” right around the time it wiped out half of Europe. Since the very first plague bacteria infected its first human host, this disease has wreaked absolute havoc on our species. Or at least it did right up until the discovery of antibiotics blunted a bit of the threat.

Nonetheless, it has earned itself a place in the hall of fame of history-altering illnesses, which isn’t a real place but probably should be.

The plague is caused by a bacteria called Yersinia pestis. Plague comes in more than one flavor, with multiple forms each of which affects different systems and organs in our bodies and has its own complications and mortality rates.

If you’ve heard of just one type of plague, it’s probably the bubonic one, which gets its name from the impressively swollen lymph nodes known as buboes. These could appear in a sufferer’s groin or armpit and were often large, tender, and hot. While these days we use “the plague” and “bubonic plague” interchangeably, other forms can actually be more deadly. Fun!

The Black Plague If we asked you the scariest thing a disease can do, you’d probably say “kill you” and in a sense of course, you’d be right.

But after years of studying the history of disease, we’re a little less impressed by the run-of-the-mill fatal stuff. After all, anything can kill you! Just look around. See that loose screw in the ceiling fan? That blender just a shade too close to the bathtub? That tuna salad you left out in the sun? Death is waiting for you around every corner.

a brief history of plague We know now all these details thanks to, well, science. Folks in history weren’t so lucky—which we know because the plague is mentioned as far back as the Bible. In the first book of Samuel, the Philistines are struck with some sort of tumorcausing plague after stealing the Ark of the Covenant from the Israelites. (For more details, seek out the popular documentary Raiders of the Lost Ark.) Descriptions of this disease, as well as the outbreak suffered by the Israelites after the Ark’s return, all seem to point to plague.

In 532 CE, the Great Plague of Justinian spread from Byzantium throughout the Middle East, around the Mediterranean, and over to Egypt, eventually killing some 25 million people.

This death toll represented 50 to 60 percent of the Eastern Roman Empire—and at least 13% of the entire world’s population. For the next few centuries history records only minor outbreaks, but that luck didn’t hold. In 1328, the plague appeared in China, quickly spreading along trade routes to Italy, and then to the rest of Europe.

This outbreak lasted until about 1351, and wiped out 30 to 60 percent of Europe’s population.

While we’re pondering the relative scariness of nomenclature, could we not cook up something a little more threatening than “buboes”? Big, hot, gross groin bubbles and we give them a name that would be more appropriate for an adorable Super Mario enemy?

You can do better, science.

a plague of plagues If you’re not into buboes, or just want to be different, you might consider septicemic plague for your next deadly disease. This variant 35

PODCAST

LIFESTYLE

Edumacation Andy McElfresh Foreword by Kevin Smith McElfresh

g Cocktail-Party Science Amazin to Impress Your Friends

MAKES MINDS MIGHTY

THE

BOOK

THE

Class is in session with Andy McElfresh, science aficionado and co-host of the Edumacation podcast with Kevin Smith, which averages one million downloads per episode. This is the book that gives you a crash course in “Cocktail-Party Science,” the strange and astonishing scientific facts Class is now in session with Professor Andy McElfresh (not a real that you’ll want topodcast share at your next social professor), science aficionado and co-host of the Edumacation with Kevin Smith. This is the book that gives you a crash course in Cocktail-Party gatherings.

Open this book and open your Science, the strange and astonishing scientific facts that you’ll want to share at all your social gatherings. mind: You’re about to get Edumacated!

Chapters explore the Four Chambers of Knowledge—The Sci, The Fi, The Why, and The Bye—and examine such tantalizing topics as:

• Bigfoot, Mermaids, and the Mongolian Death Worm • Dolphins Getting High Off Puffer Fish Toxin

• Staggering Feats of Shaolin Monks • The Pentagon’s Weaponized Heat Ray • Flying Cars, Real Telepathy, and Other Breakthroughs of Tomorrow

BOOK

• Elevator Decapitations and a Deadly Wedgie

. . . and many more!

Open this book and open your mind: You’re about to get

EDUMACATED!

2

240 pages 171 x 216 mm • 6 3/4 x 81/2 inches 72,000 words U S $ 24 . 95 C A N $ 33 . 95 illustrations 33 I S B N : 978 -1- 6 818 8 -3 01- 4 Paperback Worldwide 9 7 8 1 6 8 1 Rights: 883014 Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-301-4

By Andy McElfresh Foreword by Kevin Smith Illustrations by Kelsey Dake

The mission statement of the Edumacation podcast is to inspire curiosity in our listeners and the rest of the world.

Obviously, based on the quality of questions we get for the Why section, this mission is far from being completed. To be fair, the Why section flies in the face of conventional advice and infotainment shows: The audience sends in their questions, and instead of asking an expert, I ask Kevin Smith. Who is baked.

But if I can achieve just one thing with this book, it would be to stop people from asking, “Why do birds suddenly appear every time you are near?” I get it. It’s a Carpenters song from the seventies. Big hit. Rick Moranis sang it in Parenthood. And it is a question. But it says way too much about you and doesn’t really inspire a meaningful conversation. So quit it!

I started my adult career working for the Zagat Survey, which rates dining establishments, and there I got to learn many methods of conducting surveys. It turns out that conducting a survey is a lot like conducting an experiment: In order to get meaningful results, you have to ask questions to which you have already predicted the answers. If you want to squeeze something meaningful out of the vox populi, you can’t just ask something like “What aspect of a restaurant is most important to you?” The answer will always be “the quality of the food,” because the person who will fill out your survey on restaurants will always consider himself to be a foodie.

146

SECTION 4: THE WHY

147

47

48

LIFESTYLE

P O P U L A R C U LT U R E

CANOIFNES O Y R W K E N

Canines of New York Heather Weston A visual celebration, Canines of New York collects more than 500 photographs taken by acclaimed Brooklyn-based photographer Heather Weston in every borough of this dog-loving city. Shown in iconic locations as well as cozily at home in their city dwellings, this is the perfect gift for every dog lover.

CANINES

NEW YORK

OF

“Heather Weston’s Canines ines my of New York comb cts, dogs and rite two favo subje images capture the Big Apple. Her t of these hear the the essence and gs. in glorious settin wonderful creatures book one hundred I’ve looked at the nearly finished.” times and I’m not – New York Times —JULIE KLAM, author of bestselling Woof You Had Me At

HEATHER WESTON

224 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,000 words 500+ photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Switched On David Wills Sixties counterculture led to a revolution in fashion so profound that its contemporary influence remains unparalleled. For the first time in history women dominated the zeitgeist. Switched On provides an overview of the era and showcases the It girls and designers who defined the decade, with lavishly illustrated profiles of Jane Birkin, Jean Shrimpton, Catherine Deneuve, Mary Quant, Sharon Tate, and many more.

256 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 25,000 words 250 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide Currently available

P E T C U LT U R E

LIFESTYLE

Canines of San Francisco Mark Rogers A joyful celebration of the vibrant dog community in and around San Francisco, Canines of San Francisco collects close to 500 engaging photos taken by acclaimed Bay Area photographer Mark Rogers throughout every neighborhood in this passionately dog-loving city. City dwellers and their adored canine companions can be found in every neighborhood. An entertaining tribute to this glorious city and its most fetching four-legged inhabitants.

192 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 3,500 words 500 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

ATLAS

Great Dane Puppy Union Square “Atlas and his littermate, Dida, are the official spokespuppies for Veo Eyewear in San Francisco. You can usually find one or both of them each day at one of several stores in the city. They enjoy lounging on the modern furniture, being goofy and eating a lot. As 4-month olds they weighed 55 pounds and sometimes gained as much as two to three pounds per day!”

PIPER

French Bulldog Lakewood

FRANKIE

Pit Bull Terrier Mix Bernal Heights

42

LOUIE

Dachshund Davenport Beach

SIERRA

Chocolate Lab Poplar Beach

43

49

50

LIFESTYLE

FA M I LY A L B U M S

Art of Pregnancy Capture every precious moment of your journey to motherhood. Within these pages there are prompts and spaces for you to reflect on how you are feeling and what is happening in your body and in your life.

144 pages 178 x 203 mm • 7 x 8 inches 3,500 words 70 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

My Baby Record Album In this exquisitely simple and beautiful album, the first five years of your baby’s life can be captured through your words and photos. You’ll laugh and smile as you look through not only the growth of your wonderful child, but also the growth of the love you’ve shared with them.

64 pages 227 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available

FA M I LY J O U R N A L S

Mothers & Daughter Journal A modern keepsake album for documenting and celebrating the unique bond that exists between mothers and daughters at any stage of their relationship. Mothers and daughters can share cherished memories and commemorate special events in this inspiring and versatile journal.

The ultimate keepsake book, a thoughtful gift or meaningful self purchase for parent or child at any stage in their relationship.

96 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket to hold memorabilia Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Sisters’ Journal The perfect gift for sisters of any age, this beautiful keepsake memory book is designed to capture and preserve unique memories, from the days of their childhood through the precious moments they spend as adults.

Each page includes thoughtful prompts to inspire sisters to record their most meaningful memories, plus plenty of space to add meaningful memorabilia and photographs.

Sisters’ Journal S TO R I ES , R E F L EC T I O N S , A N D C H E R I S H E D K E E P SA K ES

96 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket to hold memorabilia Rights: Worldwide Currently available

LIFESTYLE

51

178-2

5 CAN com

LIFESTYLE

FA M I LY J O U R N A L S

Friends’ Journal

Friend’s Journal

-178-2 8-0

52

Friends’ Journal MEMORIES AND KEEPSAKES FOR MY FRIENDS

Friends’ Journal celebrates this most special of connections. Divided into past, present, and future, this guided journal allows you to document your stories, share your thoughts, remember the wild times, and write down your hopes for your future. Beautifully decorated with charming illustrations the journal also includes inspiring quotes about friendships through the ages and illustrated frames to let you add your favorite photos to your story. Personalized by you and your friend, this is a unique memory book to treasure forever.

96 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket to hold memorabilia Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Grandfather’s Journal This well-designed and captivating guided journal offers a place to chronicle grandfather’s own life story, keep a living record of his experiences, and record his hopes and dreams for his grandchild. Each page includes thoughtful prompts to inspire grandpa to record his most meaningful memories, plus plenty of space for including memorabilia and photographs.

96 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket to hold memorabilia Rights: Worldwide Currently available

FA M I LY J O U R N A L S

Family Heritage Journal This journal is for every family, no matter how traditional or modern. Versatile and customizable, it is the ultimate treasure chest for your family history—in all its iterations.

Throughout the journal, each section allows multiple opportunities to add many branches to include of all forms of family. Create family trees, document traditions, and document memories for generations to come.

128 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 3,000 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket to hold memorabilia Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Grandmother’s Journal A beautifully illustrated, thoughtful, and thoroughly modern take on the grandmother’s keepsake memory book. Filled with prompts and plenty of space to record a lifetime of memories and wisdom for grandmothers of all ages to share with their grandchildren.

96 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 inches 2,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket to hold memorabilia Rights: Worldwide Currently available

LIFESTYLE

53

54

LIFESTYLE

JOURNALS

The Art of Fashion Journal Eila Mell The perfect gift for the fashionista in your life, this journal is packed with information of everything from how to identify a well-made dress to what to wear for life’s milestone moments. Sketchbook pages allow you to draw outfits or paste in inspiration from your favorite sources.

160 pages 165 x 222 mm • 6 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 1,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Paperback Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Love, Inside & Out

Love, Inside & Out Thoughtful Practices for Creating a Kinder World

There are an infinite number of ways to create more joy in your heart, more love in your life, and more compassion in the world.

Love, Inside & Out includes weekly exercises to practice kindness, prompts for reflection, and inspiring quotes to assist you in spreading happiness. From ideas for selfcare to strategies for community-building, this journal will help you put love first.

Because a more loving world starts with you.

192 pages 152 x 203 mm • 6 x 8 inches 1,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Flexicover Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available

JOURNALS

LIFESTYLE

Career Dreams

you can’t decide which career path to take. Or you know what you love but have no idea how to make it part of your work life. Maybe you’ve found the exact job that would make your soul sing—but you just don’t know how to get it.

AN ESSENTIAL WORKBOOK

You can have a career you love, a career that is meaningful in a way that’s unique to you. You just need to do a little soul searching, sleuthing, and strategizing. With clever exercises, trusted tips, inspirational quotes, and ample space to write about your hopes and plans, Career Dreams: An Essential Workbook for Finding Your Passion and Purpose can help to guide you toward your best possible future.

Career dReams

You want the career of a lifetime and we want to help you get it. In this hands-on guide, you Where will youwill be find in five an years? invaluable tool for making your What dreams do you more want than to dodreams. This will be a trusted with the rest of of your life? source information for every job interview, every networking opportunity, every promotion, What’s next? and any day-to-day situation that might come If these questions make your head spin, you’re not alone.

Perhaps you just graduated or you’reup ready to make a change, butexercises, and the like. with prompts,

192 pages 152 x 203 mm • 6 x 8 inches 2,000 words Illustrated in color throughout Paperback Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Career dReams % essential an

workbook for Finding your Passion and Purpose

%

Nasty Woman Journal Anna Katz A twist on an inspirational journal, the Nasty Woman Journal encourages users to not let injustice bring them down, to be unashamed, unstoppable, and downright unbreakable. Included are prompts on fearlessness, shame resistance, and power; sassy and powerful quotes from women who refused to take a back seat to history; and tips on how to be a strong and dynamic Nasty Woman. Resource pages are included in the back to encourage women to continue taking action.

192 pages 152 x 203 mm • 6 x 8 inches 2,000 words Illustrated in color throughout Flexicover Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available WO82857_LS_WO_BSB_NAST_COV.indd 5

4/11/17 9:31 AM

55

56

LIFESTYLE

JOURNALS

Silver Linings Anna Katz A twist on classic gratitude books, this journal focuses on the positive lesson or insight to be discovered within every challenging experience.

Included are inspiring quotes and prompts to help get you through difficult times and best appreciate the moments in life that can be truly sublime.

A Journal for Navigating Life’s Challenges

192 pages 152 x 203 mm • 6 x 8 inches 1,500 words Illustrated in color throughout Paperback with rounded corners Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available

The Night Dream A beautifully designed and authoritative journal featuring thought-provoking dream quotes from writers ranging from Bob Dylan to Joseph Conrad. An abridged dream dictionary in the back includes over 200 insightful descriptions of images and symbols that typically appear in dreams. The journal features spot illustrations of birds, stars, butterflies, flowers, and leaves printed on lush, tea-stained pages.

192 pages 152 x 203 mm • 6 x 8 inches 1,500 words 2-color illustrations throughout Paperback with rounded corners Wood-free pages for easy writing Rights: Worldwide Currently available

JOURNALS

From Scraps Journal: Bicycle Designed by Lydia Ricci Each journal in this series showcases a beautiful, intricately designed paper craft object on the front cover, entirely created from scraps of paper. Inspirational prompts are sprinkled throughout each journal along with light illustrations. A back pocket allows you to store scrap paper for your own artists creations.

144 pages 159 x 222 mm • 6 1/4 x 8 3/4 inches 500 words 2-color illustrations throughout Paperback with rounded corners Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket for collections Rights: Worldwide Currently available

From Scraps Journal: Chaise Designed by Lydia Ricci Each journal in this series showcases a beautiful, intricately designed paper craft object on the front cover, entirely created from scraps of paper. Inspirational prompts are sprinkled throughout each journal along with light illustrations. A back pocket allows you to store scrap paper for your own artists creations.

144 pages 159 x 222 mm • 6 1/4 x 8 3/4 inches 500 words 2-color illustrations throughout Paperback with rounded corners Wood-free pages for easy writing Back pocket for collections Rights: Worldwide Currently available

LIFESTYLE

57

58

LIFESTYLE

BACKLIST

Whether you’re interested in living off the land, camping in the wilderness, or surviving the fall of civilization, these books have you covered.

DAVID E. PETZAL

and PHIL BOURJAILY

TE GUN GUHNIQIDUESE E ULTIMA TH OTING TIPS AND TEC 375 ESSENTIAL SHO

guide GUN The complete CHOOSE THE RIGHT you really need, and then and to figuring out what n, rifle, handgun, picking the right shotgu you want. sport ammo for whatever accuracy, rifle your se SHOOT BETTER Increa , and come home scores n shotgu boost your of excuses. with game instead

L DAVID E. PETZA the Gun Nuts blog, Editor co-authors of the Year and Field & Stream’s Field Jack Slack Writer and has won the Leupold of the Year awards. He shoots r Writer the Zeiss Outdoo all over the world. has hunted big game competitively, and

224–256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 55,000–70,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide

to tested tips on how HUNT SMARTER Field-big game, get more on make tough shots r, and much, much more. ducks, fool a gobble w and expanded HIT THE RANGE All-neuns—from classic to information on handg modern sporting rifles as high tech—as well g, and safety. for range use, huntin

PHIL BOURJAILY co-author of the Gun shotgun expert and Field & Stream’s Bourjaily has written magazine’s website, is an Nuts blog on the e since 1985. He 2 for the magazin about wingshooting enthusiast. and trap-shooting avid turkey hunter

8188-2 I S B N 978-1-6

40-6

$32.00 US $29.00 CAN -6 ISBN: 978-1-68188-240

Field & Stream For well over a century, ous with the sports has been synonym and has been a of hunting and fishing, blog well. The Gun Nuts ation movement as unique and has gained a leader in the conserv popular on its website, shed opinions. is one of the most unvarni and ess, insight, reputation for truthfuln

9

2406 781681 88

THE TOTAL GUN MANUAL

The Survival Manual Series

THE TOTAL

GUN

MANUAL 375 ESSENTIAL SHOOTING SKILLS

G E T O N TA R G E T

UPDATED

RIFLES

SHOTGUNS

AND MORE

EDITION

BACKLIST

the latest HUNT SMARTER Whether you’re using going oldcenterfire rifle or compound bow, or r or stick school with a traditional muzzleloade tactics you bow, you’ll find the tips, tricks, and need to bag the buck of your dreams.

Dave nting azine’s itetail

-3 CAN $29.99 1-61628-608 ISBN $27.00 US ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-608-8 ISBN 10: 1-61628-608-3

9 7 8161 6 2860 88

THE TOTAL 324 ESSEN TIAL TIPS & TRICK

AND THE EDITORS OF FIELD & STREAM

THE TOTAL

DEER HUNTER OUTDOORSMAN HUNT BETTER Whether you’ve got a longbow,

here’s the latest AR, or your granddad’s deer rifle, you need the definitive guide to the tools and skills for deer, waterfowl, small game, and more.

CAMP ANYWHERE Be the envy of every

deer, elk, and fish camp with scores of awesome sleep gear hacks. You’ll find the best tent site, dry, and start a fire no matter the conditions.

SURVIVE ANYTHING Trapped in the snow?

SKILLS & TOOLS

a with the ws on erts.

KNOW IT ALLS

T. EDWARD NICKENS

THE TOTAL

VERY HUNTE

n t

Scott Bestul & Dave Hurteau

OUTDOORSMAN

IDE NTINGR GU SHOULD KNOW

THE TOTAL

DEER HUNTER

E MUST- HAVE

MANUAL SKILLS & 301 324 TOOLS TIPS

FISH SMARTER From customizing the perfect a canoe fly rod to deepwater trolling to paddling with by yourself, these tips will help you come fish—not excuses.

how Face-to-face with an angry grizzly? Learn a wound to get home, get out of trouble, and get bandanged up in the middle of nowhere.

T. EDWARD NICKENS

Field & Stream editor-at-large T. Edward Nickens has paddled, backpacked, hunted, Sea. and fished from tthe tropics to the Arctic video An award-winning writer, speaker, and host, he’s researched more than 750 sporting tips and field tricks for Field & Stream.

For more than 100 years, Field & Stream magazine has provided expert

advice on every aspect of the outdoor life, and including hunting, fishing, conservation, Total wilderness survival. The magazine’s annual Outdoorsman issue is one of its most popular, read by over nine million sporting enthusiasts.

ESSENTIAL

THE DEER

SKILLS

ISBN $31.951-61628-866-3 US ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-866-2 ISBN 10: 1-61628-866-3

9 7 8161 6 2886 62

MANUAL

THE PLAN

THE HUNT CAMP CAMP

FISH FISH

SURVIVE SURVIVE

HUNT HUNT

T. EDWARD NICKENS AND THE EDITORS OF FIELD & STREAM

THE BEST OF

THE BEST OF

THE TOTAL OUTDOORSMAN

501 Essential

Tips and Tr icks

CAMP

FISH

HUNT

SURVIVE

The Outdoor Manual Series All the essential skills for the modern outdoorsman, whether you’re seeking a trophy-sized bass, the latest hunting technology, or essential wilderness survival skills.

224–320 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 55,000–70,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide

LIFESTYLE

59

60

LIFESTYLE

BACKLIST

The Survival Handbook Series The Editors of Outdoor Life 192 pages • 166 x 216 mm • 6 1/2 x 81/2 in • 45,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations • Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

109 WAYS TO GET A TROPHY BUCK

From planning the perfect feed plot to taking the perfect shot, these insider tips and tricks will make every deer season the best one ever.

Gather crucial information from rubs and scrapes.

Make the most of your gear for gun and bow hunting.

FIELD & STREAM WRITERS SCOTT BESTUL AND DAVE HURTEAU are the magazine’s go-to whitetail experts. They write and edit much of the magazine’s big-game content and created its popular Whitetail 365 blog at fieldandstream.com. In this handy pocket guide, they collect the best of what they’ve learned about whitetails from a wide range of noted experts, as well as their own wealth of experience.

WHITETAIL HUNTING GUIDE

Track your deer in any weather conditions.

WHITETAIL

HUNTING

GUIDE HUNTING SKILLS YOU NEED

COLLECT ’EM ALL This series of guides from the experts at Field & Stream contains over 300 essential skills for anyone who hunts, fishes, or enjoys the great outdoors.

US $9.99 CAN $12.99 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-725-2 ISBN 10: 1-61628-725-X

SCOTT BESTUL & DAVE HURTEAU

AND THE EDITORS OF FIELD & STREAM

S TIAL FISHING EDSKILL 106 ESSEN SECRETS, EXPERT ADVICE AND GUIDE-TEST PACKED WITH YOUR TACKLE BOX. THIS IS THE BOOK TO STASH IN

Baitcast, throw a cast net, and spin like a pro

Handle a canoe, motor boat, or kayak

has paddled, from tropical in a world of dream locations, backpacked, hunted, and fished national writing winner of more than two dozen Challenge. rainforests to the Arctic Sea. The television show, The Total Outdoorsman experts. awards, he hosts the magazine’s and that of Field & Stream’s outdoor In this book, he shares his wisdom

FIELD

T. EDWARD NICKENS & STREAM EDITOR AT LARGE

COLLECT ’EM ALL

& Stream’s Total This series of guides from Field to over 300 essential Outdoorsman Challenge adds up or enjoys the great skills for anyone who hunts, fishes, all, you will truly be outdoors. Once you’ve read them able to claim the title of total outdoorsman.

US $9.99 CAN $11.99 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-414-5 ISBN 1-61628-414-5 ISBN 10: 1-61628-414-5

HOW TO CATCH BASS

Master flyfishing techniques

HOW TO

CATCH

BASS

9 781616 284145

The Guides

115 MOTORCYCLING SKILLS PRO TIPS FOR ROAD AND DIRT RIDERS

96 pages 145 x 210 mm • 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 in 17,000–20,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Handle street traffic hazards safely

Navigate any turn at the perfect angle

Conquer off-road obstacles with ease

IF YOU RIDE, YOU NEED THIS BOOK Whether you're just getting started on two wheels or are an experienced rider with thousands of miles under your belt, Riding Skills covers professional tips and tricks that will take your skills to the next level. Packed with over 100 essential items, this guide will help you navigate road traffic, handle environmental hazards and harsh weather, get the best strategies for riding destinations around the world, and keep your ride safe and fun no matter where you go.

From street, to highway, to the racetrack, to off-road, these pro tips give you what you need to become more skilled in the saddle!

MARK LINDEMANN has been in the motorcycle world for over two decades, as a test rider, reviewer, writer, and editor. He has ridden over 750 machines on four continents, and survived with a few scars, some great stories, and amazing skills to share, which he does in this book.

US $9.99 CAN $11.99 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-675-0 ISBN 10: 1-61628-675-X

RIDING SKILLS

Various Authors

RIDING

SKILLS PRO TIPS FOR EVERY MOTORCYCLIST

MARK LINDEMANN 9 7 8161 6 2867 50

AND THE EDITORS OF CYCLE WORLD

BACKLIST

Joe Cermele & the Editors of Field & Stream HOW TO HUNT

192 pages EVERYTHING 166 x 216 mm • 61/2 x 81/2 in 45,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

FROM AMERICA’S GREAT PLAINS TO THE AFRICAN SAVANNA , from the polar ice to the steamy tropics, hunters seek an astonishing range of trophies. In this book, Outdoor Life magazine’s top experts share amazing tales from the field and provide detailed advice on gear, tactics, and techniques for hunting hundreds of the world’s most desired game animals. Amazing photography and thrilling first-person stories bring you close to the action, while Outdoor Life’s pro tips will make your next hunt the best one yet—no matter where in the world it takes place.

US $40.00 CAN $45.00 ISBN 1-61628-816-7 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-816-7 ISBN 13: 1-61628-816-7

HOW TO HUNT EVERY THING

The Essential Fishing Handbook

How to Hunt Everything Andrew McKean HOW TO

HUNT EVERY THING

T H E S P O RT S M A N ’S G U I D E TO H U N T I N G GA M E AROUND THE WORLD E D I T E D BY

ANDREW MCKEAN

320 pages 216 x 267 mm • 81/2 x 10 1/2 in 50,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

9 7 8161 6 2881 67

The World’s Best

ANGLING ADVENTURES stories from the river, lake, and sea fishing story is, in the end, not about catching fish. What matters is the quest, the company, and the challenge.

This anthology collects the best contemporary fishing stories from the last decade of Field & Stream’s 120-year history.

A

Edited by Andrew McKean

Philip Caputo

chases Atlantic salmon on the fly

Ted Leeson

192 pages 240 x 190 mm • 9 1/2 x 7 1/2 in 35,000 words 1,000 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Thomas McGuane

binges on tarpon for 100 days

Monte Burke

salutes America’s little-big game fish

searches for the world’s biggest bass

Jonathan Miles

Keith McCafferty

travels far for grande largemouths

fishes with his father

Joe Cermele

takes a steelhead road trip

USISBN $32.50 CAN $34.99 1-61628-867-1 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-867-9 ISBN 10: 1-61628-867-1

fishing stories

This Happened to Me!

9 7 8161 6 2886 79

The World ’s Best

FISHING stories

edited by

COLIN KEARNS

Best Stories

208–256 pages • 235 x 170 mm • 6 3/4 x 9 1/4 in 85,000 words • 20 illustrations • Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

TIM MACWELCH

H

ave you ever dreamed of getting away from it all, to your very own plot of

land where you can unplug from the modern world (but still have WiFi if you want)?

THE MODERN HOMESTEAD This book is filled with practical, hands-on tips for totally off-the-grid living—or, if you’re not quite ready to leave civilization yet, for turning any home into a sustainable haven.

REAL-WORLD EXPERTISE New York Times best-selling survival writer Tim MacWelch has raised pigs, dug wells, and brewed his own beer, and that’s just for starters. In this book, he details step by step how anyone, anywhere can go off the grid in style and comfort.

HUNDREDS OF TIPS FOR SELFSUFFICIENT LIVING ANYWHERE FROM THE SUBURBS TO THE BACKWOODS AND BEYOND 978-1-68188-152-2 USISBN $29.00 CAN $32.00

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-152-2 ISBN 10: 1-68188-152-7

N e w Yo r k T i m e s best-selling author of Prepare for Anything

HOW TO SURVIVE OFF THE GRID

GET AWAY FROM IT ALL

LIFESTYLE

FROM BACKYARD HOMESTEADS TO BUNKERS ( A N D E V E RY T H I N G I N B E T W E E N )

9 7 8168 1 8815 22

How to Survive Anything

How to Survive Off the Grid

Tim MacWelch & the Editors of Outdoor Life

Tim MacWelch

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 50 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

224 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 50 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

61

62

LIFESTYLE

BACKLIST

EILEEN SUTTON is a

POKER

THE TOTAL POKER MANUAL

Learn from the best, sitting down to a friendly kitchenwith tips and tricks from today’s table game with a group of buddies, big-money winners and insights looking to make your fortune in the from the world of high-stakes competitive world of online poker, international tournament play. Find or heading out for a night at the out how to tell if a player is bluffing, casino, this book has you covered. turn even a mediocre hand to your Get simple step-by-step tutorials, advantage, and calculate complex learn all about the game’s lingo and odds quickly and easily. This is the lore, and gain insider hints from information you need to succeed professional poker players, writers, when the stakes are high and the and coaches. chips are flying.

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 in 75,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

professional writer and passionate poker player who has worked with, interviewed, and been coached to victory by some of the top names in the world of modern gaming.

is the number one magazine and online resource for poker players, offering news, profiles of winners, tutorials, and more for players around the world.

US $27.00 CAN $32.00 ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-105-8 ISBN 10: 1-68188-105-5

Manual TAKE THE Fitness CHALLENGE TRANSFORM YOURGold’s LIFE Gym

THE TOTAL

Eileen Sutton & the UP THE ANTE Editors of Card Player

GET IN THE GAME Whether you’re

Gold’s Gym Total

EILEEN SUTTON and the Editors of Card Player

GET INSPIRED Whether you’re just getting into fitness for the first time, looking to mix up your routine, or ready to take your program to the next level, the experts at Gold’s Gym have a plan for you. In this new book, Gold’s Gym’s top trainers and fitness experts reveal the secrets to getting in the best shape of your life!

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 70,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover with metal corners Rights: Worldwide

WORK OUT Comprehensive chapters cover a wide range of cardio and strength exercises you can do in the gym, at home, or on the go. Learn how to set attainable goals and build a fun, sustainable program for your fitness journey including strength, performance, nutrition, weight loss, and overall health.

CHALLENGE YOURSELF Each year, Gold’s Gym holds The Gold’s Gym Challenge, a total 12-week body transformation competition that encourages members to set and achieve their personal fitness goals—and provides participants with tools for success. In this book, you’ll learn from past Gold’s Gym Challenge winners how to replicate their incredible success in the gym or at home.

MANUAL

GOLD’S GYM has been the leading authority on fitness since 1965 when fitness legend Joe Gold took the knowledge he gained from training at the famous “Muscle Beach” and opened up the first Gold’s Gym on Pacific Avenue in Venice, California.

266 ESSENTIAL POKER SKILLS

TEXAS HOLD’EM

OMAHA

Today, Gold’s Gym is the most recognized name in fitness, offering a wealth of health and fitness services to over 3 million members worldwide.

Always at the forefront of fitness AUTHENTIC innovations, Gold’s PRODUCT STICKER Gym has programs to suit every body.

$40.00USA/$50.00CANADA

The Total Boating

It wasn’t supposed to happen this way.

That’s been the New England Patriots’ mantra, built on the premise that Head Coach Bill Belichick has a vision, and success follows when the team comes together and executes the plan. Nothing better exemplifies this philosophy than the Patriots’ amazing and historic 2016–2017 world championship.

The Patriots were loaded with talent and poised to contend again, but just before training camp, Tom Brady announced that he would not appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court his league-issued four-game suspension for the controversy that came to be known as Deflategate.

Backup QB Jimmy Garoppolo filled in capably, leading the Patriots to a 3-1 record to start the season.

Upon his return, a rested Brady, his potent offense, and the league’s stingiest defense won every remaining game, save for a nail-biter against Seattle, to finish the regular season 14-2 and claim the AFC’s No. 1 seed in the playoffs.

Still, it seemed that the only people cheering for the Patriots were Patriots fans, and everyone else wasn’t so much pulling for other teams as they were rooting against New England.

It did not matter. The divisional playoff game against Houston and the conference championship against Pittsburgh were not close, as the Patriots emphatically punched their return ticket to the Super Bowl for the seventh time in the Brady-Belichick era.

The game will be remembered both for its moments— Julian Edelman’s miraculous catch, Dont’a Hightower’s and Trey Flowers’ timely sacks of Falcons QB Matt Ryan, and James White’s three touchdowns, including the game-winner—and for its significance. The game, the comeback, the quarterback, the coach, and the team’s ultimate achievement are, quite simply, The Greatest Ever.

The Greatest Ever. chronicles every game during the regular season and the playoffs, including the team’s record-setting Super Bowl performance, to claim what owner Robert Kraft called “unequivocally the sweetest” of New England’s five world championships— plus the euphoric duck boat victory parade.

Foreword by James White; Introduction by Bob Socci

224 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 in 60,000 words 500 photographs and ABOUT THE BOOK ABOUT BOATING illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

THE GREATEST EVER.

$40.00 USA / $50.00 CANADA

305 x 229 mm • 12 x 9 in

THE

2017

WORLD

CHAMP IONSHIP

FOREWORD BY JAMES WHITE

COLLEC T IBLE

INTRODUCTION BY BOB SOCCI

3,000 words 115 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

Caboritatem ipsum voluptur, amus and aectate cus, odi nusamuscia adis enis eationem eos autatis quissum autem re simaion sequamusamuscia adis enis eationem eos autatis quissum autem re simaion sequam eiur eiur sequ bus, illut hil otatis reicto ilit eostrum isit et moluptaturi quis quo dolorru ptatia verferi buscid ut is nonsequaipsum.

Caboritatem ipsum voluptur, amus and aectate cus, odi nusamuscia adis enis eationem eos autatis quissum autem re simaion sequamusamuscia adis enis eationem eos autatis quissum autem re simaion sequam eiur eiur sequ bus, illut hil otatis reicto ilit eostrum isit et moluptaturi quis quo dolorru ptatia verferi buscid ut is nonsequaipsum.

240 pages • 240 x 190 mm • 9½ x 7½ inches More than 600 images • 60,000 words

TOTAL BOATING MANUAL

HEADLINE FOR Manual THE THE BACK COVER SUBHEAD FORKevin THE BACK COVER & the Falvey Editors of Boating

128 pages

INTERNATIONAL SALES Sarah Mattern • Tel +1 415 291 0100 sarah.mattern@bonniercorp.com • weldonowen.com

the sport, and embracing surfing’s counter culture roots. TransWorld SURF showcases the sport and lifestyle of surfing in a fun, youthful, and artistic fashion. Come on in to our party, we think you’ll dig it. www.transworldsurf.com

In this book, TransWorld SURF’s expert editors and photographers visit the 100 best surf spots on Earth to bring you insider information on beaches everywhere from Australia and California to emerging destinations in West Africa, Japan, Norway, and beyond.

Packed with amazing photos, pro tips, and travel details, this is the book you need—whether you’re planning a lifetime of trips or the trip of a lifetime.

A longtime surfer, editor, and writer, he lives in Cardiff, California with his wife and two children.

ABOUT THE EDITOR

Checkwood is TransWorld SURF’s photo editor. He contributed photographs, as well as curating the balance of the images. Checkwood recently published My Oceanside, ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-545-6 ISBN 10: 1-61628-545-1

Robert Goyer has been with Flying since 1994 and has been editor-in-chief since 2010. During his time there, he has written and photographed hundreds of stories.

His monthly opinion piece is one of the most popular columns in aviation, and he is the recipient of the NBAA’s Dave Ewald Platinum Wing Award for excellence in journalism. A land and seaplane pilot with thousands of hours in his logbook, Robert has flown more than 200 types of aircraft.

He lives in Austin, Texas, with his family.

100 GREATEST WAVES

www.weldonowen.com

been with the magazine since 1972, and his gun writing is legendary. He shoots

100 GREATEST AIRCRAFT

the perfect wave—of that magical day when the beach, the water,

and the weather come together

competitively, and has hunted big game

to make for an unforgettable ride.

all over the world. Petzal co-authors the

The editors of TransWorld SURF

Gun Nuts blog and co-hosts the Outdoor Channel’s Gun Nuts show.

Phil Bourjaily is Field & Stream’s shotguns columnist, co-host of the Gun Nuts show on the Outdoor Channel, and co-author of the Gun Nuts blog on Field & Stream’s website. Bourjaily has been writing about wingshooting and other topics for the magazine since 1985.

For well over a century, Field & Stream has been synonymous with shooting sports of all kinds, and Petzal & Bourjaily’s blog is one of the most popular on its website, with a unique

magazine have been there and surfed that, with some of the world’s top pros. This book collects amazing photos of the 100 top spots to surf around the world, along with hands-on tips on how to go there yourself. From the classics you know and love (Mexico, Fiji, Thailand) to those insider secret spots (Iceland, Lakshadweep, Wales) this is where you’ll find the best surf the planet has to offer. Whether you’re a globetrotting barrelhunter chasing the perfect wave, or a weekend wave-rider dreaming of the perfect vacation, let SURF: 100 Greatest

reputation for truthfulness, insight, and

Waves take you there.

unvarnished opinions.

Images in this book come from a variety of sources, most notably the National Firearms Museum in Fairfax, Virginia.

Theirs is an unparalleled collection of some 3,000 guns spanning nearly 700 years of history.

ISBN13:1-61628-611-3 ISBN 978-1-61628-611-8 ISBN 10: 1-61628-611-3

ISBN13: 1-61628-606-7 ISBN 978-1-61628-606-4 ISBN 10: 1-61628-606-7 Front cover photo courtesy of the National Firearms Museum

MARK PHELPS

Back cover photo courtesy of the James R. Julia House Printed by TWP in Singapore

Printed by TWP in Singapore.

100GW_Jacket.indd 1

Field Editor, specializing in rifles. He has

Every surfer dreams of catching

MARK PHELPS

About the Photo Editor Aaron

Mark Healey at Backdoor Pipeline, North Shore, Hawaii.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

David E. Petzal is Field & Stream’s

US $40.00 / CAN $40.00

David E. Petzal & Phil Bourjaily

About the Author Casey Koteen

Cover photo by Pat Stacy.

228–240 pages 280 x 255 mm • 11 x 10 1/4 in 40,000 words 200+ photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide Mark Phelps traces his passion for aviation back to age eight, when he’d fill up on stories of aviation’s heroes, past and present, at the local library. After learning to fly in college, he landed a job as an editor at Flying, where he still contributes stories today. With 1,800 hours in the air, Mark is an active instrument pilot. He lives in New Jersey with his wife and twin sons.

is the editor of TransWorld SURF.

a book celebrating his hometown.

Various Authors

1 0 0 G R E AT E ST A I R C RA FT

travel destinations, while also exalting the rebels and misfits of

KEVIN FALVEY

THE TOTAL

BOATING MANUAL 298 POWERBOAT ESSENTIALS

ON THE WATER

SAFETY

DIY PROJECTS

US $40.00 / CAN $45.00

10 0 G R E A T E S T WA V E S

committed to growing the sport by exploring new trends and exotic

FLEXIBILITY

AND THE EDITORS OF BOATING MAGAZINE

BOATS & GEAR

GUN 100 GREATEST FIREARMS

to the progression of the sport.

The magazine and website are

100 Series

FLIGHT

new voice of surfing, dedicated

STRENGTH

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

With original contributions by Super Bowl hero James White and Patriots play-by-play broadcaster Bob Socci, as well as more than 100 full-color photos commemorating the entire season, The Greatest Ever. is an essential collectible to memorialize the Patriots’ crowning achievement.

TransWorld SURF represents the

CARDIO

Pete Peterson & the Editors of Dirt Rider

The Greatest Ever: The 2017 World DOChampionship YOUR JOB. Collectible

Inspired by the transatlantic flight of Charles Lindbergh, the Flying brand took off in 1927 as the ultimate aviation magazine for flight enthusiasts, exclusively written from a pilot’s perspective.

More than 85 years later, that formula hasn’t changed: Flying still brings its readers comprehensive coverage of personal aviation, including first-person flight reports, industry news, technology trends, and safety guidance, along with award-winning illustration and eye-catching photography.

TRANSFORM YOUR BODY IN JUST 12 WEEKS TAKE the CHALLENGE

The Total Dirt Rider Manual

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

EXPLORE THE WORLD’S BEST WAVES

FITNESS MANUAL

NUTRITION

Mark Lindemann & the Editors of Cycle World

Bob Socci is the radio voice of the New England Patriots.

He hosts the Patriots This Week television show and The Bob Socci Show on Patriots.com Radio, and his play-by-play calls reach football fans in seven states through the Patriots’ 40-station radio network.

THE TOTAL

9 781681 880440

AND MORE

The Total Motorcycling Manual

James White is the New England Patriots running back who set Super Bowl records for most catches (14) and receiving yards (110) by a running back, as well as the most points scored (20), including a crucial two-point conversion and the game-winning touchdown in overtime.

USISBN $29.00 CAN $32.00 978-1-68188-044-0 ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-044-0 ISBN 10: 1-68188-044-X

THE TOTAL FITNESS MANUAL

The Total Poker Manual DOMINATE THE TABLE

www.weldonowen.com

Printed by TWP in Singapore.

CASEY KOTEEN

9 7 and 8161 6 the 2860editors 64

9 7 8161 6 2861 18

Edited by Robert Goyer

of TransWorld SURF

www.weldonowen.com

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black Pantone 10291 C

15139 • 21307069

12/07/13 3:36 PM

O

GUN 100 GREATEST FIREARMS

f all humanity’s dazzling innovations, perhaps none capture our imaginations or fuel our inventive spirits as much as flight. In our quest to soar higher, faster, and farther, we’ve dreamed up airborne wonders that are a sight to behold—like the supersonic F-22 Raptor, stealthily soaring above the clouds, or the Stearman PT-17 Biplane, the beautiful starter model that helped a generation earn their wings. That’s not even to mention the deluxe Concorde airliner—the first passenger jet to cruise at the speed of sound.

These iconic aircraft—and 97 more stunning feats of aeronautical engineering—make up the world’s most groundbreaking contributions to flight, all curated and collected here by the experts at FLYING magazine.

In Flight: 100 Greatest Aircraft, there’s something for every aviation aficionado—from brazen stunt planes to far-from-pedestrian commercial jets, from military marvels to spacecraft that reached dazzling new heights. With its spectacular full-color photographs, fascinating and informative text, and detailed specifications section that will delight diehard data fans, Flight is the essential book for pilots and planelovers everywhere.

David E. Petzal & Phil Bourjaily

US $40.00 / CAN $45.00

A gun can be appreciated as a tool, a weapon, an amazing piece of technology, a historical artifact, and even as a thing of beauty. This photographic celebration of the art and artistry of firearms covers some 500 years of history, from the game-changing matchlock to the latest innovations in rifles, shotguns, handguns, and more.

Any list of the 100 most influential guns is going to have some expected items such as the Winchester Model 1873, the S&W Model 41, and the AK-47. But how do you make a case for the Mosin-Nagant rifle or the Webley revolver? Authors David E. Petzal and Phil Bourjaily, Field & Stream’s top gun writers, do just that in their informative and often highly opinionated commentary.

This book features firearms from some of the top collections in America, presenting an unprecedented gallery of images.

Additional sections cover technical specifications along with fascinating historical and cultural details.

BACKLIST

The Total Inventor’s Manual

OU—CAN INVENT

T BIG THING.

Sean Michael Ragan

he next Bill Gates or Steve Jobs, a clear road map to becoming a wildly successful In The Total Inventor’s Manual, you’ll learn to. . .

We humans have always been fascinated by the night sky—from constellations to asteroids, from known planets to what exists beyond our solar system. Now, with The Total Skywatcher’s Manual as your trusted guide, you can join the Astronomical Society of the Pacific on a thrilling journey through our universe.

NAKED-EYE ASTRONOMY TIPS Full of sky charts and helpful diagrams, this chapter offers cheap, easy, and

fun ways to explore the heavens, such as packing a stargazing kit and skyhopping between constellations.

re riding the Kickstarter wave or beat, get your idea funded—and tent. Then learn to refine your o give it a boost in the market.

TELESCOPES & OTHER TOOLS Learn how to pick a good pair of binoculars, focus a telescope properly, and

experience close, astonishing views of the Moon, double stars, far-out planets, and deep-space nebulae. Plus, pick up solar eclipse–viewing tips, get inspired by astrophotography, and experiment with simple gear hacks!

ADVANCED TECHNIQUES Upgrade your skywatching with cutting-edge gear and viewing tactics, next-level

DIY projects, rewarding community engagement, and meaningful ways you can help preserve our dark skies—and learn about the mysteries that we’re still investigating via satellites and other technologies.

MAKE MANY Bring your invention to the masses with tips on manufacturing processes and best practices, plus solid advice for beginners on running a supply chain.

it—time to make them come. y position your product in the sumer feedback, and run—or sell— mpany.

TRANSFORM YOUR IDEA INTO A TOP-SELLING PRODUCT

inning inventors who brought you the. . .

HEART STENT • SUPER SOAKER • ROOMBA • DIGITAL T 3D PRINTER • UV WATER PURIFICATION • HOME ND MORE

SKYWATCHER’S

248 pages The ultimate, up-to-date guide for stargazers, comet-spotters, and planet-seekers.

190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 75,000 words 400 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

MAKE ONE Get that great idea out of your brain and into the real world with a crash course in ideation, prototyping, and testing. Includes clever, can-do lessons in CAD, 3D-printing, laser-cutting, electronics, robotics, coding, and more.

SKYWATCHER’S SKILLS AND TRICKS FOR EXPLORING STARS, PLANETS & BEYOND

US $29.00 CAN $32.00

LIFESTYLE

The Total Skywatcher’s Manual Astronomical Society of the Pacific 272 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 75,000 words 750 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-871-6 ISBN 10: 1-61628-871-X

US $29 CAN $32

ISBN-13: 978-1-68188-158-4 ISBN-10: 1-68188-158-6

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-158-4 ISBN 10: 1-68188-158-6

Prototyping

IDEAS

Funding

PROTOTYPING

FUNDING

Brought to you by the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, the world’s largest astronomy education organization.

With members in more than 70 nations, the ASP has a 125-year history of providing night-sky enthusiasts with the tools and resources they need to find and appreciate stars, planets, and other objects in our galaxy—and to understand the mysteries of our larger home in the universe.

Sean Michael Ragan

EDITED BY DOUG CANTOR

YOUR GEEK ON a-globe lightbulb + 263 more tech crafts THE BIG BOOK OF HACKS

Fire up your soldering iron, charge up that drill, and get ready to hack! From a tiny theremin to a watermelon keg, from an automatic cat feeder to a glowing mousepad, the ingenious and hilarious projects in The Big Book of Hacks are perfect for aspiring makers. And it’s all brought to you by the DIY masters at Popular Science magazine.

GEEK TOYS Be the life of any party with rad gaming hacks, amazing pyrotechnics, quirky DIY robots, “wow”-inducing projectiles, and lots of ways to make beer even better.

HOME IMPROVEMENTS

Pimp out your pad with a lasersecurity system, an improvised sous-vide cooker, and a life-size cardboard display of anyone you want.

GADGET UPGRADES Want to stash a flash drive in an old cassette? Use a DIY stylus on a touchscreen? Improvise a fisheye lens for your camera? With this book, you can.

THINGS THAT GO Give your motorbike a Tron vibe, deck out your car with an action-figure hood ornament, and keep gadgets charged on the go with a solar-powered backpack.

Install an Aquarium in an Old TV

Boost Wi-Fi with a Steamer

Founded in 1872, Popular Science is the world’s largest science and technology magazine, with 6.7 million readers. Each month, the magazine reports on the intersection of fe, and its popular How 2.0 column offers tech projects for both beginning tinkerers and ar Science is one of the oldest continuously the United States, and is published in five ntries. The magazine’s Web site, popsci.com, top for up-to-the-minute science news since n 1999.

Hang a DIY Air Freshener

US $27.00 CAN $28.99

THE BIG BOOK OF

HACKS UPDATED & EXPANDED

GEEK TOYS

HOME IMPROVEMENTS

GADGET UPGRADES

THINGS THAT GO

The Art of Tinkering Karen Wilkinson & Mike Petrich

Edited by Doug Cantor

224 pages 185 x 230 mm • 7 1/4 x 9 in 60,000 words 1,000 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with conductive ink Rights: Worldwide

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

The Secrets of Codes

The Big Book of Maker Skills Chris Hackett & the Editors of Popular Science

a-globe lightbulb 263 more tech crafts Fire up your soldering iron, charge up that drill, and get ready to hack!

From a tiny theremin to a watermelon keg, from an automatic cat feeder to a glowing mousepad, the ingenious and hilarious projects in The Big Book of Hacks are perfect for aspiring makers.

And it’s all brought to you by the DIY masters at Popular Science magazine.

HAND TOOLS Be the life of any party with rad gaming hacks, amazing pyrotechnics, quirky DIY robots, “wow”inducing projectiles, and lots of ways to make beer even better.

POWER TOOLS Pimp out your pad with a laser-security system, an improvised sous-vide cooker, and a life-size cardboard display of anyone you want.

TOOLS & TECHNIQUES

ROBOTICS Want to stash a flash drive in an old cassette? Use a DIY stylus on a touchscreen? Improvise a fisheye lens for your camera? With this book, you can.

motorbike a Tron vibe, deck out your car with an action, and keep gadgets charged on the go with a solar-powered

ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

264

YOUR GEEK ON +

US $25

The Big Book of Hacks

TELESCOPES & OTHER TOOLS

AMAZING DIY TECH PROJECTS

CHRIS HACKETT & THE EDITORS OF

ded in 1872, Popular Science is the d’s largest science and technology azine, with 6.7 million readers. Each h, the magazine reports on the eryday life, and its popular How cinating DIY tech projects for both uilders alike. Popular Science is one blished magazines in the United e languages and nine countries. The om, has been readers’ first stop for ws since the site first went live in 1999.

NAKED-EYE ASTRONOMY TIPS

FOR BUILDING GREAT TECH PROJECTS

Hand Tools

208 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 50,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Paul Lunde 288 pages 220 x 255 mm • 8 3/4 x 10 in 80,000 words 1,000 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

CAN $25

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-726-9 ISBN 10: 1-61628-726-8

Power Tools

Robotics

OUR SPECIES IS A HIGHLY INNOVATIVE ONE. FROM THE FIRST WHEEL TO THE RECORD PLAYER, FROM DRONES TO NUCLEAR FISSION, WE’VE

100

HIGHLY MYSTERIOUS

OF VAPOR LEFT BY PLANES

PLACE—AND WITHIN

SPRAY US WITH POISON?

IT, MILLIONS OF

AND DID BRONTOSAURUS

BAFFLING EVENTS

EVER REALLY EXIST?

GO DOWN EVERY DAY.

INVENTIONS THAT CHANGED THE WORLD EXPERTS DEMYSTIFY OUR BIGGEST BREAKTHROUGHS—FROM ROCKETS TO VIRTUAL REALITY AND BEYOND

COLLECTED IN THESE PAGES ARE THE 100 BEST IDEAS THAT WE’VE DISCOVER THE TRUTH BEHIND 100 OF THE

COME UP WITH SO FAR —ALL COMPILED FOR

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-966-9 ISBN 1-61628-966-X ISBN10: 978-161628966-9

YOU BY THE EXPERTS AT POPULAR SCIENCE.

4001_FC_XX_PSM_INVT_JKT.indd 1

MOST SCANDALOUS SCIENTIFIC ERRORS

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-968-3 ISBN 1-61628-968-6 ISBN10: 978-161628968-3

AND OUTRIGHT LIES—ALL BROUGHT TO YOU

WHAT MAKES A BOOMERANG COME BACK? WHAT WIPED OUT THE WOOLLY MAMMOTH? AND JUST WHAT IS DARK MATTER, ANYWAY?

EXPERTS EXPOSE THE WORST BLOOPERS AND FAKES— FROM CROP CIRCLES TO MIRACLE CURES AND BEYOND

HERE, BROUGHT TO YOU BY THE EXPERTS AT POPULAR SCIENCE, ARE 100 CURIOUS AND CRYPTIC QUESTIONS OF OUR TIME—PLUS OUR BEST-CASE

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-967-6 ISBN 1-61628-967-8 ISBN10: 978-161628967-6

EXPLANATIONS OF THE

BY THE EXPERTS AT POPULAR SCIENCE. 9 7 8161 6 2896 69

WHY DO WE YAWN?

9 7 8161 6 2896 83

5/13/15 2:30 PM

SCIENCE BEHIND THEM.

9 7 8161 6 2896 76

100 MYSTERIES

100 INVENTIONS

THE LAST 200,000 YEARS.

OUR UNIVERSE IS A

CURSED? DO THE TRAILS

100 HOAXES & MISTAKES THAT FOOLED SCIENCE

BEEN BUSY INVENTING FOR

WAS KING TUT’S TOMB

100

MYSTERIES OF SCIENCE EXPLAINED EXPERTS UNCOVER THE SECRETS OF THE UNIVERSE—FROM END OF THE WORLD SCENARIOS TO BLACK HOLES AND BEYOND

Popular Science Expert Series

176–224 pages 185 x 229 mm • 7 1/3 x 9 in 40,000 words 200 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

63

64

LIFESTYLE

BACKLIST

Mickey Mouse

EMBLEM OF THE AMERICAN SPIRIT

Printed in China

Tyrus Wong married Ruth Kim in 1937, and together they

had three daughters. In 2001, Tyrus was honored as a Disney Legend for his contributions to Bambi, and in 2006, he won an Annie Award (Association Internationale du film d’Animation)

EMBLEM OF THE AMERICAN SPIRIT

for lifelong achievement. His work has been exhibited at the Chinese American Museum and the Craft and Folk Art Museum in Los Angeles. Tyrus’s ability to evoke powerful feeling in his art with simple gestural compositions continues

336 pages 190 x 250 mm • 7 1/2 x 10 in 100,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket

Front cover: Mickey Mouse, by Andy Warhol, from the Myths Portfolio, 1981. © 2013 The Andy Warhol Foundation for the Visual Arts, Inc. & Artists Rights Society (ARS), courtesy of the Ronald Feldman Gallery, New York.

Back cover, from top left: Image from Parade of the Award Nominees, 1932, credited to Joe Grant; sketch for Plane Crazy, 1928, drawn by Ub Iwerks; illustration by Robert Risko in VH1’s 200 Greatest Pop Culture Icons, 2003; Mr. President assemblage

by Llyn Foulkes, 2003, that uses a Mickey drawing from 1931; opening image for all Mickey Mouse cartoons in 1935; still from Thru the Mirror, 1936; still from Croissant de Triomphe, directed

by Paul Rudischm 2013; Untitled, Joyce Pensato, 2007; Look Mickey, Roy Lichtenstein, 1961.

still regularly flies on the beaches of Santa Monica with his friends and family.

to inspire each new generation of leading animators, and his influence can still be seen in movies today.

Water to Paper, Paint to Sky: The Art of Tyrus Wong August 15, 2013–February 3, 2014 The Walt Disney Family Museum San Francisco, California

THE WALT DISNEY FAMILY MUSEUM The Walt Disney Family Museum in San Francisco, California, presents the fascinating story and achievements of Walt Disney, the man who raised animation to an art, transformed the film industry, tirelessly pursued innovation, and created a global and distinctively American legacy. Opened in October 2009, the 40,000-square-foot facility features the newest technology and historic materials and artifacts to bring Disney’s achievements to life, with interactive galleries that include early drawings and animation, movies, music, listening stations, a spectacular model of Disneyland, and much more.

Tyrus Wong at his home in Sunland, CA 2004 Photograph by Peter Brenner Mural by Tyrus Wong, c. 1955

BACK COVER

Printed in China

GARRY APGAR

P R E S S

Pinocchio J.B.Kaufman The Disney epic

The story of Mickey is in many ways a reflection of Walt Disney’s life—immensely influential on modern animators, seen everywhere from the covers of literary magazines to the walls of modern art galleries. This book documents one Mouse’s amazing journey, along with Disney’s own meteoric rise.

Art historian Garry Apgar’s compelling narrative— part art history and part cultural study—details how the character of Mickey was initially developed by Walt Disney and Ub Iwerks, how his irrepressible spirit grew to huge popularity during the Depression, and how he became a politically charged cultural icon of international reach, an ambassador for the American spirit, and a sometimes controversial symbol of the United States on the global stage.

John Canemaker

176 pages 305 x 240 mm • 12 x 9 1/2 in 25,000 words 300 images Hardcover with jacket

110 pages 220 x 250 mm • 8¾ x 9¾ in 1,500 words 70 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

J.B.Kaufman

The Book of Saints SNOW WHITE

AND THE

SEVEN DWARFS

THE ART AND CREATION OF WALT DISNEY’S CLASSIC ANIMATED FILM Written by J. B. Kaufman

Foreword by Diane Disney Miller

The Fairest One of All J.B.Kaufman

Fairest One of All the

J. B. Kaufman p[ Foreword by Diane Disney Miller

292 pages 305 x 305 mm • 12 x 12 in 60,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket

Edited by Andrew Heritage 336 pages 255 x 290 mm • 10 x 11 1/2 in 95,000 words 600 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Scattered Among the Nations

THE MAKING OF WALT DISNEY’S SNOW WHITE AND THE SEVEN DWARFS

John Canemaker

his singular vision and evocative, impressionistic concept art caught the eye of Walt Disney himself and influenced the groundbreaking movie’s overall visual style.

Tyrus was first introduced to painting, drawing, and calligraphy by his father, Look Git, and his natural talent convinced his high-school teacher in Pasadena to suggest

Imagine

Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs

The Lost Notebook

muralist, designer, Hollywood sketch artist, ceramicist, and kitemaker. Tyrus is legendary for his innovative work on Walt Disney Studio’s classic animation film Bambi, in which

that Tyrus apply for a scholarship to the Otis Art Institute

156 pages 305 x 240 mm • 12 x 9 1/2 in 25,000 words • 300 images Hardcover with jacket Rights: World English

Erik Johansson

J. B. K A U F M A N

320 pages 280 x 320 mm • 11 x 12 1/2 in 120,000 words 250 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket

has enjoyed a long, distinguished, and diverse artistic career as a prolific painter, illustrator, calligrapher, lithographer,

(now the Otis College of Art and Design) in Los Angeles,

Since his modest debut in 1928, Mickey Mouse has evolved into one of the world’s most recognized and beloved fictional figures. This book is the very first illustrated cultural biography of the Mouse, his life and times, and his impact and influence on art and literature throughout the world.

1 2

356 pages 240 x 267 mm • 9 1/2 x 10 1/2 in 45,000 words 260 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket

THE ART OF T YRUS WONG Born in 1910 in Canton (now Guangdong), China, Tyrus Wong immigrated as a young boy to the United States, where he

EMBLEM OF THE AMERICAN SPIRIT

Magic Color Flair

ISBN 1-61628-672-5 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-672-9 ISBN 10: 1-61628-672-5

352 pages 240 x 267 mm • 9 / x 10 1/2 in 45,000 words 260 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with jacket

USA/CAN $40.00

WATER TO PAPER, PAINT TO SK Y

MTyrus O U Wong S E & Michael Labrie

Featuring a wealth of spectacular imagery, including many rarely seen archival images, Mickey Mouse: Emblem of the American Spirit weaves a fascinating story about the nature of creation, our changing relationship with our nation’s heroes, and how a fictional character came to embody the personality of a nation. Meticulously and lovingly researched, the text examines Mickey’s evolution as a cartoon and as a character in the great American story.

GARRY APGAR

9 7 8161 6 2867 29

Water to Paper, M I C K E Y Paint to Sky USA $40 / CAN $45

Published in conjunction with the retrospective exhibition

EMBLEM OF THE AMERICAN SPIRIT

The Walt Disney Family Foundation was cofounded

by Walt’s daughter, Diane Disney Miller, and grandson, Walter Miller. Located in San Francisco, the Foundation and its associated Museum are dedicated to sharing and celebrating the life, work, and legacy of Walt Disney through innovative exhibitions and programs.

continued from front flap

his talent into designing and hand-building elaborate multicolored kites, some more than 100 feet long, which he

Bryan Schwartz 252 pages 229 x 279 mm • 9 x 11 in 25,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Hardcover with Jacket Rights: Worldwide

where he graduated at the top of his class. A founding

THE ART OF TYRUS WONG

member of the Los Angeles Oriental Artists Group, which also included other young Asian artists such as Hideo Date and Benji Okubo, Tyrus developed a personal artistic sensibility that joined his formal western art-school training with traditional Asian aesthetics. During the Great Depression, Tyrus participated in the WPA’s Federal Art Project and exhibited his work widely in museums and galleries, including in a 1932 group exhibition at the Chicago Art Institute that also featured Pablo Picasso. His creativity and drive helped shape the artistic, bohemian life of Los Angeles during the 1930s.

THE ART OF TYRUS WONG

He is a former staff artist and political cartoonist with the Roanoke Times and has contributed cartoons and articles to Le Figaro, L’Express, Pilote, Le Monde, Paris Metro, the New York Times, The Weekly Standard, Master Drawings, Apollo, and Art in America. A cofounder and Secretary-Treasurer of The Voltaire Society of America, he coauthored the documentary Voltaire and Jefferson: The Sage of Ferney and the Man From Monticello.

Garry Apgar

MICKEY MOUSE

MICKEY MOUSE

Garry Apgar has a PhD in art history from Yale University and a Master’s degree in Lettres Modernes from the Sorbonne. He has taught art history, French literature, and cross-disciplinary topics at Brown University, Princeton University, the University of Delaware, the Université de Lyon, and Southern Connecticut State University. He is the author of L’Art Singulier de Jean Huber: Voir Voltaire and the editor of A Mickey Mouse Reader, an anthology of articles and essays by, among others, Gilbert Seldes, Diego Rivera, E. M. Forster, Maurice Sendak, Stephen Jay Gould, John Updike, and Walt Disney himself.

Walt Disney’s most famous creation has made his mark everywhere from the Sunday funny papers to the walls of Pop Art galleries to the front lines of political and cultural criticism. Mickey Mouse has influenced our times in ways that are immeasurably rich and varied, and surprisingly complex and nuanced.

This book explores the legacy and legend of the world’s most famous mouse.

Tyrus was hired by the Walt Disney Studio in 1938 to work as an “inbetweener,” creating the often-tedious drawings that completed the action between the animators’ key frames. While there, drawing upon his study of Sungdynasty landscape paintings, he developed soft-edged, atmospheric pastels of an ethereal forest that formed the basis of Bambi’s aesthetic. From 1942 to 1968, Tyrus worked at Warner Brothers as a production illustrator, drawing set designs and storyboards for many award-winning live-action feature films, including Rebel Without a Cause, Calamity Jane, Harper, Ice Palace, Around the World in Eighty Days, and The Wild Bunch.

On top of his fine art and illustration work for movies, scarves, pottery, and greetings cards, Tyrus channeled continued on back flap Boy Flying Kite c. 1968 opaque watercolor on paperboard | 14 x 40½ inches

FRONT COVER

BACKLIST

yone who reads this ch. We are plenty. We in the work and don’t n out our battle cries.”

TESS HOLLIDAY

The Not So Subtle Art of Being a Fat Girl

f rom t he num ber one best seller

Tess Holliday is many things and

p fr ee ap wi th e ex clu siv dig ita l co nt en t

perfect is not one of them. But she loves her

Tess Holliday

imperfections—after all, they’ve formed the woman she is today. Tess’s number one rule in life is to love yourself—no matter who you are, where you come from, what your

304 pages 150 x 230 mm • 6 x 9 in 70,000 words your Add ere!

16 photographs oh phot Hardcover with jacket Rights: America Just when youNorth thought it was safe to put down your pens, faults may be, and what dress size you wear.

It’s this mantra that has helped her through

everything in life—from a difficult childhood in which she was abused and bullied about her weight, to her determined, triumphant

rise in the fashion industry (and her take-noshit stance with social media trolls jealous

CE & D R AG S U P E R S TA R

of her success).

ngth and self love. I’ve ble in my skin since I show you how to live the most important ife—YOU!”

In this candid account, the woman at the

forefront of the body positivity movement (who has been credited with transforming the modeling world) explains why you should be happy to make mistakes but

TY MA K E U P ARTI S T

The

d drive to take all the r way and build a life s [...] makes this book be left with so many ’ll be ready to not so r greatness too.”

Not

RO O K S,

TH E NEW B L AC K

So SubtleArt of Being a

learn from them, and how to love your

Alfie Deyes is back with everyone’s favorite journal! challenges and activities from to recipes and riddles to mindfulness. and wise,–The NotHaikus So Subtle Art of Being a Full Fat Girl an inspiring and empowering of isclassic favorites, too, Alfie invites you to rejoin call to arms for anyone who’s ever felt that his online following and pick up The Pointless Book 3 being more is anything less. Eff those beauty to once the again do that virtually standards—and haters enforce nothing them— with pride! imperfections and be comfortable just being

includes some hilarious brand-new you.This Bothtime bolditand vulnerable,

the pointless book

TESS HOLLIDAY

l. Feminist. Mom. ody Activist. nessWoman.

Owner. Funny. fe. Daughter. r. Survivor.

the

LIFESTYLE

The Pointless Book Alfie Deyes 192 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 in 20,000 words 95 illustrations Paperback Rights: North America

pointless book

and get ready to love the skin you’re in.

tystandards

I S B N 978-1-68188-361-8

S B N 978-1-68188-323-6

ISBN: 978-1-68188-361-8

ISBN: 978-1-68188-323-6

#effyourbeautystandards 9

781681 883236

26.00 US / $35.00 CAN

www.weldonowen.com

781681 883618

$13.95 US / $18.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

LOVING THE SKIN YOU'RE IN 8/16/17 2:01 PM

T H E L I F E , D E AT H A N D L E G AC Y O F

F R E D D I E M E R C U RY

IDOL

T H E L I F E , D E AT H A N D L E G AC Y O F

FREDDIE MERCURY

ve everything in the world and still est man. And that is the most bitter neliness, success has brought me tion and millions of pounds. But it’s me from having the one thing we all loving, ongoing relationship.”

REDDIE MERCURY

GENIUS

nique. . . He was not only a singer but c performer, a man of the theater and ho constantly transformed himself.

In short: a genius.”

LADY GAGA

STAR

more theatrical rock performers, k it further than the rest. . . he took dge. . . he was definitely a man who n audience in the palm of his hand.”

DAVID BOWIE

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-188-1 ISBN 10: 1-68188-188-8

M AT T R I C H A R DS & M A R K L A N GT H O R N E

Somebody to Love

David Brent Songbook

Matt Richards & Mark W Langthorne hen Freddie Mercury died in 1992, aged just 45, the world was rocked by the vibrant and flamboyant star’s tragic secret that he had been battling AIDS. That Mercury had even been diagnosed came as a shock to his millions of fans, with his announcement coming less than 24 hours before his death.

David Brent

448 pages 150 x 230 mm • 6 x 9 in 160,000 words Hardcover with jacket Rights: North America

192 pages 144 x 210 mm • 51/2 x 81/2 in 35,000 words 130 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

In Somebody to Love, biographers Mark Langthorne and Matt Richards skilfully weave together Freddie Mercury’s incredible pursuit of musical greatness with Queen, his upbringing, and his endless search for love with the story of a terrible disease that swept across the world in the 1980s, as medical treatment fought to catch up with it despite underfunding, social ignorance, and homophobia.

SOMEBODY TO LOVE

9 781681 881881

With brand-new perspectives from Mercury’s closest friends and fellow musicians, this unique and deeply moving tribute casts a very different light on both his death and the origins of AIDS itself. An intimate read, this book—like Freddie and his art—will stay with you for a long time to come.

M AT T R I C H A R D S & M A R K L A N GT H O R N E

$24.95 US/$33.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

One Calm Day Coloring Book

World’s Best Life Hacks

Siri Carlen 48 pages 191 x 267 mm • 7 1/2 x 10 1/2 in 300 words 60 illustrations Paperback Rights: World English

Sarah Devos 206 pages 170 x 210 mm • 6 3/4 x 8 1/2 in 6,000 words 200 tips 200 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: World English

L I V E YO U R B E S T L I F E,

OFFICE

OFFICE Activity Guide

Activity Guide

Are you bored in the boardroom?

Banish the Monday blues with this coloring and activity book.

With doodles, dares, a lingo bingo game, and anger management art, this must-have manual is the ONLY way to have fun during office hours!

NOT ! fo r ki

ds

OFFICE Activity Guide

The Office (in)Activity Guide This is the essential guide MODE for OF OPERATION. anyone stuck on a rung of the MODUS OPERANDI. corporate ladder—keepMICHELLE it at your FREAKIN’ OBAMA. desk andAdmit you’llit:never have a dull you’ve probably wondered how Michelle Obama would handle day in thea troublesome office again! situation that has cropped up in your life. Whether your world’s been shaken by tragedy or you simply are overwhelmed by your busy schedule or annoyed by a “mansplainer,” turn to Michelle Obama

with Outfit connect for Origami, guidance. If we can’t with be her, we at least want to be like her. She’s

colleagues in the Office Olympics, 64 pages discover your true destiny with the Job Title Generator, or simply doodle atx your desk instead of 250 250 mm • 9 3/4 x 9 3/4 in doing work!

6,000 words many emails to pretend 50ISohaven’t activities seen, so little time.

65 illustrations Paperback with special punchouts Rights: North America And we can learn a lot from her. Organized by topic, What’s Your M.O.?

identifies scenarios common to every woman, discusses how the former

First Lady handled similar challenges, and shows you how to apply her women are powerful and can accomplish pretty much anything because, you know, the future is female.

JENNI FER WO R IC K

actions or words to your own life. Let this book serve as a reminder that

I S B N 978-1-68188-300-7

ISBN: 978-1-68188-300-7

9

The Slacker’s Coloring Book for Doodling the Dull Days Away

781681 883007

$17.95 US / $24.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

What’s Your M.O.?

Jennifer Worick 144 pages 146 x 197 mm • 5 3/4 x 73/4 in 20,000 words 20 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Harriet Paul Brighten up monotonous meetings

inspirational and aspirational. Most of all, she’s real.

US $14.95 CAN $19.99

9 7 8168 1 8816 83

it el y

The Slacker’s Coloring Book for Doodling the Dull Days Away

ISBN 978-1-68188-168-3

e or in part in any form.

De fin

T H E M I C H E L L E O B A M A W AY

M.O.

b y JEN N IF ER WORIC K

65

66

LIFESTYLE

BACKLIST

1958

1962

1970

1994

The Complete Quick-Look Guide to the Game of Soccer

2002

1954

1974

1990

2014

to the Game

224 pages 230 x 230 mm • 9 x 9 in 26,000 words 1,700 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

SOCCER

Whether you’ve got an entire wardrobe in your favorite team’s colors (with vuvuzelas to match) or just want to learn a little more about the world’s favorite sport, this book has it all. Colorful graphics illustrate all the vital rules, regulations, and world records, and step-by-step instructions show you how to ace a penalty kick, avoid a red card, host a viewing party, and hundreds more ways to take your fandom to a fever pitch.

USD $18.95 CAD $22.99

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-111-9 ISBN 978-1-68188-111-9 ISBN 10: 1-68188-111-X

9 7 8168 1 8811 19

ALSO AVAILABLE

Show Me How Derek Fagerstrom, Lauren Smith & the Show Me Team

Show Me More Derek Fagerstrom, Lauren Smith & the Show Me Team

320 pages 222 x 225 mm • 8 3/4 x 8 3/4 in 18,000 words 5,000 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

288 pages 222 x 225 mm • 8 3/4 x 8 3/4 in 16,000 words 4,500 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Listomania

Show Me How to Survive

288 pages 222 x 225 mm • 8 3/4 x 8 3/4 in 50,000 words 4,500 illustrations Flexicover

THE COMPLETE QUICK-LOOK GUIDE TO THE GAME OF

Gabriela Scolik & Team A Graphic Guide

ST

Joseph Pred

Rights: Worldwide

144 pages 185 x 190 mm • 7 1/2 x 7 1/4 in 10,000 words 500 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Show Me How to Be Cool

Show Me How to Love

Frances Reade

Melissa Heckscher

144 pages 185 x 190 mm • 7 1/4 x 7 1/2 in 10,000 words 500 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

144 pages 190 x 185 mm • 7 1/2 x 7 1/4 in 10,000 words 500 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Show Dad How

Show Mom How

Shawn Bean

Sarah Hines Stephens

144 pages 203 x 209 mm • 8 x 8 1/4 in 12,000 words 500 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

144 pages 203 x 209 mm • 8 x 8 1/4 in 12,000 words 500 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

R AT E G I E S

STYLES

THE COMPLETE

RULES

QUICK-LOOK GUIDE

S TAT S

— TO THE GAME OF —

TA C T I C S

FA C T S

GABRIELA SCOLIK + TEAM / KARIN DREHER

BACKLIST

1001 Fun Ways to Play

LIFESTYLE

Parent’s Guides

192 pages 235 x 235 mm • 5 3/4 x 5¾ in 35,000 words 200 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Susan Elisabeth Davis & Nancy Wilson Hall 240 pages 209 x 209 mm • 81/4 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

365 Activities 256 pages 150 x 200 mm • 5 3/4 x 7 3/4 in 20,000 words 140 photographs and illustrations Paperback

Baby & Toddler Play

304 pages 210 x 210 mm • 8 1/4 x 8 1/4 in 55,000 words 260 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Rights: Worldwide

Board Books 24–26 pages 165 x 135 mm • 5 1/4 x 6 1/2 in 10–26 words 10–26 illustrations Board Book

Playtime!

Jane B. Mason & Sarah Hines Stephens

Rights: Worldwide

160 pages 213 x 215 mm • 8 1/2 x 8 1/2 in 9,000 words 180 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Pregnancy Planner Ziba Kashef 144 pages 170 x 240 mm • 6 3/4 x 9 1/2 in 30,000 words 50 illustrations Hardcover with fully concealed wire-o and elastic loop closure Rights: Worldwide

On-the-Go Parent’s Guides

272 pages 145 x 145 mm • 5 3/4 x 5¾ in 35,000 words 200 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Working Mom Survival Guide

The Happiest Mom

Suzanne Riss & Teresa Palagano

144 pages 157 x 210 mm • 6 1/4 x 8 1/4 in 30,000 words 75 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

144 pages 157 x 210 mm • 6 1/4 x 8 1/4 in 30,000 words 75 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Meagan Francis

67

68

LIFESTYLE

BACKLIST

The Total Cat Manual

190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in

60,000 words THE ULTIMATE BOOK FOR CAT LOVERS 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Your cat will naturally get your love and attention, but what else do our furry friends need to be happy and healthy? This definitive resource has everything you need to know about our favorite felines—from preparing for a new arrival to understanding how your cat communicates, with insight from psychologist Dr. Pia Salk on the emotional benefits of cats. Get advice on how to stock up for your new family member, integrate kitty into your home, establish good behaviors, and keep your pet purring with delight.

Whether bringing home a new kitten or caring for an old friend, The Total Cat Manual is the cat's meow.

ISBN 978-1-68188-155-3

US $27.00 CAN $32.00 ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-155-3 ISBN 10: 1-68188-155-1

9 7 8168 1 8815 53

CAT MANUAL

The Total Dog Manual David Meyer, Abbie Morre & Dr. Pia Salk 256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in

60,000 words 500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

THE ULTIMATE BOOK FOR DOG LOVERS Brought to you by the experts at Adopt-a-Pet.com, this definitive resource has everything you need to know about our canine companions— from training and grooming tips to understanding how your dog sees the world. Get advice on how to choose

a new four-legged family member, establish good habits, and keep your pet happy and healthy. Whether you're bringing home a new pooch or caring for an old friend, The Total Dog Manual is your guide to nurturing one of life's most precious bonds.

Adopt-a-Pet.com is the world’s largest nonprofit pet adoption website, displaying a quarter million homeless pets from more than 15,000 animal shelters, humane societies, SCPAs, and rescue groups to millions of potential adopters each month. The website also provides useful, expert information to help keep pets healthy and permanently in their loving homes.

MEET, LOVE, AND CARE

ISBN 978-161628955-3

US $27.00 CAN $29.99 ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-955-3 ISBN 10: 1-61628-955-4

9 7 8161 6 2895 53

MEET, TRAIN, AND CARE

FOR YOUR NEW BEST FRIEND

FOR YOUR NEW BEST FRIEND

David Meyer, Abbie Moore, and Dr. Pia Salk

David Meyer, Abbie Moore, and Dr. Pia Salk

Beekeeping

Rights: Worldwide

Ian Drummond & Kara O’Reilly

176 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 in

37,000 words 270 photographs and illustrations Rights: North America I S B N 978-1-68188-281-9

ISBN: 978-1-68188-281-9

9

Design Library Various Authors 176–192 pages 225 x 265 mm • 8 3/4 x 10 1/2 in 25,000 words 220–250 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

160 pages Upcycle!

1 218 x turn 280 mm everyday objects • into 8 chic/2 x 11 in furniture, housewares, art, and home decor 12,000 words 75 photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: World English You don’t need to spend a fortune to decorate your home in style—a little creativity can transform cast-offs and thrift-store finds into one-ofa-kind treasures. Parisian designer Sonia Lucano shares her charming and clever visions for DIY décor through step-by-step instructions and handy illustrations for creating 50 quick and easy projects.

Whether turning a discarded wooden pallet into an industrial-chic coffee table, making fun and funky area lights from old mason jars, or upcycling plain cotton sheets into dip-dyed ombre drapery, Upcycle! will change the way you see the world around you!

I S B N 978-1-68188-367-0

US $24.95 CAN $33.95 ISBN: 978-1-68188-367-0

9

781681 883670

Sonia Lucano Photography by Frédéric Lucano

Upcycle!

Sonia Lucano Upcycle! Turn Everyday Objects into Home Decor

Rights: Worldwide

Lucano

368 pages 250 x 290 mm • 9 3/4 x 11½ in 40,000 words 700 photographs and illustrations Hardcover

Ian Drummond & Kara O’Reilly

Hardcover

Upcycle!

Various Authors

PLANTS

781681 882819

US $24.99 CAN $27.99

www.weldonowen.com

The Complete Book of the Home

at HOME with

Ian Drummond & Kara O’Reilly

192 pages 166 x 230 mm • 61/2 x 9 in 38,000 words 150 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: World English

At Home with Plants

Get a little greenery in your life! From brilliant oversize monstera leaves to delicate ferns, from cute and quirky succulents to stately palms, plants are today’s hottest decorating trend. In this practical and beautiful guide, award-winning interior landscape designer Ian Drummond and interiors writer Kara O’Reilly show you how to select botanicals for every room of your home, offering sage advice on houseplant care and stylish display ideas that’ll make all your boho jungle dreams come true.

AT HOME WITH PLANTS

Joachim Pettersen

DOG MANUAL THE TOTAL

THE TOTAL DOG MANUAL

224 pages

THE TOTAL

THE TOTAL CAT MANUAL

David Meyer, Abbie Morre & Dr. Pia Salk

Turn Everyday Objects into Home Decor 5 0 E ASY D

I Y P RO JE C T S

BACKLIST

Nature Cuts Georgia Low

A Collection of Beautiful Papercutting Projects and Templates

128 pages 190 x 240 mm • 8 x 9 in 30,000 words 200+ photographs and illustrations Paperback Rights: North America

RuPaul’s Drag Race Paper Doll Book Foreword by Michelle Visage 64 pages (plus 10 Paper Dolls) 159 x 222 mm • 7 1/2 x 10 in 1000 words 100+ illustrations Paperback Rights: United States

n

Only

WAY OUT is

THROUGH v

100 Hand-Lettered Quotes to Comfort, Encourage, and Inspire

The Only Way Out is Through Laura Westdale 128 pages 140 x 178 mm • 5 1/2 x 7 in 500 words Illustrated in color throughout Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Subversive Cross Stitch Coloring & Activity Book

Ink Master Coloring Book

Julie Jackson

128 pages 216 x 279 mm • 8 1/2 x 11 in 87 black-and-white illustrations to color 12 temporary tattoos Paperback Rights: United States

80 pages 216 x 279 mm • 8 1/2 x 11 in 40 black-and-white illustrations to color 15 activities Paperback

Style Yourself Various Authors 240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 40,000 words 1,500 photographs and illustrations Flexicover

Massage

Look Good, Feel Good

112 pages 185 x 235 mm • 7 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 15,000 words 180 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Mona Behan & Susan Elisabeth Davis

Yoga

Hot Sex

112 pages 185 x 235 mm • 7 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 15,000 words 180 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Emily Morse & Jamye Waxman

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 300 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

240 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 25,000 words 300 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

LIFESTYLE

69

FOOD + DRINK

72

FOOD + DRINK

FILM AND TELEVISION

The Official Downton Abbey Cookbook Annie Gray Foreword by Julian Fellowes

TH

This official cookbook from the popular series presents more than 100 historically accurate recipes accompanied by evocative images, dialogue from the series, and informative notes that bring the food and customs—upstairs and downstairs—of the Crawley family’s grand house to life.

E OFFICIAL

Cover art not final.

COOKBOOK F O R E W O R D by J U L I A N F E L L O W E S

D R . A N N I E G R AY

256 pages 202 x 255 mm • 8 x 10 inches 70,000 words 125 recipes 100 photographs Hardcover Rights: World English October 2019

LOBSTER CUTLETS After Edith’s wedding to Sir Anthony Strallen ends in tears, the carefully

ingredients 1 cooked lobster

1 egg

1 oz (30 g) butter

2 tbsp fresh breadcrumbs

1 oz (30 g) flour

Butter or oil for frying

Salt and pepper

Optional (if there is roe):

the many gloriously extravagant foods

¼ tsp cayenne

½ oz (15 g) butter to serve

striking, garnished as it is with whole

Juice and zest of half a lemon

prepared dishes which were to form her

wedding breakfast are whisked away and end up as the servants' dinner. Among

on offer, the lobster dish is particularly

5 fl oz (150 g) milk

Small bunch of parsley

lobster shells in a gravity-defying pyramid.

1 fl oz (30 g) cream

Legs from the lobster

lost beneath it. However, as the servants

Remove the meat from the lobster. If there is roe, set it aside. Save the ends of the legs. Chop the lobster meat finely.

rissoles, a dish which was a Victorian

Melt the butter and flour together in a saucepan to make a roux and add the cayenne, plus a pinch of salt and some pepper. Heat the milk and cream in a jug and add, little by little, to the roux.You should finish with a very thick sauce.

Add the lemon zest and juice and stir well to mix. Let cool.

Add half of the sauce to the chopped lobster meat, and then add the rest, spoon by spoon, until you have a thick paste that holds its shape when formed into a lump (you may not need all of the sauce). Chill for at least 1 hour.

The edible elements are, indeed, almost

tuck in, they find they are eating lobster

favorite, and, despite appearances, is both quick and easy to prepare – ideal for a large feast of this type. serves 4

br eako ut fact Sometimes whole meals did indeed have to be scrapped. In 1902 Edward VII was rushed to the operating table and his Coronation Feast was put on hold. Some dishes were saved – the champagne jellies were melted down and put into bottles – but those that would spoil, including anything with lobster, were discreetly handed to charity and went to feed the poor in London's East End.

6 | The Downton Abbey Cookbook

R E C I P E T E M P L AT E W I T H " B R E A K O U T F A C T , " + " T I P S & T R I C K S "

tips & tricks The cutlet shape was very popular with the Victorians.

If you form the mixture into balls, you have rissoles, and if you put it in small pastry cases and bake it, you have patties.

Spread it on toast and it’s a croute, and then works as a hors d’oeuvre. It also works with crab, both canned and fresh. If the mixture is too sloppy to shape, add more breadcrumbs until it is more manageable.

Whisk the egg, and lay the breadcrumbs out in a shallow bowl. Form the lobster mixture into 8 small balls, and mould them into the rough shape of meat cutlets (a flat pear shape). Brush them with egg, and put them in the breadcrumbs, turning them to make sure they are completely coated.

Heat the butter or oil over medium heat, and lay in your cutlets. If the fat is too hot, the breadcrumbs will burn before they are heated through, so keep the heat moderate, and turn them once the underneath has browned.

Meanwhile, if there was roe in your lobster, mash this up with ½ oz of butter. When the cutlets are cooked, about 5 minutes, drain them briefly on paper towel and serve hot, garnished with the parsley.

Luncheons & Suppers | 7

FILM AND TELEVISION

PORTER

FOOD + DRINK

CAKE

Ideal for any servants’ hall, this cake is not only cheap to make, but keeps for weeks.

Servants at houses like Downton still

received an allowance called ‘beer money’ when the family was away, if they did

not travel with them, which was to cover their food when it wasn’t being provided by the kitchen (cooks nearly always

ingredients 8 oz raisins

1 tsp ground allspice

8 oz golden raisins

1 tsp ground nutmeg

6 oz porter

Finely grated rind of 1 lemon

2 oz rum 1 lb flour 4 oz butter

1 tsp baking soda 3 eggs 4 oz soft brown sugar

travelled with their employers). It dates from a time when the staple drink in

Britain was beer, with a low-alcohol type

known as small beer the drink of servants and manual workers everywhere. While

water was the cheapest and easiest drink to obtain, it was boring and associated with poverty, so drinking beer showed you were in the employ of a decent

Heat the raisins up in the porter and rum and simmer for 5 minutes. Turn the heat off and leave to steep for at least 30 minutes, but preferably 2–3 hours (they can easily be left overnight). Mix the flour and butter together, and add the spice, baking soda, and lemon zest. Whisk the eggs and add them along with the fruit and steeping liquid. Mix well.

Grease and line a cake tin, pour in the batter, and bake at 280°F (140°C) for 3 hours. Turn out the cake onto a wire rack to cool, and when completely cold, wrap in brown paper for three days before eating.

person. By the Victorian period, the staple drink of servants was tea, but the name of the allowance didn’t change. Porter

was an 18th century commercial beer,

strong, dark aged, and slightly sweet. Its

popularity had waned by the 20th century,

and it nearly died out after the Great War, except in cakes.

tips & tricks The rum can be left out, or another spirit, such as bourbon, substituted. Porter cake is particularly good spread with butter and eaten with cheese. The original recipe contains no sugar, and is therefore even more economical, if a little well-meaning tasting for modern palates.

Makes

₁

cake

14 | The Downton Abbey Cookbook

Supper & Tea | 15

A LT E R N AT E D E S I G N O P T I O N S : F L O U R I S H W I T H T I T L E A N D Y I E L D + A D D I T I O N A L " R U L E " AT B O T T O M O F I N G R E D I E N T L I S T

CAULIFLOWER

CHEESE tips & tricks

The apparent creator of this recipe,

Isabella Beeton, was the author of the best known historic cookery book in Britain: Beeton’s Book of Household Management, first published in 1861, but continually in print ever since. The original book

ingredients 1 large head cauliflower

for the sauce

1 oz (30 g) unsalted butter, plus extra for greasing

1 oz (30 g) butter

½ oz (15 g) flour

8 oz (240 g) Cheddar cheese

1 oz (30 g) flour

4 tbsp water

Nutmeg and pepper Pinch of cayenne

was a mixture of strong, empowering

language, and utterly garbled recipes,

for Isabella plagiarised freely to compile her book – which didn’t just deal with cookery, but the whole running of a

household. Firmly aimed at the rapidly increasingly urban middle classes, it set out to help women who had not necessarily been brought up with

servants, and who had patchy educations, largely founded on music and feminine

pursuits, but who now found themselves married to businessmen and expected to play an active role in hiring and firing servants, caring for their families, and

Cut or break the cauliflower up into bite-size florets.

Heat the butter in a heavy-bottomed pan and add the florets, sprinkling with the flour as you do. Keep them moving for about 5 minutes until they start to brown, and then add 4 tablespoons of water. Stir well, and put a lid on.

Cook until they are still fairly firm, but partly cooked.

This is an English classic, and done badly, remains the source of nightmares for many people forced to cook it in cookery lessons at school (where it was often done with a whole cauliflower, served soggy on the outside, and raw in the middle). The Maillard reaction, which happens when food is browned, adds muchneeded depth of flavor and nuttiness to both the sauce and the cauliflower. However, if you want an authentic taste of how bad British cookery can be, don't brown the cauliflower first, make a plain white sauce, and use mild, factory-produced Cheddar.

Heat the butter and flour until they brown, and then add the milk gradually, whisking to make sure there are no lumps. Season with nutmeg, pepper, and a little cayenne.

Add 2 oz of grated cheddar and remove from the heat.

Drain the cauliflower and put it in a well-greased deep oven-proof dish. Pour the sauce over the top, and sprinkle with the remaining cheddar cheese. Bake in the oven for at 390°F (200°C) for 10–15 minutes until the top is brown and bubbling. Allow to cool slightly before serving so that the cheese crisps up, and you don’t burn your mouth.

putting on impressive dinners in hope of climbing the social ladder. It was highly aspirational, giving advice on how to

manage a footman, and run a small dairy, for wives who could only dream of reaching such lofty heights. serves 4

Da i s y

Right. The first course is ready to go up.

The soufflé mix is done for the savoury and I’ll make a béchamel for the cauliflower.

M r s Pa t m o r

Thank God for you Daisy. I’ve never known your true value ‘til now. ~

12 | The Downton Abbey Cookbook

season

4,

episode

9

Luncheons & Suppers | 13

13

R E C I P E T E M P L AT E + " D I A L O G U E " + " T I P S & T R I C K S "

73

74

FOOD + DRINK

FILM AND TELEVISION

Downton Abbey Cocktail Book Lou Bustamante Foreword by Julian Fellowes

C O C K TA I L BOOK

A P P RO P R I ATE L I B AT ION S

This enticing collection of cocktails—from everyday sips to party drinks, hangover helpers, and more—celebrates the characters, customs, and drinking way of life at Downton Abbey. In addition to classic concoctions like Ginger Beer, Prince of Wales Punch, and the Bosom Caresser, this fabulous array of drinks features characterspecific variations.

FOR A L L O C C A S ION S

Cover art not final.

WITH FOREWORD BY JULIAN FELLOWES

CORPSE REVIVER makes

1 C O C K TA I L

coupe

Cocktails with macabre names were popular in Victorian England as pick-me-ups, usually for those suffering from a hangover. They have nothing in common except that all are strong cocktails. Crosby Gaige, a bon vivant of the 1930s, once said that one Corpse Reviver would revitalize any self-respecting corpse, but that four taken in swift succession would return the corpse to a reclining position.

1½ oz (45 ml) triple sec

½ oz (15 ml) fresh lemon juice

1 oz (30 ml) dry vermouth

2 dashes absinthe

Pour all of the ingredients into a shaker two-thirds full of ice cubes.

Shake well. Strain into a chilled coupe or cocktail glass.

lady

anstruther

No cocktails? I thought everyone had them now. mary

Not at Downton. Our butler tried them once and he hasn't recovered.

–

24

|

season

5,

episode

1 –

D O W N TO N A B B E Y / C O C K TA I L B O O K

144 pages 170 x 216 mm • 6 3/4 x 8 1/2 inches 32,000 words 70 recipes 50 photographs Hardcover Rights: World English September 2019

FILM AND TELEVISION

FOOD + DRINK

TUXEDO CCOORCP K SE IV o E2 R T ARIEL VN

tips & tricks Best not drink

1 N E E DY P E RS O N

serves

this before 11am

makes

co ck co ut pa eil

too frequently.

1 C O C K TA I L

This does what says on the tin,variation or ratherofinthe themartini book, was which states that it is Thisitabsinthe-infused featured ‘to be takenamong beforethe 11am, or whenever and energy are needed.’ Exactly libations in one ofsteam the first published bartender’s the kind ofmanuals—a thing for the rare)inhangovers at Downton slim(surprisingly volume printed 1900. Maraschino adds Abbey.

a touch of sweetness, balancing the dry hit of bitters.

2 oz Italian vermouth

1 oz brandy

1 oz calvados 3 (apple dashesbrandy) orange bitters

Orange, to garnish ¾ oz (20 ml) dry vermouth

1 dash Pontarlier absinthe

1¼ oz (40 ml) Plymouth gin

½ oz (15 ml) luxardo maraschino

Lemon twist for garnish

Mix, shake with ice, and strain into a glass.

Shake all ingredients together. Strain into a cocktail glass. Serve with a lemon twist. lady

anstruther

Right. The first course is ready to go up. The soufflé mix is done for the savoury and I’ll make a béchamel for the cauliflower. mary

Thank God for you Daisy. I’ve never known your true value ‘til now.

–

season

5,

episode

1 –

144 TA 7 | |DDOO WWNNT T OONNA AB BB BE EY Y/ /C C OO CC KK TA I LI LB B OO OO KK

A LT E R N AT E D E S I G N O P T I O N # 3 : C O U P E I N W H I T E O N G O L D . W O U L D C R E AT E A D D ' L V E S S E L S I N S A M E S I L H O U E T T E S T Y L E .

P R I N C E O F WA L E S C OCRO PC S EK TRAE IVLI V E R serves

makes

cocc kt oaui pl e

1 N E E DY P E RS O N 1 C O C K TA I L

Paying to the royalon family andintested way towhich make states a recipe sound Thishomage does what it says the was tin, aortried rather the book, that it is suitably upmarket.

The Prince Wales is the titleand given to theare (male) heir toExactly the ‘to be taken before 11am, orofwhenever steam energy needed.’ throne, time Downton was Edward, later Edward notableAbbey. for his the who kindatofthe thing forofthe (surprisingly rare) hangovers at VIII, Downton good looks, dapper dress sense, and many love affairs–often with married women.

He appears briefly in Downton, and is the reason for Lady Mary’s brief career as a 2 oz Italian vermouth

1 oz brandy

1 oz calvados

Orange, to garnish

burglar, when she tries to retrieve one of his love letters, stolen from Freda Dudley Ward by the thoroughly (apple brandy) villainous Terence Sampson during a party in London.

This cocktail is light, refreshing, and ideal for those who don’t like sweet drinks.

Mix, shake with ice, and strain into a glass.

1½ oz (45 ml) rye whiskey

1 thumb-sized chunk of pineapple

1 dash rich simple syrup (2 parts sugar to 1 part water)

1 oz (3- ml) sparkling wine (Brut preferred)

¼ teaspoon maraschino liqueur 1 dash Angostura bitters

lady

Lemon zest to garnish anstruther

Right. The first course is ready to go up. The soufflé mix is done for the savoury and I’ll make a béchamel for the cauliflower.

Combine all ingredients except sparkling wine and garnish ry in a shaker. Add ice, shake hardm a8–10 seconds, and strain into Thank for you Daisy. I’ve never known your wine true value ‘til now. a coldGod coupe or cocktail glass.

Float sparkling on top.

Express lemon peel– over drink and garnish with zest. season 5, episode 1 –

98 | | DDOOWWNNT TOONNAAB BB BE EY Y/ /CCOOCCK KT T 7 A AI LI LB B OO OO KK

A LT E R N AT E D E S I G N O P T I O N # 3 : C O U P E I N W H I T E O N G O L D . W O U L D C R E AT E A D D ' L V E S S E L S I N S A M E S I L H O U E T T E S T Y L E .

the real deal The very real Freda Dudley Ward was born to an English father and American heiress mother–much like the fictional Downton daughters. She was the Prince’s lover from 1918 until he fell in love with Wallis Simpson in 1934. Her husband divorced her on grounds of adultery in 1931.

75

76

FOOD + DRINK

KO S H E R CO O K I N G

I

Kosher

Kim Kushner With her calm, cool cooking approach and hearty appetite for flair and fun, Kim Kushner presents her kosher essentials—the kitchen fluency and indispensable recipes that guarantee gorgeous, delicious food. Her signature style emphasizes cooking that nourishes on every level—fresh, flavorpacked recipes that inspire creativity and efficiency and will delight family and friends.

204 pages 216 x 273 mm • 81/2 x 10 1/2 inches 40,000 words 105 recipes 90 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

I grew up eating Shake ’n Bake Chicken. I have vivid memories of helping my mom shake the chicken in the bright orange bag of crumbs—it was so easy and fun. And it US

still is today, though the flavors are more modern. I use the same method in this recipe, but I’ve added zesty Green Pesto (page 27) to panko (Japanese-style bread crumbs), which results in light, crispy crumbed chicken. This is a family favorite—a recipe you’ll bookmark in your mind and make time and time again.

PESTO PANKO CRISPY CHICKEN 6

chicken legs, skin on and bone in

6

chicken thighs, skin on and bone in

Preheat the oven to 375°F (190°C). Line a rimmed baking sheet with parchment paper.

Pat the chicken dry using paper towels. Season all the chicken pieces well with

Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper

salt and pepper and place them on the prepared baking sheet. In a mini food

1

cup (100 g) panko

green and flaky, about 30 seconds or so.

1/ 4

cup (60 ml) Green Pesto (page 27)

Pour the panko mixture into a large lock-top plastic bag and add 2 pieces

1

tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil

completely coated with the crumbs. Use tongs to remove the chicken pieces

processor, blitz together the panko and pesto. Pulse until the panko is light

of chicken to the bag. Seal the bag and shake it so that the chicken pieces are from the bag and place them back on the prepared baking sheet. Repeat with the remaining pieces of chicken.

Arrange all the panko-coated chicken pieces neatly on the baking sheet and drizzle the oil over the top. Bake in the oven, uncovered, until golden and crisp, 45–55 minutes. make-ahead tip Pesto panko crispy chicken can be coated up to 24 hours in advance and stored in the fridge, covered, until ready to bake. Cooked chicken may be stored in the fridge for up to 4 days. can i freeze it? The chicken can be cooked and stored in the freezer for up to 1 month. Thaw in the fridge overnight. how to reheat Reheat, uncovered, in a 350°F (180°C) oven for 10–15 minutes.

M AKES 6 SERV I N GS

QUICK STOVE-TOP MAINS

95

KO S H E R CO O K I N G

ROASTED GARLIC PASTE

FOOD + DRINK

THESE BASIC RECIPES ARE SO EASILY INTERCHANGEABLE, THEY CAN BE USED TO ENHANCE A

RED PESTO

DISH OR AS THE MAIN FLAVORING

GREEN PESTO

OF A MEAL. THE POSSIBILITIES ARE ENDLESS.

TOASTED SESAME MARINADE WINE, GRAINY DIJON & CITRUS SAUCE

DILL & LEMON SIP

SPICY PEANUT SIP

HERB CHOP CHOP

77

78

HEALTHY INSTANT POT

-

®

HEALTHY INSTANT POT

th

Alexis Mersel

A LE XIS M ERS EL

s

ps

I N S TA N T P O T M E A L S

Healthy Instant Pot

on

ng

FOOD + DRINK

ALEXIS MERSEL

70+ Fast, Fresh & Easy Recipes AUTHORIZED BY

With a multifunction Instant Pot and this inspired collection of 70+ fresh recipes, a healthy diet is easily within reach. Enjoy sweet and savory breakfasts, colorful salads, heartwarming soups, satisfying mains, and delectable desserts—all with a light, refreshing perspective and simply noted with diet and ingredient specifics. Full of modern techniques, and international influence, these easy step-by-step recipes lead the way to healthful cooking with an Instant Pot.

144 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 32,000 words 70+ recipes 45 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide October 2019

Asian Chicken Salad with Ginger Dressing Thin slices of grilled chicken, crisp slivers of fried wontons, and fresh napa cabbage combine in this chicken salad classic. It’s delicious as is, or include other common ingredients—cucumber, mung bean sprouts, navel oranges, or shaved almonds—according to preference.

SERVES 4

In a small bowl or measuring cup, whisk together the tamari, sesame oil,

FOR THE MARINADE

vinegar, and ginger. Place the chicken breasts in a shallow pan or baking

¼ cup tamari

dish and pour the marinade over the top. Cover with plastic wrap and

2 teaspoons sesame oil

marinate in the refrigerator for at least 30 minutes and up to 2 hours.

2 teaspoons rice vinegar

Select Sauté on the Instant Pot® and heat the oil. Working in batches,

2 tablespoons grated ginger

add the chicken breasts, reserving the marinade, and brown evenly on both sides, about 2-3 minutes per side. Add the stock and use a wooden

FOR THE DRESSING

spoon to scrape up any browned bits. Add the reserved marinade and

2 tablespoons rice vinegar

stir to combine. Press the Cancel button to reset the program. Lock the

1 tablespoon tamari

lid in place and turn the valve to Sealing. Press the Pressure Cook button

1 tablespoon brown sugar

and set the cook time for 6 minutes at high pressure.

Meanwhile, to make the dressing, put all the ingredients in a blender or food processor and blend until smooth. Set aside.

Let the steam release naturally for 5 minutes, before turning the valve to Venting to quick-release any residual steam. Carefully remove the lid and use tongs to transfer the chicken to a plate. Let the meat cool

2 tablespoons grated ginger ¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper ¼ cup canola or avocado oil FOR SERVING

slightly and then shred it with two forks.

2 cups romaine lettuce, chopped

Divide the lettuce, cabbage, rice, chicken, oranges, and peanuts evenly

2 cups shredded red cabbage

among. Top each with cilantro leaves and serve with dressing alongside.

2 navel or blood oranges, peeled and sliced ¼ cup roasted peanuts Fresh cilantro leaves

SOUPS & SALADS

39

I N S TA N T P O T M E A L S

FOOD + DRINK

Everyday Instant Pot EVERYDAY INSTANT POT

Alexis Mersel

UNCOVER THE MAGIC OF YOURthan MULTI-COOKER! more 70 recipes for

With every meal Thisday—including inspired collection features of the sweet and savory more than 70 recipes for every meal breakfasts, showstopping sandwiches, of the day, including sweet and savory sandwiches, temptingbreakfasts, soups,showstopping meaty mains, hearty sides, tempting soups, meaty mains, hearty and delectable desserts—this sides, and delectable desserts. well-curated Complete with a suite of essential collection teaches you the versatility and cooking methods for beans, grains, ease of fast, even, andthisflavorful cooking with stocks, and more, contemporary take on pressure cooking spans this indispensable device. Complete with a everything from Sunday dinner staples to enticing international flavors methods for suite of essential cooking that are sure to become everyday beans, grains, stocks, and more. favorites in your kitchen.

EVERYDAY INSTANT POT

®

AL EXIS MERSEL

®

A L E X IS M E R SE L

Recipes for Breakfast, Lunch, Dinner & Dessert

144 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 32,000 words 70 recipes 50 photographs $24.99 US/$33.99 CAN Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-445-5

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-445-5

AUTHORIZED BY

SKU #7262605

9

7262605 7262605

Everyday Instant Pot®

If you prefer firmer yolks, adjust the cooking time to 2 minutes at low pressure, or more for completely set centers.

781681 884455

www.weldonowen.com

Baked Eggs with Creamy Spinach & Ham This easy all-in-one breakfast is the perfect companion to a thick slice of toasted sourdough or country bread. You can skip the ham, or try it with Canadian bacon or crispy pancetta instead.

SERVES 4

Add the shallot and cook, stirring occasionally, until just softened, about

4 tablespoons (½ stick/60 g) unsalted butter

1 minute. Add the ham and cook, stirring occasionally, for 2 minutes.

1 tablespoon chopped shallot

Add the remaining butter and the spinach and cook until the spinach is wilted, about 5 minutes. Add the cream and ½ teaspoon salt and

4 oz (115 g) sliced ham, cut into ½-inch (12-mm) pieces

cook until most of the liquid has been reduced, about 15 minutes.

1 lb (450 g) baby spinach

Add ¼ teaspoon pepper and taste, adjusting seasoning as desired.

⅓ cup (75 ml) heavy cream

Press the Cancel button to reset the program. Make four wells in the

Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper

Select Sauté on the Instant Pot® and heat 2 tablespoons of the butter.

spinach and carefully crack one egg into each well. Lock the lid in place and turn the valve to Sealing. Press the Pressure Cook button and set the cook time for 1 minute at low pressure.

Turn the valve to Venting to quick-release the steam. When the steam stops, carefully remove the lid. Transfer each egg on a bed of spinach

4 large eggs Chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley, for serving (optional) Crusty bread, for serving

to a plate, top with parsley, if using, and more pepper, and serve with a slice of crusty bread.

BREAKFAST

29

79

80

FOOD + DRINK

SLOW COOKER ME ALS

Everyday Slow Cooking Kim Laidlaw

EVERYDAY

S LOW C OOK I NG MODERN RECIPES FOR DELICIOUS MEALS KIM LAIDLAW

EVERYDAY SLOW COOKING

Discover the versatility of the modern slow cooker with this inspired recipe collection.

From satisfying weeknight soups and stews, to everyday favorites such as tacos and pasta, to party-worthy braises and roasts, this contemporary take on slow cooking delivers fresh and internationally-influenced dishes that are sure to become staples on your dinner table.

K I M L A I D L AW

184 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 1/4 x 10 1/4 inches 50,000 words 120 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

4 WAYS WITH SHORT RIBS Choose 4 large short ribs for 4 hearty servings or 6 smaller short ribs for 6 servings. Pair the bone-in ribs with steamed rice, mashed potatoes, or fresh greens. You can also remove the meat from the bones, shred it, and make your own bountiful rice or noodle bowls with shredded vegetables or slaw.

Maple-Bourbon Short Ribs (page 35) with mashed sweet potatoes (page 173)

Stout-Braised Short Ribs (page 34) with sautéed rainbow chard

Adobo-Style Short Ribs (page 34) with Mango Salsa (page 175)

Thai-Style Lime & Basil Short Ribs (page 35) with steamed jasmine rice (page 173)

SLOW COOKER ME ALS

The College Cookbook Various Eating well when you’re on your own Authors

the

is easy once you gain a little know-how. Whether your cooking

Eating well when you’re on your own is easy once you gain a little know-how. cooking hacks, tips, and shortcuts — will have you preparing super Whether your cooking area is limited to a delicious, low-cost meals in no time. microwave and dorm fridge or you have access to a full kitchen, this intelligent collection of tasty recipes—plus cooking hacks, helpful tips, and shortcuts— will have you preparing super-delicious, low-cost meals in no time.

area is limited to a microwave and dorm fridge or you have access

the COLLEGE COOKBOOK

to a full kitchen, this intelligent collection of tasty recipes — plus

FOOD + DRINK

COLLEGE

COOKBOOK

100 + FAST, FRESH, EASY & CHEAP RECIPES 128 pages 200 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 27,000 words 100 recipes 40 photographs Paperback $19.99 US/ $26.99 CAN Rights: Worldwide Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-436-3

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-436-3

9

781681 884363

www.weldonowen.com

RAMEN UPGRADE With a few expert add-ins and a touch of whimsy, your spiffed-up store-bought ramen can be every bit as good

1

Making Faux Pho

as the food truck or ramen joint variety. The requisite

Faking an authentic bowl of

boiling water cooks some of the last-minute ingredients in

Vietnamese pho from standard

the bowl, while others are best added just before serving.

supermarket ramen is easy with

In a tea ball or muslin spice bag, mix 1 tsp coriander seeds, ½ cinnamon stick, 1 whole clove, and 1 pinch anise seeds.

the addition of spice-steeped broth and traditional ingredients.

Add the tea ball to the dry ramen noodles along with the spice packet seasonings, 1 knob peeled fresh ginger, 1 tsp fish sauce, ½ tsp sugar, and 2 oz very thinly sliced pork tenderloin. Add the boiling water and steep according to the package directions.

ADD TO DRY NOODLES BEFORE ADDING BOILING WATER

• Very thinly sliced pork or beef tenderloin (It will cook in the boiling water.)

ADD TO THE BOWL JUST BEFORE SERVING

• Roasted cherry tomatoes Toss tomatoes with a drizzle of olive oil. Roast in a 450°F oven for 10 minutes.

• Peeled and grated

• Roasted root vegetables

• Thinly sliced green onion • Frozen or fresh spinach

• Chopped fresh herbs • Soft-boiled egg

• Frozen or fresh peas • Frozen or fresh

• Thinly sliced radish • Chili powder or dried

fresh ginger

leaves

edamame

2

(page 75)

(page 26), halved

red chile flakes

3

Remove the tea ball. Transfer the soup to a serving bowl. Add fresh cilantro or basil leaves, thinly sliced red onion and red chile, mung bean sprouts, and a lime wedge. Add Sriracha to taste at the table.

81

82

FOOD + DRINK

YO U N G A D U LT C O O K I N G

Junior CHEF JUNIOR CHEF MASTER CLASS

MASTER CLASS

Junior Chef Master Class Various Authors Learn to cook like a pro with this inspiring collection of kid-favorite recipes enhanced with colorfully illustrated step-by-step techniques. From Eggs Benedict and Miso Soup to Lasagna Bolognese and Lemon Meringue Pie, the simple methods and easy-to-follow recipes in this tasty collection will transform aspiring young cooks into master chefs.

70+ FRESH RECIPES & KEY TECHNIQUES FOR COOKING LIKE A PRO

128 pages 206 x 228 mm • 8 x 9 inches 28,000 words 79 recipes 122 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide April 2019

makes

8 servings

Crisp Banana Spring Rolls with Caramel Sauce This delicious dessert comes together in minutes. To make it even quicker, swap in purchased caramel sauce for the homemade.

1 2

» CARAMEL SAUCE is a

tasty partner for bananas, but you can always use chocolate sauce instead.

HEAT THE OIL

Canola oil for frying

In a large, deep sauté pan, heat about 1 inch of oil over medium heat until it reaches 375˚F on a deep-frying thermometer or until a small piece of an egg roll wrapper dropped into the oil begins to brown in about 20 seconds.

4 bananas

PREPARE THE SPRING ROLLS

Ground cinnamon for sprinkling

Cut the bananas in half lengthwise, then in half again crosswise.

Set aside a small bowl of water. Work with one egg roll wrapper at a time, keeping the remaining wrappers covered with a kitchen towel to prevent drying. Lay an egg roll wrapper on a work surface with one corner pointing toward you. Place a banana piece on the bottom third of the wrapper. Sprinkle with 1 teaspoon brown sugar, then dust with cinnamon. Fold the bottom corner over the banana, fold in the side corners, then roll up the banana in the wrapper.

Moisten the top corner with a dab of water, then press the corner against the roll to seal it shut. Set aside. Repeat to make all the rolls.

Vanilla Ice Cream for serving

3

FRY THE ROLLS

4

SERVE THE SPRING ROLLS

16 egg roll wrappers 16 teaspoons firmly packed golden brown sugar

1 cup Caramel Sauce (page 125) for serving

Working in batches, use a slotted spoon to lower 3 or 4 spring rolls at a time into the hot oil. Fry, turning if needed, until crisp and evenly browned, about 1 minute. Using the slotted spoon, transfer the rolls to a plate lined with paper towels to drain. Let cool briefly.

Scoop ice cream into 8 small bowls. Place 2 spring rolls in each bowl. Drizzle some of the caramel sauce over the ice cream and rolls and serve, passing the remaining caramel sauce at the table.

De s s e r t s

119

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

FOOD + DRINK

The Complete Junior Chef Cookbook Various Authors

MASTER YOUR FAVORITE RECIPES

THE complete

with this ultimate collection of kid-friendlyMaster a repertoire of recipes with this dishes, plus all the techniques, tips, andultimate collection of kid-friendly dishes, tricks you’ll need to make them! From waffles plus all the techniques, tips, and tricks and tacos to Buddha bowls and brownies, these easy-to-make recipes will soon you’ll need to make them! From waffles have you covered from breakfast through and tacos to Buddha bowls and dinner, snack time, and dessert.

THE complete

Junior CHEF

JUNIOR CHEF COOKBOOK

brownies, these easy-to-make recipes will soon have you covered from breakfast through dinner, snack time, and dessert.

cookbook

65 SUPER-DELICIOUS RECIPES KIDS WANT TO COOK

128 pages 206 x 228 mm • 8 x 9 inches 28,000 words 65 recipes 60 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-441-7

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-441-7

SKU #5417152

5417152 5417152

The Complete Junior Chef Cookbook

9

781681 884417

$19.99 US / $26.99 CAN www.weldonowen.com

makes

6

toasts

Bruschetta Triple Play Fresh tomato, basil, and garlic is the classic preparation for these garlic-rubbed toasts. Here, you can go the traditional route, or select one of two more toppings.

1 2

TOAST THE BREAD

Using a toaster or the broiler, toast the bread slices on both sides until golden. Rub the cut side of a garlic half over one side of each toast. Using a pastry brush, brush the garlic-rubbed sides with oil.

TOP THE BREAD SLICES

6 slices country-style French or Italian bread, about 3/4 inch thick 1 clove garlic, cut lengthwise in half Olive oil for brushing

Top the toasts with your choice of toppings: NECTARINE, BURRATA & ARUGULA Cut 2 nectarines in half, remove the pit, then cut into slices. Spread 2 oz burrata cheese on the toasts, dividing it evenly, then top evenly with the nectarine slices.

Sprinkle 1/2 cup of baby arugula leaves over the toasts, then drizzle evenly with olive oil. Season to taste with salt and pepper.

CHERRY TOMATO, BASIL & GARLIC In a bowl, mix 1 tablespoon balsamic vinegar with a pinch each of salt and pepper. Whisk in 3 tablespoons olive oil. Stir in 1/2 cup small, fresh basil leaves. Cut 2 cups mixed yellow and cherry tomatoes into halves, add to the vinaigrette, and toss to mix. Spoon the tomatoes over the toasts, dividing evenly.

CUCUMBER, HERBS & CREAM CHEESE In a small bowl, mix 6 oz cream cheese with 1 tablespoon thinly sliced fresh chives or dill until evenly blended. Season with salt and pepper and mix again.

Spread the cream cheese on the toasts, dividing it evenly. Cut 1/2 English cucumber into very thin slices. Arrange the cucumber slices over the cream cheese, dividing them evenly. Garnish with a sprinkling of extra chives or dill.

Snacks

87

83

84

FOOD + DRINK

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

SWEET & SAVORY TREATS FOR FAVORITE OCCASIONS ALL YEAR ROUND

Holiday Cookbook

Holiday Cookbook k

G WAODRUCNTICONNTAINS

S

PEANUT

THIS PR

BUTTER GS ANDMILK AND ...AND EG AND FLOUR ...

AND

BAKING

Peanuts Holiday Cookbook Various Authors Join the Peanuts gang for some of their favorite year-round holiday treats! From Charlie Brown’s (Un)Happy Birthday Cake and Snoopy’s Dogdish Apple Pie to Linus’ Lemon Drop Bars and The Great Pumpkin Cheesecake, Charles Schulz’s beloved characters inspire delightful riffs on delicious, kidfriendly recipes for every occasion. A colorful array of classic comic strips and original illustrations offers festive embellishment on every page.

POWDER

Cover art not final.

and origs is the y Charles aracters n!

128 pages 206 x 228 mm • 8 x 9 inches 14,500 words 50 recipes 150 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Please inquire October 2019

99 X

WORMLESS CARAMEL APPLES

For a special treat without any tricks, make a batch of caramel apples that are guaranteed to thrill!

INGREDIENTS 2 bags (14 oz each) of caramels 8 popsicle or lollipop sticks 8 small apples Makes 8 apples

1 2

Unwrap the caramels, place them in a small saucepan, and add ¼ cup water. Place the pan over medium heat and cook, stirring occasionally, until the caramels have melted and the mixture is smooth, 5–7 minutes. Keep warm over low heat.

Line a baking sheet with waxed paper. Insert a popsicle stick or lollipop stick into the stem end of each apple. Dip an apple into the caramel, coating it completely and letting the excess drip back into the pan, and place on the waxed paper. Repeat with the remaining apples, using a spoon to scoop caramel onto the sides of the apples if necessary. Let stand on the prepared baking sheet until the caramel has set, about 10 minutes.

3

90 • PEANUTS FAMILY COOKBOOK Charlie Bones A

Serve at once, or wrap individually in waxed paper and store in the refrigerator for up to 1 day. Bring to room temperature before serving.

DESSERTS # 91

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

Peanuts Family Cookbook

G

rab your supper dish and head to the kitchen for scrumptious meals with the Peanuts gang! The PewFamily Cookbook features delicious recipes that are

Various Authors

perfect for junior chefs to prepare with their favorite grown-ups, bringing generations of Peanuts fans together for fun culinary adventures.

With 50 delightful recipes and more than 75 classic comic strips and original illustrations, this is the perfect way to enjoy Charles Schulz’s beloved characters with breakfast, lunch, and, of course, SUPPERTIME!

Family Cookbook

Grab your supper dish and head to the kitchen for scrumptious meals with the Peanuts gang!

With delicious recipes that are perfect for junior chefs to prepare with their favorite grown-ups, this cookbook will bring together generations of Peanuts fans for culinary adventures. The classic comic strips and original illustrations ensure Charles Schulz’s beloved characters are lively company for breakfast, lunch, and, of course, suppertime.

#

3 188- 423978- 1-68CAN $33.99 SBN I US $24.99

423-3

ISBN: 978-1-68188-

9

128 pages 206 x 228 mm • 8 x 9 inches 14,500 words 50 recipes 150 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Please inquire Currently available

ALSO AVAILABLE!

4233 781681 88

FOOD + DRINK

DELICIOUS DISHES FOR KIDS TO MAKE WITH THEIR FAVORITE GROWN-UPS

Family

Cookbook

k WARNING k

THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS

PEANUTS

WARM PUPPY PANCAKES

Happiness is a serving of these delightful pancakes, which can be topped with fresh fruit or some butter and maple syrup.

INGREDIENTS 2 cups all-purpose flour 2 tablespoons sugar 2 teaspoons baking powder 11⁄2 teaspoons baking soda 1⁄2 teaspoon salt 2 large eggs, lightly beaten 13⁄4 cups whole milk 2 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted and cooled, plus 1⁄4 cup melted for frying and more for serving Maple syrup and berries, for serving Makes 3 to 4 servings

1

In a large bowl, sift together the flour, sugar, baking powder, baking soda, and salt. Stir until mixed and make a well in the center. Pour the eggs, milk, and the 2 tablespoons melted butter into the well, then gradually whisk from the center outward, until the ingredients are combined but still a little lumpy; do not overmix the batter, or the pancakes will be heavy.

2

Preheat a nonstick or cast-iron griddle over medium-high heat until a drop of water flicked onto the surface dances and evaporates instantly.

Brush the griddle with a little of the ¼ cup melted butter. Slowly ladle a scant 1⁄4 cup of the batter onto the griddle, centering the ladle over the batter so it spreads out into a circle on its own. If necessary, use the bottom of the ladle to nudge the batter into a perfect circle. Continue ladling out the batter to make as many pancakes as you can fit without letting them touch. If they do touch, separate with the edge of a spatula.

3

When the pancakes have begun to bubble in the center and a few of the bubbles have popped and the undersides are golden, about 2 minutes, use the spatula to flip them. Cook until the second side is golden, about 1–2 minutes longer, then transfer to an uncovered platter in a low (200°F) oven to keep warm. Cook the remaining pancakes in the same way, adding butter to the griddle as needed.

4 14 # PEANUTS FAMILY COOKBOOK

Transfer the pancakes to individual plates and serve at once with butter, maple syrup, berries, or any of your favorite toppings.

BREAKFAST # 15

85

86

FOOD + DRINK

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

American Girl Cupcakes Various Authors Packed with fun ideas and inspiration, this collection of more than 40 delectable cupcake recipes—plus frostings, fillings, glazes, and tips for baking and decorating— will have you turning out cupcakes like a pro.

Whether your preference is for classics like devil’s food and pink velvet or whimsical creations like cupcake cones and treat-filled piñata cupcakes, these colorful recipes will make every day a party.

128 pages 184 x 210 mm • 7 1/4 x 8 1/4 inches 20,000 words 40 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: Please inquire Currently available

Piñata Cupcakes With these fun, festive cupcakes, your friends are in for a surprise! One bite reveals a big pile of sprinkles hiding inside. The frosting is tinted with pink and blue swirls, but you can use your favorite colors, or match them to the theme of your party.

MAKES 12 CUPCAKES

Vanilla Cupcakes (page 36), baked and cooled Fluffy Vanilla Frosting (page 104) ½ cup star-shaped or other shaped sprinkles

Using a paring knife, cut a 1½-inch-diameter round about 1 inch deep in the center of each cupcake, then remove the rounds and set them aside. Fill each hollow with about 2 teaspoons of sprinkles. Cut the rounds that you removed from the cupcakes in half horizontally; reserve the tops and discard—or eat!—the rest. Return the tops to the cupcakes, covering the sprinkles, then gently press down on each to fit it into the hole.

Blue gel paste food coloring

Fit a large pastry bag with a large star tip (see page 15; we used Ateco 826).

Pink gel paste food coloring

the side of the pastry bag, then paint another blue stripe against the other

Using a paintbrush, paint a stripe of blue food coloring from tip to top against side of the bag, opposite the first stripe. Clean the brush and paint a stripe of pink food coloring against the side of the pastry bag between the blue stripes, then paint a second pink stripe opposite the first pink stripe. Carefully transfer the frosting to the pastry bag; try not to disturb the stripes. Pipe the frosting onto the cupcakes.

76

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

American Girl Cookies Various Authors Who doesn’t love a delicious cookie?

With great recipes and lots of creative ideas for decorating and sharing them, this book gives you all the inspiration and guidance you need to bake scrumptious homemade sweets for friends and family. From classic chocolate chip to sugar cookies covered in icing and sprinkles, there are tons of treats inside for every day of the week.

128 pages 184 x 210 mm • 7 1/4 x 8 1/4 inches 20,000 words 40 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: Please inquire Currently available

Sugar Cookie Bars This bar-shaped sugar cookie is super chewy, thanks to the cream cheese in the dough.

And, topped with fluffy pink frosting and colorful sprinkles, it’s also super pretty!

Instead of rainbow sprinkles, you can use confetti, heart-shaped, or star-shaped sprinkles.

MAKES 20 BARS

SUGAR COOKIE

2¾ cups all-purpose flour ½ teaspoon salt 1 cup (2 sticks) unsalted butter, at room temperature

Preheat the oven to 350°F. Lightly butter a 9-by-13-inch baking pan. Line the pan with parchment paper, running it up the two long sides of the pan and letting it extend past the rim by about 2 inches. Butter the parchment.

To make the sugar cookie, in a medium bowl, whisk together the flour and salt. In a large bowl, using an electric mixer, beat the butter and cream cheese

1 (8-ounce) package cream cheese, at room temperature

on medium speed until well blended, about 1 minute. Add the granulated

1½ cups granulated sugar

rubber spatula. Add the flour mixture and mix on low speed just until blended.

sugar and beat until smooth. Add the egg and vanilla and beat on low speed until well combined. Turn off the mixer and scrape down the bowl with a

1 large egg 2 teaspoons vanilla extract

Scrape the dough into the prepared baking pan and press it into an even layer

FROSTING

Remove the pan from the oven and set it on a wire rack. Let cool completely.

¾ cup (1½ sticks) unsalted butter, at room temperature

To make the frosting, place the butter in a large bowl. Using an electric

4 cups powdered sugar

the powdered sugar 1 cup at a time, beating on low speed until combined

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

after each addition. Add the vanilla, blood orange juice, and a pinch of salt

¼ cup fresh blood orange juice or ¼ cup whole milk, plus a few dabs of red gel paste food coloring

and beat on medium speed until the frosting is light and fluffy.

Salt

on top, then decorate with rainbow sprinkles. Cut it into 20 bars and serve.

with the spatula. Bake until the edges are light brown, about 30 minutes.

mixer, beat the butter on medium speed until creamy, about 1 minute. Add

Holding the ends of the parchment paper like handles, lift the cookie out of the pan and set it on a cutting board. Using a spatula, spread the frosting

Rainbow sprinkles, for decorating 106

FOOD + DRINK

87

88

Various Authors

the COOKBOOK

136 pages 184 x 210 mm • 7 1/4 x 8 1/4 inches 20,000 words 50+ recipes 70 photographs Hardcover Rights: Please inquire Currently available

American Girl Garden to Table Various Authors

d r e a G n to

Table

nd

esh

Garden to Table

ous.

Take your budding chef on a culinary world tour with the delicious, kid-friendly recipes in this colorful cookbook. From the noodles of Japan to the meatballs of Sweden, the spring rolls of Vietnam to the sweet toffee puddings of Great Britain, the easy-to-follow recipes and fun facts in this delightful cookbook offer a wonderful introduction to international cooking.

Delicious Dishes from Across the Globe

ar

ll,

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

American Girl Around the World

et

erry

FOOD + DRINK

With more than 50 recipes for superstar lunches, scrumptious snacks, tasty dinners, and delicious desserts, this cookbook provides all the inspiration and guidance you need to cook homemade dishes with garden-fresh fruits and veggies all year round. From summertime berry cakes and cobblers to vegetable tarts and pastas in fall, you’ll find plenty of ideas to make every season delicious.

Fresh Recipes to Cook & Share

144 pages 184 x 210 mm • 7 1/4 x 8 1/4 inches 20,000 words 50 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: Please inquire Currently available

FA M I LY C O O K I N G

e recipes, this book

Featuring forty delectable recipes, this book is filled

and guidance you

with inspiration, tips, and guidance for creating yummy

yummy homemade

snacks, lunchtime favorites, creative dinners, and super

mily. From cupcakes

sides. From deviled eggs and taco salad to Hawaiian

tartlets, there are

chicken kebabs and cheesy garlic bread, you’ll find

ne smile. See where

dishes for everyday eating and special celebrations —

tion will take you!

and be on your way to becoming the best chef in town!

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-022-8

580

0

Baking

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-101-0

SKU #3039364

$19.95 US/$23.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

3039364 3039364

American Girl Cooking

$19.95 US/$23.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

s, forty delicious recipes,

k will have you and your

ther you want to host a

crowd, a holiday cookie

mmer cookout with

of inspiring ideas and

ery get-together special.

Delicious Recipes for Holidays & Fun Occasions

FOOD + DRINK

Recipes for Delicious Snacks, Meals & More

89

90

FOOD + DRINK

SEASONAL COOKING

Cooking in Season Brigit Binns From the sweet peas of spring and the stone fruits of summer to the root vegetables of fall and the citrus of winter, this stunning cookbook will guide you through the seasons at the market and in the kitchen. Each of the four chapters focuses on simple recipes that pair choice ingredients with complementary cooking techniques for savoring the very best flavors throughout the year.

COOKING IN SEASON 100 RECIPES FOR EATING FRESH | BRIGIT BINNS

176 pages 197 x 260 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 1/4 inches 40,000 words 180 recipes 65 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

SEASONAL COOKING

WINTER

FOOD + DRINK

Roots, tubers, and chicories join the burgeoning show of brassicas in winter markets, sharing space with persimmons, pears, citrus, and pomegranates. With the onset of colder weather, cooks turn on the oven for everything from roasted parsnips to pizza to crème brûlée.

91

FOOD + DRINK

N E W LY W E D C O O K I N G

Newlywed Cookbook

Newlywed Cookbook FAVORITE RECIPES FOR COOKING TOGETHER

Various Authors This staple volume in the newlywed’s kitchen library celebrates all the special moments spent in the kitchen and at the table in the first years together, from quick weeknight suppers for two to cozy breakfasts in bed to Saturday dinner parties with friends. The focus is on delicious, seasonal recipes for every meal of the day, including simple snacks and drinks, easy flavor variations, and countless ideas for cooking and entertaining together.

256 pages 213 x 254 mm • 81/2 x 10 inches 50,000 words 180 recipes 96 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Fresh Vegetable Spring Rolls NEWLYWED COOKBOOK

These light, healthy spring rolls are perfect finger food on warm days.

Rolling the rice paper takes a bit of practice, so you will both want to give it try. Loosely wrap any leftover rolls in damp paper towels and store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1 day.

M A K ES 1 2 R O L LS ; S E RVES 4 ½ lb (8 oz/250 g) shiitake mushrooms 2 tsp canola or peanut oil 1 clove garlic, pressed or minced 1 tsp soy sauce, preferably low-sodium 7 oz (220 g) thin dried rice noodles 12 rice paper wrappers, 8½ inches (21.5 cm) in diameter

80

2 red bell peppers, seeded and thinly sliced

S TA RT E R S & S NA C K S

92

2 ripe avocados, pitted, peeled, and sliced 2 carrots, peeled and cut into matchsticks 1 cup (1 oz/30 g) firmly packed mixed fresh herb sprigs such as mint, cilantro, and basil

Trim the stems from the mushrooms and discard or reserve for soup or stock. Slice the caps and set aside.

In a large nonstick frying pan over medium-high heat, warm 1½ teaspoons of the oil. Add the garlic and cook, stirring, until fragrant but not browned, about 30 seconds. Add the mushroom caps and sauté until they release their liquid, 3–4 minutes. Add the soy sauce and cook until the pan is dry, about 1 minute. Transfer to a bowl and set aside.

Bring a pot of water to a boil over high heat. Add the noodles, stir to separate, and cook until tender, 3–5 minutes or according to the package directions. Drain in a colander and rinse under cold running water. Wipe the pot dry, return the noodles to the pot, and toss with the remaining ½ teaspoon oil.

Fill a large, shallow bowl with very hot tap water.

Soak 1 rice paper wrapper at a time until just flexible, 10–15 seconds. Shake off any excess water and lay the wrapper flat on a work surface. Across the lower half of the wrapper, place rows of noodles, mushrooms, bell pepper, avocado, carrots, and herbs. Fold the edge closest to you over the filling, fold in the sides, then roll up tightly.

Repeat to make the remaining rolls. Cut each roll in half on the diagonal and serve.

chile dipping sauce

To make a quick sauce for these homemade rolls, mix ¼ cup (2 oz/60 g) each of sugar and fresh lime juice with 5 tablespoons Asian fish sauce, 1 clove minced garlic, ½ teaspoon dried chile flakes, and ½ cup (4 fl oz/125 ml) water.

N E W LY W E D E N T E RTA I N I N G

FOOD + DRINK

Newlywed Entertaining Various Authors Sharing your home as newlyweds and hosting friends and families are some of the great joys of married life. Newlywed Entertaining provides couples with all the recipes and ideas they need to make each gathering a fun and memorable one. The beautifully photographed volume takes a fresh, inspired approach to hosting an array of get-togethers—from alfresco barbecues and casual suppers to festive cocktail parties and holiday dinners.

Newlywed Entertaining RECIPES FOR CELEBRATING WITH FRIENDS & FAMILY

256 pages 213 x 254 mm • 81/2 x 10 inches 50,000 words 180 recipes 96 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

N E W LY W E D E N T E RTA I N I N G

Fresh Fig, Goat Cheese & Mint Flatbread

D I N N E R PA R T I E S

108

Peak season for figs generally stretches from midsummer to early fall.

Black Mission is the most common variety, but other types, such as Brown Turkey or the yellowish-green Kadota, will also work in this enticing recipe. Pomegranate seeds add extra color, flavor, and crunch.

S ER V ES 8 –1 0 Flatbread Dough (page 248) or 1 lb (500 g) purchased pizza dough Olive oil for brushing FOR THE HONEY-BALSAMIC VINAIGRETTE

1 Tbsp balsamic vinegar ½ tsp honey Salt and freshly ground pepper 1½–2 Tbsp olive oil 6 oz (180 g) goat cheese 1 pint (10 oz/315 g) fresh figs, halved ¼ cup (1¼ oz/35 g) pomegranate seeds Fresh mint leaves and oregano leaves for garnish Salt and freshly ground pepper Honey for drizzling

variation

Place the homemade or purchased dough on a lightly floured work surface and press flat to release excess air.

(If the dough has risen in the refrigerator, cover with a kitchen towel and bring to room temperature before continuing.)

Preheat the oven to 425°F (220°C). Grease a baking sheet with olive oil. Press and stretch the dough into a rough oval about 10 by 20 inches (25 by 50 cm). Transfer to the prepared baking sheet and brush liberally with olive oil.

Bake for 8 minutes.

Meanwhile, make the honey-balsamic vinaigrette: In a bowl, whisk together the vinegar, honey, and a pinch each of salt and pepper. Whisking constantly, slowly add the oil until emulsified. Set aside.

Crumble the goat cheese over the flatbread, then arrange the figs evenly over the top. Continue to bake until the flatbread is golden, 6–8 minutes longer.

Sprinkle the pomegranate seeds over the flatbread, then garnish with mint and oregano leaves. Drizzle the vinaigrette over the top, season to taste with salt and pepper, then finish with a drizzle of honey. Cut into pieces and serve.

MEDITERRANEAN FLATBREAD Brush the flatbread dough lightly with olive oil, then layer with a mix of sliced and whole tomatoes, thin slabs of feta cheese, and pitted Kalamata olives. Bake until the crust is golden, about 15 minutes.

tailor-made

Flatbread is a versatile appetizer

Sprinkle with fresh thyme and

for entertaining and allows for

oregano just before serving.

mix-and-match toppings, depending on the season. Consider fresh fruit in summer or prosciutto and caramelized onions in winter.

93

94

FOOD + DRINK

E V E RY D AY C O O K I N G

Fan Fare Kate McMillan When you’re hosting friends and family for game day–whether it’s the post-season playoffs or your weekly poker game–the menu calls for an array of buffet-friendly small bites and party classics, as well as bar food favorites and crowd-pleasing cocktails.

This go-to cookbook presents the best recipes to savor for any casual get-together.

104 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 22,000 words 65 recipes 45 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

SWEET & SPICY WINGS

Spicy Buffalo Wings Page 68

A D D S O M E H E AT Bar food isn’t the same without hot sauce on the side, so be sure to have Sriracha or freshly sliced jalapeños on hand for guests who crave spicy flavors.

NAPKINS REQUIRED When serving game-day favorites like buffalo wings, don’t neglect the extras—set out plenty of flavorful creamy dip, icy cold beer, and a stack of large napkins.

Blue Cheese Dip Page 100

Sweet Jalapeño Wings Page 69 Honey-Sesame Wings Page 69

E V E RY D AY C O O K I N G

FOOD + DRINK

The Breakfast Bible Kate McMillan More than 100 sweet and savory recipes cover every part of the morning meal— from eggs and bacon to fruits and grains, breads and pastries to griddle cakes, plus healthful bowls, beverages, and variation ideas for making them your own. Expert tips for perfecting the breakfast classics and inspiring photography round out this beautiful and useful collection.

THE

BREAKFAST BIBLE 100 + FAVORITE RECIPES TO START THE DAY

KATE Mc MILLAN

112 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 30,000 words 100+ recipes 35 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

PEANUT BUTTER & BACON

PINEAPPLE & COCONUT

with maple syrup on buttermilk pancakes

with toasted macadamia nuts and maple syrup on pineapple-coconut buttermilk pancakes

PEACHES & MASCARPONE

FINISH SWEET OR SAVORY

dusted with confectioners’ sugar on buttermilk pancakes

Feather-light buttermilk pancakes are a treat on their own. Add a few choice toppings and the breakfast classic becomes truly memorable.

STRAWBERRIES & CHOCOLATE

with whipped cream and strawberry syrup on strawberrystudded buttermilk pancakes

BLUEBERRY SYRUP

with fresh blueberries on lemon-infused buttermilk pancakes

WO82918_FD_WO_WSX_BFST_070-087.indd 74-75

9/14/17 1:58 PM

95

96

FOOD + DRINK

E V E RY D AY C O O K I N G

Of the Day Series Various Authors

dish day of the

365 FAVORITE RECIPES FOR EVERY DAY OF THE YEAR KATE MCMILLAN

304 pages 222 x 247 mm • 8 3/4 x 93/4 inches 90,000 words 365 recipes 90 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

salad day soup day 365 365 This captivating updated

RECIPES FOR

•

ES

W

OF THE YEAR

R ECI P

With this cookbook as your guide, you’ll discover a soup to match each season’s ingredients: sultry purées of winter roots to light

of the

day

he Day 2016

•

RECIPES FOR

D ATE W

100

W

EVERY DAY

ITH

100

EVERY DAY

or suit any occasion.

NE

•

ITH

UP D

inspiration and a seasonal

soup to satisfy any craving

of the

OF THE YEAR

•

ES

to December, you’ll find daily

D ATE W

soup

of the

UP D

of the year. From January

NE

salad

collection of 365 recipes

offers a soup for each day

R ECI P

of the

broths pungent with spring

day

greens, flavorful bisques of summer’s peak-season produce to hearty bowls brimming with autumn’s squashes and grains.

From light first-course offerings to protein-packed meals-in-abowl, there is a soup to entice every palate.

GEORGEANNE BRENNAN

KATE MCMILLAN

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-139-3 ISBN 1-68188-139-X ISBN13: 978-1-68188-139-3

#6686240

86240 86240

Each colorful, calendar-style cookbook presents 365 recipes—and daily culinary inspiration—for dishes to match any season, occasion, or mood. Lavish photographs and a colorful graphic design add visual appeal to the enticing collection of seasonal dishes.

SKU #3902991

GEORGEANNE 3902991 BRENNAN $34.95 US / $41.95 CAN 9 781681 881393

3902991 Soup of the Day 2016

KATE MCMILLAN

E V E RY D AY C O O K I N G

vegetable day of the

365

RECIPES FOR

KATE McMILLAN

EVERY DAY OF THE YEAR

healthy day dish of the

365

KATE McMILLAN

RECIPES FOR

EVERY DAY OF THE YEAR

FOOD + DRINK

97

98

FOOD + DRINK

r will change the y, bake, roast, ood.

the

E V E RY D AY C O O K I N G

airfryer cookbook

pages, you’ll find

0 fast, easy, healthy,

us recipes for the

Digital Airfryer.

the

doughnut

airfryer COOKBOOK

erts, and more.

recipes for quick, easy & healthy dishes for any time of the day

THE

vative cooking tool

piring snacks, main

Packed with luscious photographs, this inspiring guide shows how easy and satisfying it is to make doughnuts at home.

You’ll find out how to make all types of doughnuts from scratch—fritters, jelly-stuffed, glazed, sprinkled, and more.

There’s sure to be a treat for every doughnut lover to enjoy.

doughnut

cookbook

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-134-8 ISBN10: 978-1-68188-134-8 ISBN 1-68188-134-9

SKU #3632531

SKU #34343

9 7 8168 1 8813 48 3632531 3632531

34343 34343

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

The Doughnut Cookbook

The Airfryer Cookbook

DELICIOUS RECIPES FOR BAKED & FRIED DOUGHNUTS

Instant Pot THE

®

COOKBOOK

THE

FRESH PASTA COOKBOOK

®

Pot COOKBOOK

FRESH PASTA COOKBOOK

FRESH PASTA is easily achievable with the easy-to-follow directions and expert recipes in these pages. You choose the method—electric pasta machine, stand mixer, food processor, or by hand—and we show you how to make more than 25 delicious dishes that incorporate fresh pasta in a wide range of shapes, flavors, and varieties.

THE Instant

THE

I S B N 978-1-68188-400-4 ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-400-4

SKU #9109962

9

781681 884004

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

9109962 9109962

The Fresh Pasta Cookbook

the

Junior Baker coo kb oo k

t he

Junior Chef coo kb oo k

one bowl meals COOKBOOK

fun recipes for delicious cakes, cookies, cupcakes & more

delicious recipes for meals, snacks, sweets & more

Test Kitchen Series Various Authors Each of these titles features more than 20 quick, easy, and contemporary recipes, as well as expert tips, tricks, and a primer on how to use your innovative cooking tool to make inspiring snacks, main dishes, desserts, and more.

E V E RY D AY C O O K I N G

pressure cooker COOKBOOK

the

THE

perfect blending cookbook

Authentic pizza is easy to accomplish at home when you begin with perfect dough, top it with flair, and cook it with confidence. The more than 20 inspired pizza recipes here—plus options for dough, sauce, and toppings—provide everything you need to make pizzas like a pro.

cookbook

pizza cookbook

perfect blending

the

the

Inside these pages, you’ll find more than 30 simple, fast, and delicious recipes for the Vitamix ® Professional Series™ blender. Whether preparing breakfast, main dishes, desserts, or snacks, this innovative kitchen tool will forever transform your cooking routine.

FOOD + DRINK

pizza the

cookbook

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-023-5 ISBN 10: 1-68188-023-7

SKU #557160

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

557160 557160

The Perfect Blending Cookbook

ISBN: 978-1-68188-466-0 FRESH RECIPES FOR YOUR VITAMIX ® PROFESSIONAL 9 781681 884660 SERIES ™ BLENDER $14.95 US / $16.95 CAN

www.weldonowen.com

SKU #7477021 7477021 The Pizza Cookbook

the

skinny grill

the

Inside these pages, you’ll find more than 20 fast, easy, and tasty recipes for the Le Creuset® Skinny Grill.

Use this versatile and colorful stove-top grill pan to make starters, mains, sides, salads, desserts, and more.

It’s sure to become a new favorite tool in your kitchen.

SKILLET SUPPER cookbook

quick, simple & delicious grilled dishes from your stove top

slow cooker

cookbook

THE

the skinny

COOKBOOK

grill cookbook

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-934-8 ISBN 10:1-61628-934-1 1-61628-934-1 ISBN

SKU #7108009

9 7 8161 6 2893 48

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

7108009 7108009

The Skinny Grill Cookbook

the

sous vide

dishes, sides to salads, desserts and snacks, this innovative kitchen tool will forever transform your cooking routine.

COOKBOOK

quick, easy & healthy recipes for any meal of the day

The Spiralizer Cookbook 2.0 takes a fresh look at our favorite tool for turning fruits and vegetables into spirals used to make healthy, innovative, and beautiful dishes for any meal or time of day.

Featuring over 20 new recipes, you’ll find inspired ideas for salads, soups, “pastas,” pies, drinks, and more.

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-026-6 ISBN 10: 1-68188-026-1

SKU #6191824

9 781 616 28 9157

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

spiralizer cookbook 2.0 the spiralizer cookbook 2.0

the spiralizer cookbook

ISBN13: 978-1-61628-915-7 ISBN 10:1-61628-915-5 1-61628-915-5 ISBN

the

spiralizer cookbook

Inside these pages, you’ll find more than 20 simple, fast, and

delicious recipes for the Spiralizer. From breakfasts to main THE

6191824 6191824 The Spiralizer Cookbook

SKU #557202

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

557202 557202

The Spiralizer Cookbook 2.0

delicious & inspiring recipes for any meal of the day

56–64 pages • 152 x 196 mm • 6 1/4 x 8 inches 10,000 words • 20+ recipes • 20+ photographs • Hardcover Rights: Worldwide • Currently available

99

I N T E R N AT I O N A L C U I S I N E

Rustic Mexican

Rustic Mexican

Authentic flavors for everyday cooking DEBORAH SCHNEIDER

Deborah Schneider Mexico’s bold and beloved culinary traditions are highlighted in this stunning tribute to homespun south-of-the-border favorites. This beautifully photographed cookbook explores the rich flavors of Mexico with contemporary recipes that mix classic Latin flavorings with modern techniques and fresh ingredients.

192 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 1/4 inches 42,000 words 115 recipes 55 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Rustic Italian

DOMENICA MARCHETTI

5 CAN

en.com

FOOD + DRINK

Rustic Italian

8-963-8 3-5

100

new & updated edition

Simple, authentic recipes for everyday cooking

DOMENICA MARCHETTI

I N T E R N AT I O N A L C U I S I N E

FOOD + DRINK

La Vie Rustic Georgeanne Brennan Embrace the French sensibility, agrarian way of life, and cooking style in this senseof-place book. The enticing recipes are woven together with vivid personal narratives, connecting the seasons and local ingredients with the communal table.

298 pages 189 x 246 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 inches 50,000 words 120 recipes 85 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Let’s Cook Japanese Food!

Amy Kaneko Discover how easy it is to cook authentic Japanese dishes at home—with great-tasting results. In this well-curated collection of recipes, the author shares iconic restaurant dishes along with family favorites she learned how to cook from her in-laws.

Beautiful images and illustrations, along with a detailed glossary of key ingredients and equipment, round out the book.

168 pages 190 x 224 mm • 7 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 40,000 words 68 recipes 95 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Let’s Cook Japanese Food!

Everyday recipes for authentic dishes

AMY KANEKO

101

102

FOOD + DRINK

WO_GrtAmerCkbk_FrontCover_HR-sticker.pdf

1

AMERICAN CUISINE

9/14/17

2:01 PM

America The Great Cookbook Joe Yonan What do you cook for the people you love?

In this extraordinary cookbook, 100 of America’s most beloved chefs and food heroes answer that question and share their treasured recipes.

A culinary road map from Maine to California, this beautifully photographed title explores regional specialties and our country’s diverse culinary culture—the ultimate celebration of foods and personal stories from across America.

482 pages 200 x 260 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 inches 80,000 words 145 recipes 230 photographs Hardcover Rights: World English Currently available

Molly Yeh

FOOD BLOGGER AND COOKBOOK AUTHOR

I met my husband, Nick, when we were students at Juilliard in New York.

After several years living in the city, Nick floated the idea of moving back to his family farm, and I was like, “Yes! I’m moving whether you’re with me or not!” The quality of life here is what made me fall in love with this area.

I mean, I have my own chickens and my own rhubarb patch. I wasn’t sure how much there would be to learn about food in North Dakota, but I’ve fallen totally in love with hotdish. I know now it’s everything you could ever want when it’s thirty degrees below zero!

GR AND FO RK S ND

AMERICAN BAKING

FOOD + DRINK

Bake America Great Again Kirsten Hall & Amber Gentry This engagingly patriotic spin on favorite and easy-to-prepare baking recipes serves as a thoughtful reminder of what, in fact, makes America great. Family-friendly recipes include Rights Krispie Treats, Patriotic Pretzels, Freedom Fudge, Brownie Nation, and more. Included are tips for bake sales and fundraising events.

A portion of the proceeds from sales of the book will be donated to the ACLU.

50 Sweet Recipes to Make a Difference 128 pages 165 x 222 mm • 6 1/2 x 8 3/4 inches 20,000 words 50 recipes 75 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

We Love OutCiders Muffins

Sprinkled generously with cinnamon streusel—and with a sweet streak hidden inside—these quick and easy apple cider muffins will become a favorite of all.

Ingredients 1¾ cups (9 oz/280 g) all-purpose flour 2 teaspoons baking powder

Amber Gentry and Kirsten Hall

H Spoon about 1 tablespoon of batter into each prepared muffin cup, sprinkle with 1 teaspoon of the streusel mixture, and continue to fill the cups with the remaining batter until they’re two-thirds full. Sprinkle the tops evenly with the remaining streusel.

H Bake until the muffins are golden brown and a wooden toothpick inserted into the center of one comes out clean, about 15 minutes. Remove from the oven and cool in the pan for 5 minutes. Serve warm, or transfer the muffins to a wire rack to cool.

Makes 12 standard muffins

¼ teaspoon salt ¼ cup (2 oz/60 g) granulated sugar 1 egg, beaten ¾ cup (6 fl oz/180 ml) apple cider or apple juice ¼ cup (2 fl oz/60 ml) vegetable oil or butter Streusel Topping

⅓ cup (2½ oz/75 g) dark brown sugar, firmly packed 3 tablespoons all-purpose flour 2 teaspoons ground cinnamon 3 tablespoons cold unsalted butter H Preheat the oven to 400°F (200°C). Grease 12 standard muffin cups or line them with paper or foil liners.

H In a large mixing bowl, sift together the flour, baking powder, and salt. Stir in the granulated sugar. Make a well in the center.

H In a small mixing bowl, combine the egg, cider, and oil. Add all at once to the flour mixture and stir until just moistened (the batter should be lumpy).

H Make the Streusel Topping: In a small mixing bowl, stir together the brown sugar, flour, and cinnamon. Using a pastry blender or two knives held crosswise, cut in the butter until the mixture resembles coarse crumbs.

84

85

103

104

FOOD + DRINK

REGIONAL CUISINE

A Little Taste of San Francisco Stephanie Rosenbaum Klassen

a little taste of

san francisco

Exploring the sweet and savory dishes of San Francisco has never been easier. This exquisitely prepared guide to the numerous flavors of one of the most popular cities in America takes you on an unforgettable adventure with steep hills, exciting landmarks, and incredibly delicious meals from food trucks, restaurants, and more.

Recipes for Classic Dishes

S tephani e R os enbaum K l as s en

72 pages 127 x 178 mm • 5 x 7 inches 15,000 words 35 recipes 35 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

A Little Taste of Cape Cod Annie Copps

a little taste of

This exquisitely prepared guide to the classic and modern flavors of Cape Cod, one of America’s most storied regions, takes you on an adventure that will surely become a memorable exploration of Cape Cod’s food and history.

CAPE COD Recipes for Classic Dishes

Annie Copps

72 pages 127 x 178 mm • 5 x 7 inches 15,000 words 35 recipes 35 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

REGIONAL CUISINE

Little Book of Cocktail Bites Barbara Scott-Goodman Add a fun and easy spark to any cocktail party with this lively collection of more than 40 recipes for simple but deliciously innovative bar snacks, light dishes, and an assortment of classic and inspired cocktails.

72 pages 127 x 178 mm • 5 x 7 inches 12,000 words 40 recipes 40 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Little Book of Southern-Style Bites & Sips Barbara Scott-Goodman Celebrate the delicious flavors of the South with this delectable collection of more than 30 easy-to-prepare recipes for innovative bar snacks, small dishes, and a selection of iconic Southern cocktails.

72 pages 127 x 178 mm • 5 x 7 inches 11,500 words 40 recipes 40 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

FOOD + DRINK

105

106

FOOD + DRINK

BAKING

Little Treats Cookies Elinor Klivans This sweetly illustrated title features 40 recipes for cookies—from classic favorites and beautifully decorated creations to mouthwatering brownies and luscious bars. A primer on mixing doughs and batters, expert baking tips, and serving suggestions round out this delectable collection.

112 pages 165 x 189 mm • 6 1/2 x 71/3 inches 18,000 words 40 recipes 35 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

chocolate chip rugelach Using miniature chocolate chips instead of regular ones makes these cookies easier to roll. The apricot preserves add a slightly tangy taste.

1

In a large bowl, stir together the 2¼ cups flour, the sugar, and salt.

Add the cream cheese and, using a mixer on low speed, beat until the ingredients are blended, about 30 seconds. Add the butter and beat until large clumps of dough form, about 1 minute. Add the sour cream and vanilla and beat until well blended. Cut the dough into 4 equal pieces and form each into a 3-inch disk. Wrap each disk tightly in plastic wrap and refrigerate until firm, at least 45 minutes.

2 3

Position a rack in the middle of the oven and preheat to 375˚F. Line 2 large cookie sheets with parchment paper.

One at a time, remove the dough disks from the refrigerator and place on a floured work surface. Using a floured rolling pin, roll out each disk into a 10-inch circle. Spread 1 tablespoon of the apricot preserves over each dough circle, leaving a ¾-inch border on the edges and a 1-inch circle in the center uncovered. Sprinkle one-fourth of the chocolate chips over each dough circle.

4

Cut each round into 12 wedges. Beginning at the wide ends, roll the edge over the filling to form a cylinder. Place the cylinders 1 inch apart on a cookie sheet with the tip facing down. Bend the ends to form a crescent. Bake, 1 sheet at a time, until the edges are golden, 15–18 minutes. Let cool on the sheet for 5 minutes, then transfer to wire racks to cool for 10 minutes. Brush the warm tops with the glaze.

Store in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 3 days.

2¼ cups all-purpose flour, plus extra for dusting ¼ cup granulated sugar ¼ teaspoon salt 6 ounces cream cheese, at room temperature 1¼ cups cold unsalted butter, cut into ½-inch pieces 2 tablespoons sour cream 2 teaspoons vanilla extract ¼ cup apricot preserves 1 cup miniature semisweet chocolate chips Vanilla Glaze, page 104 MA KES

48

CO O K I ES

rolled and cut cookies 83

BAKING

FOOD + DRINK

Little Treats Donuts Elinor Klivans Whether you prefer your donuts glazed, chocolate dipped, dusted with cinnamon, sprinkled with toasted coconut, or filled with jelly, you’ll find the perfect treat in this beautifully illustrated collection of 40 recipes to entice donut lovers everywhere.

112 pages 165 x 189 mm • 6 1/2 x 71/3 inches 25,000 words 40 recipes 35 illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

potato donuts Old-fashioned and modern come together in these classic donuts: Mashed potatoes lend an uncommonly smooth texture, and mace—a spice made from the outer covering of nutmeg berries with, logically, a mild nutmeg flavor— adds aroma and herbal hints. Salt and pepper add an unexpected savory kick.

1

In a bowl, sift together the flour, baking powder, ¾ teaspoon of the salt, ¼ teaspoon of the pepper, and the mace. In another bowl, combine the potato, ⅓ cup of the sugar, the eggs, milk, melted butter, and lemon zest. Using an electric mixer set on low speed (use the paddle attachment for a stand mixer), beat until blended. Add the flour mixture and beat until the mixture comes together into a sticky dough. Cover and refrigerate the dough until firm, at least 1 hour and up to 2 hours.

2

Line a baking sheet with paper towels. Pour oil to a depth of 2 inches into a deep fryer or deep, heavy sauté pan and warm over medium-high heat until it reads 360°F on a deep-frying thermometer.

3

On a generously floured work surface, roll out the dough into a circle 10 inches in diameter and ½ inch thick. Using a 2½-inch or 3-inch round donut cutter, cut out as many donuts as possible.

Gather up the donut scraps and repeat rolling and cutting. (For more information on rolling and cutting, see page 13.)

2 cups all-purpose flour 1½ teaspoons baking powder 1 teaspoon salt ¾ teaspoon freshly ground pepper ½ teaspoon ground mace 1 cup cooked, mashed, and cooled russet potato (about 1 medium potato) 2/3

cup granulated sugar

2 large eggs, lightly beaten ¼ cup whole milk 2 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted 1 teaspoon grated lemon zest Canola or peanut oil for deep-frying

continued on next page

Donuts 41

107

108

FOOD + DRINK

BAKING

Favorite Cakes SHOWSTOPPI NG RECI PES FOR EVERY OCCASI O N

FAVORITE

CAKES

Various Authors With more than 40 showstopping recipes, this all-inclusive guide makes cake-baking easy for beginners and experts alike. Recipes for classic batters, buttercreams, and toppings provide a good foundation, while simple tips on assembly and decoration provide inspiration for every type of cake.

112 pages 197 x 216 mm • 7 3/4 x 81/2 inches 19,000 words 40+ recipes 40 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

These elegant layer cakes shine with the addition of sparkling wine and raspberry purée. There’s no need to use expensive champagne, but use a sparkling wine that you’d like to drink and serve glasses of it alongside the cakes.

CHAMPAGNE & RASPBERRY MINI LAYER CAKES Unsalted butter, for greasing

Preheat the oven to 350°F (180°C). Grease a rimmed sheet cake pan, line the pan with parchment paper, then grease the parchment. Dust with flour, then tap out any excess. Make the champagne cake batter.

All-purpose flour, for dusting 1 recipe Champagne Cake (page 92)

Spread the batter in the prepared pan. Bake until a toothpick inserted into the center of the cake comes out clean, about 25 minutes.

Let cool completely in the pan on a wire rack, then invert the cake onto a cutting board or an upside-down baking sheet. Remove the parchment. Using a 3-inch (7.5-cm) round cutter, cut out 9 rounds.

½ recipe Raspberry Filling (page 103) FOR THE CHAMPAGNE BUTTERCREAM

1 cup (8 oz/250 g) unsalted butter, at room temperature

Make the raspberry filling.

4 cups (1 lb/500 g) confectioners’ sugar

To make the buttercream, in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, beat the butter on medium speed until smooth, about 2 minutes. Add the confectioners’ sugar, sparkling wine, vanilla, and salt, raise the speed to medium-high, and beat until combined, stopping the mixer to scrape down the sides of the bowl as needed.

5 tablespoons (80 ml) sparkling wine 1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract ¼ teaspoon kosher salt

To assemble the cakes, transfer one-fourth of the buttercream to a pastry bag and cut a 1⁄2-inch (12-mm) opening. Pipe a ring around the outside edge of 1 cake round, then spread a layer of raspberry filling in the center (see p.15). Top with another cake round and repeat to form 3 cake layers. Repeat to assemble the remaining cakes.

⅓ cup (1 oz/20 g) freeze-dried raspberries ⅓ cup (1½ oz/45 g) fresh raspberries

Refrigerate the cakes until set, about 1 hour. Spread the remaining buttercream over the tops and sides of the cakes. Garnish with freeze-dried and fresh raspberries and serve.

Serves 6; makes three 3-inch (7.5-cm) 3-layer cakes

TIP

24

MODERN CLASSICS

If the buttercream is too loose, add more confectioners’ sugar. If it is too thick, stir in more sparkling wine or a few teaspoons of milk.

STAR OF THE PARTY These pretty mini cakes are a welcome guest at an afternoon tea party, bridal shower, or any fancy fête.

C O C K TA I L S

FOOD + DRINK

Delicious Dessert Cocktails DELICIOUS DESSERT COCKTAILS

T

Barbara Scott-Goodman

ake a break from your typical cocktail party and have some funa with this delectable collection of recipescocktail that Take break from your typical party introduce you tofun a whole newthis side ofinspired cocktails— collection andwillhave some with significantly side. you to a whole new of recipesa that will sweeter introduce

side of cocktails—a significantly Including over 70 traditionalsweeter side.

Including over 70 traditional and inventive and inventive recipes for cocktails recipes and abook few (andfor a fewcocktails treats) this delightful wastreats, this created for those whocreated just can’t decide delightful book was forwhether thoseto who just an after-dinner drink to or dessert. can’t have decide whether have an after-dinner drinkIt’s or simple—just dessert. have It’s both! simple—just have both!

Lauren Tamaki is a Canadian illustrator whose work has appeared in many publications including The New York Times, and New York, GQ, Food & Wine, Saveur, and Martha Stewart magazines. She lives and works in Brooklyn, New York.

barbara scott-goodman

Barbara Scott-Goodman is an author, art director, and designer. She has produced many books including The Beach House Cookbook, Wine Bites, and Brooklyn Bar Bites. She lives and works in Brooklyn, New York.

144 pages 146 x 197 mm • 5 3/4 x 93/4 inches 12,000 words 70 recipes 63 illustrations Hardcover $17.99 US / $24.99 CAN www.weldonowen.com Rights: Worldwide Currently available I S B N 978-1-68188-284-0

ISBN: 978-1-68188-284-0

9

781681 882840

WATERMELON-MINT COOLER

W

atermelon is so sweet and refreshing and it’s a natural to add to a cocktail. This one features blended and sliced watermelon and it is as utterly delicious as it is beautiful.

1/ 2

cup chopped and seeded watermelon

3 mint leaves 1 tablespoon Ginger Simple Syrup (see page 13) 1/ 4

cup vodka

1 tablespoon fresh lime juice Ginger ale 1 watermelon slice, for garnish 1 mint sprig, for garnish

Put the watermelon, mint, and syrup in a cocktail shaker and muddle. Add the vodka and lime juice and fill with ice.

Shake well and strain into a rocks glass filled with fresh ice. Top with ginger ale, garnish with the watermelon slice and mint sprig, and serve.

Makes 1 drink

delicious dessert cocktails 55

109

C O C K TA I L S

Celebrate Rosé

CELEBRATE

ASHLEY ROSE CONWAY

ion r — ette ozy ook s ning ow

FOOD + DRINK

CELEBRATE ROSE

d me

110

Cocktails & Parties for Life’s Rosiest Moments

Ashley Rose Conway With an intoxicating collection of rosé-based cocktails for fun, sun-splashed occasions—alfresco soirees to bachelorette bashes, beach parties to boozy brunches—this charming book by a cocktail maven also offers stylish entertaining ideas, food pairings, clever bar techniques, and plenty of insider know-how for lovers of pink wine.

UPDATE

ASHLEY ROSE CONWAY OF CRAFT & COCKTAILS

128 pages 180 x 185 mm • 7 1/2 x 7 1/4 inches 19,000 words 40 recipes 40 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide June 2019

Tablescape

EASY ELEGANCE KEEP IT PERSONAL

Whether it is two or ten coming over, make ladies night special with your own touches. A cheese plate and appetizers is just as intimate as a formal table and coursed meal with the right company.

COLOR IMPACT

I like to keep the decor color palatte simplistic for my dinner parties with neutrals like white, black, and grays with a muted accent color such as peach. I then add some pizzaz with vibrant florals that can be changed to fit my mood and occasion without having to buy all new linens for each party. Flowers with large blooms such as peonies, ranunculus, garden roses, or poppies go a long way meaning you don’t have to spend a fortune on a ton of flowers.

POWER OF FLOWERS

If you are pulling out all of the stops for a glamorous evening with your favorite ladies, keep in mind a few

9

CELEBRATE ROSÉ

ASHLEY’S TIP

tips when choosing flowers for the table. Make sure floral arrangements are low or loose so they don’t block views across the table—speaking from my experience as a short girl over here, I often find it hard to make out the faces of my fellow guests through the foliage! Small bouquets or stems that creep along the table like garlands are options to help keep guests engaged with one another.

Have a self-service drink station set up on a bar cart or credenza within reach of the party rather than tucked away in the kitchen.

This is a major trick to help keep both the drinks and conversations flowing all night.

engaged with another.

SERVE UPone SIMPLICITY If you are having a more casual get-together with appetizers, spread platters out throughout your space to encourage movement. For more formal gatherings, you can still keep it simple by serving family style rather than a coursed meal. This will save you time and encourage guests to interact more. Pre-batch or make ahead any cocktails you need for the evening. Then, all you will have to do is pour up from a pitcher or bottle leaving you more time to enjoy the conversation with your friends.

JUST SAY ROSÉ

10

C O C K TA I L S

FOOD + DRINK

ASHLEY’S TIP

Rosé Aperol Spritz SERVES 1

Aperol Spritzes are the quintessential summer sippers.

They’re just as good by the pool, at a BBQ, or at a picnic and are literally as easy as 1-2-3: The proportions are 1 part club soda, 2 parts aperol, and 3 parts sparkling wine. They don’t require a shaker or mixing glass making them a go-to pick for any leisurely gathering. To mix up this staple cocktail, I like to swap out the traditional prosecco for a sparkling rosé and add a grapefruit slice in place of an orange to give it a new flavor profile.

3 oz sparkling rosé 2 oz Aperol 1 oz club soda

Spritzes are a beloved drink in Italy and are often served as aperitifs before a meal and come in varying flavors. To mix up this spritz, you can swap out the Aperol for a different aperitivo liqueur such as Suze, or Cocchi Americano.

Or, for a bracing bitter spritz, add in Camapri.

GARNISH

grapefruit slice

Add ice into a large wine glass. Add the sparkling rosé, Aperol, and club soda to the glass.

Stir Gently. Garnish with the grapefruit slice.

17

14 14

CELEBRATE ROSÉ

JUST CELEBRATE SAY ROSÉ ROSÉ

ASHLEY’S TIP

Rosé Punch SERVES 8 –10

This grapefruit and strawberry concoction for a crowd is bright and refreshing. Cocchi Americano, an aperitif wine with something called quinine thats gives classic tonic water its flavor, adds a lot of layers to the drink.

Serve this pretty punch in your favorite punch bowl and let your guests serve themselves while you entertain.

With jewel-like garnishes, it becomes a statement piece served on a bar cart, buffet, or table.

6 oz 6 4½ 4½ 750 6 6

Cocchi Americano strawberries oz lemon juice oz simple syrup ml bottle rosé oz grapefruit juice oz grapefruit soda

Edible gold is sold in sheets online or at baking/pastry supply stores. It’s delicate and clings to moisture. Use a clean, dry paint brush to transfer the sheets to the glass for an easy way to make drinks at your party shine.

GARNISH

½ grapefruit sliced 1 lemon sliced 4 strawberries sliced handful of fresh mint leaves handful of edible flowers

Add the Cocchi, 6 strawberries, lemon juice, and simple syrup into a shaker. Muddle then shake with ice. Double strain the muddled mixture into a punch bowl with ice. Add the rosé, grapefruit juice, and grapefruit soda to the bowl and stir.

Garnish with the fresh fruit slices, mint, and edible flowers.

Serve with a ladle into punch cups.

11

CELE ROSÉ

CELEBRATE ROSÉ

16

111

112

FOOD + DRINK

C O C K TA I L S

The Complete Cocktail Manual THE COMPLETE

COCKTAIL MANUAL UNITED STATES BARTENDERS’ GUILD

Lou Bustamante

cockta l THE COMPLETE

MANUAL

285 T ips, Tricks & Recipes

L O U B U S TA M A N T E

VIVA MEZCAL

e at s. d s. h e

◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ Mixing, Sipping & Other Adventures with Mexico’s Original Handcrafted Spirit

o w er e st d al

Lindsey Moore & Jennifer Boudinot

Bartenders from around the world share their top techniques, tips, and recipes in this guide to everything cocktail. Hundreds of recipes are complemented by advice on glassware, ice, bar tools, and presentation. From the perfect martini to the latest concoction, this is the book every home mixologist must read.

256 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/2 inches 45,000 words 100 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Viva Mezcal Lindsey Moore & Jennifer Boudinot Made from agave, but so much more than tequila, mezcal’s smoky flavor and smooth finish—as well as its artisanal background—is the new “spirit du jour.” This book presents 50 cocktail recipes with delicious, versatile mezcal, containing information about how it’s made by Oaxacan families, and includes tasting notes on almost every brand available.

160 pages 146 x 197 mm • 5 3/4 x 7 3/4 inches 17,000 words 50 recipes 50 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

Cocktails Various Authors

CO CK TA I L S

Classic cocktails get a modern update with an infusion of fresh flavors and ingredients. From a Blood Orange Cosmopolitan to Rosemary-Ginger Mojito, or Pomegranate Martini to Caramel Irish Coffee, find inspiration in the contents of every glass.

COCKTAILS RECIPES & TIPS FOR THE HOME BAR

96 pages 197 x 216 mm • 73/4 x 81/2 inches 14,000 words 68 recipes 40 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Currently available

C O C K TA I L S

FOOD + DRINK

Mocktails

Not partaking in libations of the alcoholic variety?

No need for you to fall by the wayside—you too can have a fancy drink in hand that would rival any cocktail. You will find over 80 recipes in this book that will do everything from quenching your thirst on hot summer days to warming you from the inside out on cold winter days. Whatever your fancy, here you will find creative new takes on mocktails as well as a couple of nonalcoholic versions of classic cocktails.

I S B N 978-1-68188-435-6

US $22.99 CAN $32.00 ISBN : 978-1-68188-435-6

9

781681 884356

192 pages 185 x 238 mm • 71/4 x 91/4 inches 10,500 words 80+ recipes 500+ photographs Hardcover Rights: North America Currently available

NONALCOHOLIC COCKTAILS WITH TASTE AND STYLE

MOCKTAILS

A collection of more than 80 chic and colorful drinks as visually appealing and flavorful as cocktails—but without the booze. From citrusy concoctions to seasonal specialties, these inventive mocktails mix fresh fruits, herbs, spices, syrups—fresh ingredients and bright flavors like ginger, citrus, turmeric, berries, hibiscus, persimmon, coconut, mint, and matcha—and span refreshing options from coolers, spritzes, and juices to warming punches, toddies, and teas.

CAR O L INE H WANG

Caroline Hwang

CAROLINE HWANG PHOTOGRAPHY BEATRIZ DA COSTA

Cocktails: The New Classics Frédéric Le Bordays From Prohibition to the present day, several distinct cocktail eras have been enriched by the expertise of the greatest bartenders. Whether shaken or stirred, on the rocks or neat, you’ll find your drink of choice here, and at least a few new favorites.

144 pages 191 x 267 mm • 7 1/2 x 10 1/2 inches 45,000 words 60 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: World English Currently available JESSIE KANELOS WEINER

Punches & Infused Rums Jessie Kanelos Weiner PUNCHES

Find a refreshing punch for any occasion—plus snacks to serve alongside—in this stunning illustrated cookbook featuring a mix of spirits combined with fresh, flavorful ingredients.

& INFUSED RUMS

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-184-3 ISBNISBN 10: 978-1-68188-192-8 1-68188-184-5

9 7 8168 1 8819 28 $18.95 US/$25.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

72 pages 290 x 290 mm • 8 1/4 x 8 1/4 inches 4,000 words 35 recipes 40 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: World English Currently available

JESSIE KANELOS WEINER

PUNCHES & Infused Rums

113

114

FOOD + DRINK

BACKLIST

Editors of Saveur

224 pages 218 x 241 mm • 8 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 50,000 words 114 recipes 85 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

224 pages 218 x 241 mm • 8 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 50,000 words 105 recipes 85 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Celebrating a diverse, delicious, and

wildly popular culinary tradition,

S AV EU R Italian Comfort Food presents

over 100 recipes for simple, f lavorful, no-fuss, authentic food. You’ll find fresh takes on classic dishes along with a wealth of new ideas for every course

of the meal in this essential cookbook.

ITALIAN

From the editors of America’s critically

acclaimed food magazine, SAVEUR Soups

and Stews features more than 100 inspired recipes from around the world.

In this essential cookbook, you’ll discover

how this classic pair of comfort food

COMFORT FOOD

staples showcases seasonal ingredients,

authentic f lavors, and regional cuisines.

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-964-5 ISBN 10:978-1-61628-964-5 1-61628-964-3 ISBN

9 7 8161 6 2896 45

US $35.00 / CAN $45.00

9 7 8161 6 2896 52

Best Cookies

COOKBOOK 1,000 RECIPES+ EXPERT ADVICE, TIPS & TALES

Editors of Saveur

112 pages 185 x 237 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 12,000 words 50 recipes 54 photographs Paperback with flaps Rights: Worldwide

James Oseland is the editor-inchief of sav eur . Under his stewardship, the magazine has won more than 30 major awards, including eight James Beard Foundation Awards for journalism and two awards from the American Society of Magazine Editors. He is the author of the James Beard Foundation Award–winning cookbook Cradle of Flavor: Home Cooking from the Spice Islands of Indonesia, Malaysia, and Singapore, which was named one of the best books of the year by Time Asia, The New York Times, Good Morning America, and others.

Oseland is also a featured judge on the Bravo television show Top Chef Masters.

Best Cookies Best Cookies

The New

Since its founding in 1994, saveur magazine has provided vivid and unprecedented access to the world’s cuisines, telling the stories of authentic meals and the cooks behind them through impeccable photography, faithfully reproduced recipes, and expertly crafted articles from the most celebrated food writers. saveur ’s editors are passionate about the stories behind the meals, be they classic dishes known to all, or obscure traditions worth sharing with the world.

They understand that each ingredient, each person, each meal, has undergone a special journey, and this knowledge is at the root of every article and image in saveur . Cherished by travel enthusiasts, home cooks, professional chefs, and culinary adventurers alike, saveur is for people who experience the world food-first, whether they’re slurping noodles from a street cart in Vietnam or savoring a three-star meal in Paris. Honoring both the humble and the elevated, every issue of saveur is a celebration of real food made by real people. For more information, visit www.saveur.com.

by t h e e d i t o r s o f s av e u r m ag a z i n e

Editors of Saveur

112 pages 185 x 237 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 11,000 words 30 recipes 50 photographs Paperback with flaps Rights: Worldwide

James Oseland is the editor-inchief of sav eur . Under his stewardship, the magazine has won more than 30 major awards, including eight James Beard Foundation Awards for journalism and two awards from the American Society of Magazine Editors. He is the author of the James Beard Foundation Award–winning cookbook Cradle of Flavor: Home Cooking from the Spice Islands of Indonesia, Malaysia, and Singapore, which was named one of the best books of the year by Time Asia, The New York Times, Good Morning America, and others.

Oseland is also a featured judge on the Bravo television show Top Chef Masters.

Editors of Saveur

The Way We Cook Editors of Saveur 272 pages 241 x 254 mm • 9 1/2 x 10 in 18,000 words • 250 recipes 220 photographs • Hardcover/Jacket Rights: Worldwide

The World Kitchen

Various Authors

Rick Rodgers

384 pages 236 x 292 mm • 9 1/4 x 11 1/2 in 115,000 words 225 recipes • 800 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

A Taste of the World

Yemek Various Authors 160 pages 218 x 241 mm • 8 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 30,000 words 65 recipes 75 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: World English

$16.95 US/$18.95 CAN

Here is the cookbook for every home cook who craves classic Italian fare but is often pressed for time. Assembled by the editors of saveur, one of America’s most critically acclaimed culinary magazines, Easy Italian features 30 authentic, quick-to-prepare recipes guaranteed to please everyone who enjoys this much-admired cuisine.

Selected with both heritage and regional diversity in mind, the recipes range from the risotto and polenta of the north, the focaccia of Liguria, and the bread and tomato salad of Tuscany, to the spaghetti carbonara of Rome and the sweet and sour eggplant of the south. You will also read the stories behind these iconic dishes—stories that celebrate both the places where they are eaten and the cooks who make them.

Special features on red and white Italian wines will guide you as you select the perfect bottle to uncork for your meal, plus each recipe includes a helpful cooking or pairing note. A detailed section—both text and photographs—on the Italian pantry will ensure that you have everything you need on hand, from cavatelli, olives, and Parmigiano-Reggiano to anchovies, balsamic vinegar, and cannellini beans.

Lavish color photographs of people, places, and foods bring this wildly popular cuisine to life. With Easy Italian on your kitchen shelf, you will always be ready to put the simple, traditional, tasty dishes of Italy on your dinner table.

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-496-1 ISBN ISBN 10: 1-61628-496-X 1-61628-496-X

256 pages 220 x 242 mm • 8 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 50,000 words • 100 recipes 190 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

304 pages 210 x 260 mm • 8 1/4 x 10 1/4 in 90,000 words 150+ recipes 200+ photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

30 Classic Recipes

From the editors of America’s favorite culinary magazine, Easy Italian features 30 authentic, from-the-source recipes for Italian classics, from pesto focaccia and minestrone to tagliatelle with bolognese sauce, eggplant parmesan, and zabaglione. With an emphasis on heritage and tradition, this collection celebrates the people and the stories behind the cuisine and is a handy guide for home cooks looking for international inspiration in the kitchen.

9 781616 284961

The New Comfort Food

Easy Italian Easy Italian

Since its founding in 1994, saveur magazine has provided vivid and unprecedented access to the world’s cuisines, telling the stories of authentic meals and the cooks behind them through impeccable photography, faithfully reproduced recipes, and expertly crafted articles from the world’s most celebrated food writers. saveur ’s editors are passionate about the stories behind the meals, be they classic dishes known to all, or obscure traditions worth sharing with the world. They understand that each ingredient, each person, each meal, has undergone a special journey, and this knowledge is at the root of every article and image in saveur . Cherished by travel enthusiasts, home cooks, professional chefs, and culinary adventurers alike, saveur is for people who experience the world food-first, whether they’re slurping noodles from a street cart in Vietnam or savoring a three-star meal in Paris. Honoring both the humble and the elevated, every issue of saveur is a celebration of real food made by real people. For more information, visit www.saveur.com.

Assembled by the editors of America’s most critically acclaimed culinary magazine, this iconic collection ranges from homey favorites like rich, buttery pecan squares to elegant classics such as chocolate-dipped pistachio Florentines.

You’ll find hallmarks culled from different cuisines, like butter cookies from France, anisestudded biscotti from Italy, gingery biscuits from the Netherlands, nut-filled wafers from Norway, dulche de leche sandwich cookies from Argentina, spicy chocolate icebox cookies from Mexico, and snickerdoodles from America. All of the recipes call for common ingredients and straightforward techniques. With saveur ’s signature style, Best Cookies also shares the cultures and environments in which these confections are made, and the stories behind them. Packed with colorful photography, this book is sure to satisfy the cravings of cookie lovers everywhere.

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-603-3 ISBN ISBN 10: 1-61628-603-2 1-61628-603-2

Easy Italian

Easy Mexican

50 Classic Recipes

$16.95 US/$18.95 CAN

With 50 delicious recipes from around the world for authentic, quick, and easy baked delights, Best Cookies celebrates the ultimate homemade treat—and is guaranteed to please.

From the editors of America’s favorite culinary magazine, Best Cookies showcases 50 recipes for iconic baked delights from around the world such as French butter cookies, Swedish-style Christmas cookies, and Baci di Dama from Italy, plus go-to favorites like gingersnaps and thin, chewy chocolate chip cookies. Perfect for holiday sharing as well as everyday snacks and desserts, these treats are guaranteed to please cookie lovers everywhere.

9 7 8161 6 2860 33

112 pages 185 x 237 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 12,000 words 37 recipes 54 photographs Paperback with flaps Rights: Worldwide

AND STEWS

THE EDITORS OF SAVEUR

US $35.00 / CAN $45.00

Editors of Saveur

Editors of Saveur

SOUPS

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-965-2 ISBN 10:978-1-61628-965-2 1-61628-965-1 ISBN

THE EDITORS OF SAVEUR

The New Classics Cookbook 624 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 in 400,000 words 1,000 recipes 200 photographs and illustrations Hardcover, with cloth spine Rights: Worldwide

SOUPS AND STEWS

Soups and Stews

Editors of Saveur ITALIAN COMFORT FOOD

Italian Comfort Food

by t h e e d i t o r s o f s av e u r m ag a z i n e

BACKLIST

Kaukasis Olia Hercules A COOKBOOK

Olia Hercules

A COOKBOOK

240 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 100 recipes 175 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

OLIA HERCULES

Recipes from Ukraine & Eastern Europe

OLIA HERCULES

A culinary journey through Georgia, Azerbaijan & beyond

Mamushka

A celebration of the food and flavors of the wild East – from the Black Sea and Baku to Armenia and Azerbaijan – with more than 100 recipes for fresh, delicious, and unexpected dishes from across the region

240 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 100 recipes 175 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America 978-161628961-4 USISBN $35.00 CAN $45.00

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-961-4 ISBN 10: 1-61628-961-9

FOOD + DRINK

Recipes from Ukraine & Eastern Europe

9 781616 289614

My Thai Cookbook

My Indian Cookbook

Tome Kime

Amandip Uppal

256 pages 185 x 270 mm • 73/4 x 101/2 in 45,000 words 130 recipes 120 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

256 pages 185 x 270 mm • 71/4 x 10 1/2 in 45,000 words 130 recipes 120 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

With her simple, fresh approach, Amandip Uppal shows how to bring beloved Indian dishes into your own kitchen – and how to add a new dimension of flavor into all your cooking with the bold and clever use of interesting spices.

AMANDIP UPPAL

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-114-0 ISBN 1-68188-114-4 ISBN10: 978-1-68188-114-0

TOM KIME

9 7 8168 1 8811 40

AMANDIP UPPAL

$32.50 US / $39.00 CAN

Our Korean Kitchen

Malaysia

Jordan Bourke & Rejina Pyo

Ping Coombes

272 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 52,000 words 100 recipes 135 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

248 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 45,000 words 100 recipes 95 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

Feasts

Creole Kitchen

Sabrina Ghayour

“This book has a marvelous fruity drinks section and bountiful dishes exemplifying the beauty of the French Caribbean.” - Guardian COOK

“On a sunny day, wash the coconut milk red snapper and delicious crab matété down with a pineapple punch and imagine you’re on holiday.”

- Stylist magazine Drawing inspiration from her childhood kitchen, Vanessa Bolosier is on a mission to spread the love, sunshine, and laughter that Caribbean Creole cuisine offers.

Creole food is one of the first fusion foods, drawing on influences from years of trading history and the mix of cultures on Vanessa’s home islands of Guadeloupe and Martinique. This colorful book features 100 exciting and traditional recipes, with plenty of delicious rum-laced cocktails to wash them down.

Creole Kitchen

240 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 40,000 words 95 recipes 120 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

Vanessa Bolosier

Vanessa Bolosier

240 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 45,000 words 100 recipes 85 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

Vanessa Bolosier

Sunshine Flavors from the Caribbean

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-052-5 ISBN 10: 1-68188-052-0

$35.00 US /$45.00 CAN www.weldonowen.com

31.5mm

The South of France Cookbook “Good food is the foundation of genuine happiness”

256 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 115 recipes 125 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America AUGUSTE ESCOFFIER

The cooking of France is the best in the world.

In the French kitchen, there is a wonderful respect for food; it is something to be savored, enjoyed, and shared.

Michel Roux Jr.’s stunning cookbook reveals the culinary alchemy of French food—ingredients sing and our hearts sing with them.

MICHEL ROUX JR. is one of the most popular and acclaimed chefs specializing in classic French cuisine with a lighter, modern twist. He honed his skills working for chefs in Paris and Lyon, including a Commis de Cuisine apprenticeship with Alain Chapel. He has run the world-famous, Michelin-starred restaurant Le Gavroche in London since 1991. Michel has appeared as an expert judge on the BBC’s MasterChef: The Professionals.

T H E F R E N C H K I TC H E N

Nina Parker

The French Kitchen MICHEL ROUX JR.

Michel Roux Jr.

200 Recipes from the M AST E R O F FRENCH C O O K IN G

352 pages 189 x 246 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 200 recipes 140 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

TH E F R EN C H KITC H EN M I CHEL RO UX JR.

ISBN 13: 978-168188060-0 ISBN 10: 168188060-1

SKU # 1 4 6 3 9 8 8

1463988 1463988

The French Kitchen

French Kitchen full cover_06rlm.indd 1

$40.00 US / $48.00 CAN

10/7/15 11:23 AM

115

BACKLIST

Eat! The Quick-Look Cookbook

Bake! The Quick-Look Cookbook

Gabriela Scolik The Show Me team

Gabriela Scolik The Show Me

CHUCK WILLIAMS

COOKBOOK

COOKBOOK

shelly kaldunski

It all looks so delicious!

THE QUICK-LOOK COOKBOOK

256 pages 222 x 225 mm • 8 3/4 x 8 3/4 in 25,000 words 4,000 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide Want to grill the perfect steak? Roll up the freshest possible sushi? Figure out which

wine to serve with dinner? Maybe mix up a

masterful martini while effortlessly opening a pomegranate? Look no further. This book illustrates over 400 food and drink recipes and expert kitchen tips and techniques with simple, step-by-step pictures that make cooking not just fun and easy, but beautiful as well.

Bon appétit!

US $25.00 CAN $30.00

Eat! The

QUICK-LOOK

COOKBOOK

ISBN 1-61628-874-4

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-874-7 ISBN 10: 1-61628-874-4

R T H D AY

Cooking At Home fits in perfectly with Chuck Williams’ lifelong mission of encouraging people to explore the world of cooking. It is a painstakingly thorough aid that has something to offer everyone, from the culinary novice to the seasoned home cook.

—TOM COLICCHIO, Chef/Owner, Colicchio & Sons and Craft Restaurants

ISBN 978-161628962-1

ISBN-13: 978-1-61628-962-1 ISBN-10: 1-61628-962-7

CHUCK WILLIAMS

na 9 781616 289621

I

• L

—THOMAS KELLER, The French Laundry

S’ 100

TH

100

IM

YEARS

ITE

R T H D AY

For over fifty years, Chuck Williams has had a profound impact on American cuisine. By introducing everything from the basic to the most sophisticated kitchen tools and equipment for the home, he has elevated the knowledge and repertoire of cooks everywhere. Cooking At Home is a compilation of his favorite recipes spanning decades. These dishes are classics in their own right.

IAM

BI

GARTEN, Barefoot Contessa Cookbooks

Cooking at Home

— INA

LL

CHUCK W

I

• L

IO

664 pages 197 x 254 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 in 400,000 words 1,000 recipes 50 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

There’s almost no one I admire more than Chuck Williams. He followed his passion for cooking and collected the best equipment for the rest of us.

This, his biggest and best cookbook yet, is filled with easy, scrumptious recipes that I can’t wait to make!

Editors of Williams-Sonoma

BI

CHUCK W

Cook Like a Pro

TH

D EDIT

GABRIELA SCOLIK + TEAM / NO.PARKING

9 7 8161 6 2893 55

US $40.00 CAN $49.95

•

S’ 100

US $25.00 CAN $30.00

N

IAM

YEARS

ITE

•

LL

GABRIELA SCOLIK + TEAM / NO.PARKING

Chuck Williams100 IM

256 pages 222 x 225 mm • 8 3/4 x 8 3/4 in 25,000 words 4,000 illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-935-5 ISBN 978-161628935-5 ISBN 10: 1-61628-935-X

9 7 8161 6 2887 47

Cooking at Home

Eat!

The

QUICK-LOOK

COOKBOOK

GABRIELA SCOLIK + TEAM / NO.PARKING

Eat!

WILLIAMS

assion for good food led Chuck Williams to open the ms-Sonoma store in the California wine country town in 1956. Since then, he has devoted much of his time ging people to explore the world of cooking. Over the s steadily sought out new techniques, equipment, ents to feature in his stores, catalog, and cookbooks, ssion of spreading the pleasures of cooking at home. than 250 Williams-Sonoma stores are open across States, and Chuck is widely recognized as a pioneer tionized cooking in America.

FOOD + DRINK

N

116

D EDIT

IO

For over 50 years, Williams-Sonoma has connected and inspired home cooks with the best cooking equipment and kitchen-tested recipes. Now, Cooking at Home celebrates that legacy with more than 1,000 favorite recipes culled from its award-winning cookbook library. But more than just a recipe collection, this book also features a wealth of informative tips, techniques, and cooking know-how, making it the essential kitchen companion for anyone who loves to cook and wants to learn more.

368 pages 200 x 255 mm • 8 x 10 in 100,000 words 350 techniques and recipes 1,500 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

The simple, straightforward recipes are the culmination of years of experience, bringing together both timeless classics and delicious new flavors. With every mouthwatering dish, Cooking at Home remains loyal to the philosophy that the best food is simply prepared, uses a minimum number of highquality ingredients, and employs sound cooking techniques.

Cooking at Home

Each chapter opens with the basics, presenting everything you need to know about the subject at hand. The recipe pages are packed with engaging side notes that provide countless tips, tricks, and variations, offering help along the way, from mending hollandaise sauce, to making fresh bread crumbs, to rolling out homemade pasta dough, to measuring and substituting ingredients with confidence and ease. Essential kitchen wisdom is imparted through charts, glossaries, and sidebars providing assistance and information where it is needed most, and answering questions at every step.

Easy to use and sure to delight everyone who loves creating fantastic meals, Cooking at Home is the ultimate authoritative source you’ll find yourself reaching for again and again.

More than 1,000 classic and modern recipes for every meal of the day

Cooking Essentials

Cook’s Wisdom

Rick Rodgers

Sarah Clegg

304 pages 210 x 260 mm • 8 1/4 x 10 1/4 in 90,000 words 150+ recipes 200+ photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

480 pages 160 x 230 mm • 6 1/4 x 9 in 200,000 words 800 illustrations Paperback Rights: Worldwide

COOKING ESSENTIALS GETTING THE MOST OUT OF YOUR

STOVE TOP OVEN & GRILL

Kitchenalia What the Fat?

208 pages 193 x 235 mm • 7 1/2 x 91/4 in 20,000 words 100 illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

Grant Schofield, Caryn Zinn & Craig Rodger

WTF?

Alan Snow

Dr Caryn Zinn

T H E DIE TI TIA N

Craig Rodger

TH E C H E F

whatthefatbook.com

T H E PR OF E SS O R

It’s time to flip the pyramid and break free of the fat phobia. This book is more than just a diet plan or a cookbook – written by the , the Dietitian & the – it’s a new way of eating that will change your life. .

Grant Schofield

248 pages 170 x 230 mm • 6 3/4 x 9 in 40,000 words 65 recipes Fat Professor Whole-food Michelin-trained Chef good 75Forphotographs Flexicover Rights: North America

FAT’S IN, SUGAR’S OUT

How to live the ultimate Low-Carb, HEALTHY-Fat lifestyle

What the Fat?

THE PRO FESSO R

THE DI ETI TI A N

THE CHEF

Grant Schofield

Dr Caryn Zinn

Craig Rodger

Foreword Professor Tim Noakes

Introduction Pete Evans

BACKLIST

Weeknight Series

US $24.95

as cooking with mushrooms for meaty flavor, adding

cooking, Ivy guides you through a new way to approach

fresh+ fast

“With this book as your guide, I hope you will

vegetarian cooking.

find just how easy it is to put a meat-free

Within the chapters of this book, you’ll find recipes

dinner on the table, even on the busiest nights.

for pizzas, soups, and pastas for each season. Also sprinkled throughout are stir-fries, sandwiches, egg dishes, savory tarts, casseroles, curries, and much more.

Clever time-saving tips, such as peeling a squash by loosening the skins for 15 seconds in a microwave and

Let this book inspire you to eat less meat,

simple, healthy meals for every night of the week

Various Authors

weeknight

miso paste for umami, and incorporating different proteins, like haloumi cheese and seitan, into her

CAN $28.95

weeknight

Featuring inventive ways to create bold flavors, such

190–240 pages 212 x 254 mm • 8 1/2 x 10 in 55,000 words 80 recipes 85 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

enjoy a wider variety of vegetables, and enjoy cooking any night of the week.”

–Ivy Manning

warding off colds by incorporating fermented foods into your winter diet, make this book a resource for both time- and health-conscious vegetarians.

Each chapter features tips for rounding out a meal

Includes 80 quick and enticing vegetarian meals for any day of the year

and customizing recipes. Expert advice on seasonal food shopping and stocking your pantry and refrigerator will help you create a vegetarian kitchen with ease. With this resourceful and inspiring guide in your hands, you’ll be well on your way to creating enticing vegetarian meals every night, no matter what

When Ivy Manning married her vegetarian husband, she had to revisit her approach to dinnertime, which once included meat. It didn’t take long for her to discover that the combination of seasonal vegetables, meatless proteins, and umami-rich seasonings resulted in meals that were just as satisfying, and

your schedule.

often healthier, than her previous way of cooking.

+

Recipes to inspire new and long-time vegetarians alike, as well as those looking for new ideas for meatless mealtime

+

Learn how to utilize new proteins and seasoning agents for flavor-rich meals that satisfy a crowd

+

Tips on stocking the pantry and refrigerator, cooking seasonally, and more

Ivy Manning is an author, recipe developer, and cooking instructor. She is a regular contributor to Cooking Light, Fine Cooking, and the Oregonian. When not in the kitchen, she’s digging in the dirt of her vegetable garden. Ivy lives in Portland, Oregon, with her husband and their retired racing greyhound, Mini.

Kimberley Hasselbrink is a freelance food and travel

In Weeknight Vegetarian, Ivy offers 80 of her favorite weeknight-friendly vegetarian recipes, ranging from American classics to dishes inspired by her travels abroad, as well as by the products in her local farmers’ market.

Ivy’s approach for seamless vegetarian cooking on a weeknight schedule is simple: take inspiration from the season’s produce and have a well-stocked pantry at hand. Influenced by both international and

Ivy Manning

photographer based in San Francisco. When she’s not blogging at theyearinfood.com, she likes to spend her time hiking, adventuring through the west, and eating oysters. Kimberley has worked with Williams-Sonoma, Bon Appétit and Kinfolk magazines, epicurious.com, California Olive Ranch, and other clients. Her first cookbook, Vibrant Food, was released in 2014.

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-815-0 ISBN 10:1-61628-815-9 1-61628-815-9 ISBN

FOOD + DRINK

regional flavors, Ivy offers delicious and easy combinations, such as a fluffy egg frittata filled with zucchini, poblano chiles, and goat cheese; or quinoa spaghetti tossed with broccoli rabe, feta cheese, and fresh mint. A leek and artichoke pizza celebrates the spring harvest, while a celery root soup with truffle oil is warming on a winter’s night. No one will miss meat with recipes like stuffed Greek portobello

Printed in China www.weldonowen.com

burgers and lemongrass-scented tofu báhn mì.

9 7 8161 6Kidd 2881 50 Kristine

Eat Well Series

Almost Almo

Various Authors

Eat Well Live Well

Wholefood recipes by color for a full spectrum of nutritional benefits

THE GUT

COMPLETE

HEALTH COOKBOOK E • 6-STE P GUID FOR GETTI NG T YOUR GUT RIGH ES • 100+ RECIP TH FOR GUT HEAL • 5-WEE K MEAL PLAN

Everything you need to know about the gut and how to improve yours

PETE EVANS with HELEN PADARIN

Nutritionist, naturopath, gut health expert

the

superfoods cookbook More than 80 delicious recipes using nature’s healthiest foods

240 pages 211 x 261 mm • 81/4 x 10 1/4 in 30,000 words 100 recipes 110 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

The Complete Gut Health Cookbook

Urban Remedy

Pete Evans

176 pages 197 x 256 mm • 73/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 75 recipes 60 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

344 pages 190 x 248 mm • 71/2 x 93/4 in 50,000 words 110 recipes 85 photographs Flexibound Rights: North America

The Superfoods Cookbook

Neka Pasquale

Healthy in a Hurry

Dana Jacobi

Karen Ansel, MS, RD & Charity Ferreira

224 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 80 recipes 100 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

224 pages 216 x 254 mm • 8 1/2 x 10 in 42,000 words 100 recipes 80 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

Dana Jacobi

Cooking from the Farmers’ Market

farmers ’ market cooking from the

Shop Cook & Eat

Jodi Liano 272 pages 216 x 254 mm • 8 1/2 x 10 in 55,000 words 245 recipes 135 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Kitchen Garden Cookbook Jeanne Kelley 224 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 100+ recipes 80+ photographs Paperback with flaps Rights: Worldwide

117

118

FOOD + DRINK

BACKLIST

Sussman Brothers Series

MAX + ELI SUSSMAN

Max Sussman has been cooking professionally for more than a decade. Most recently, he was executive chef at the neighborhood favorite, The Cleveland, in Manhattan.

He was chef de cuisine at Roberta’s, when the famed Brooklyn restaurant received two stars from the New York Times, and has also worked at Manhattan’s Michelin-starred Breslin Bar & Dining Room. In 2012, Max was a James Beard Awards semifinalist for Rising Star Chef of the Year and was named both a Zagat New York City and a Forbes 30 under 30.

How did we plant the Sussman flag atop this Mount Everest of cookbook challenges? First, we crowdsourced our friends for their favorite foods growing up. Next, we time traveled back to our own youth in Detroit, where our parents ignited our fire for cooking, and then mashed up everything we discovered into all-new classics. We also flew (in our minds, due to budget limitations) around the world in search of traditional recipes to update, rejiggered TV dinners into tasty made-from-scratch meals, and transformed desserts and breakfast dishes that sound familiar on paper into fresh experiences on your palate. Finally, we revisited some old-school fare, like chicken soup, fondue, and game-day dips.

The Sussman brothers have worked their culinary magic to reimagine dozens of familiar recipes. Childhood plates have been revamped with adult tastes in mind. Iconic French dishes boast easier techniques and new flavors. T V dinners are now cooked-from-scratch meals. And both traditional desserts and international favorites have been deliciously updated. Everything old is new again—tastier, bolder, and better.

Welcome to the new classics.

With recipes so deliciously awesome, your life will change forever

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-812-9 ISBN ISBN 10: 1-61628-812-4 1-61628-812-4

“This is the best cookbook ever.”

MAX

+ ELI SUSSMAN

+ ELI SUSSMAN

Erin Kunkel is an award-winning food and lifestyle photographer who works around the world and calls the foggy outerlands of San Francisco home. When she’s not behind the camera, she can be found gardening, cooking, and dreaming of warm water surf spots.

160 pages 200 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 32,000 words 75 recipes 100 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Just past this flap copy, the fun begins. We’ve redefined the classics. That’s right, we took familiar recipes from our childhood, your childhood, the French canon, kitchens around the world, and more and reworked them for modern times.

MAX

Eli Sussman is the executive chef of Mile End Deli, in Manhattan and Brooklyn, which has been featured on several “best of” lists, including Time Out New York, GQ, and the Village Voice. In 2014, he was a James Beard Awards semifinalist for Rising Star Chef of the Year, and in 2012, he was selected as one of Zagat New York City’s 30 under 30. He is a contributing editor to Saveur magazine and is on the New York City board of Taste of the Nation, an annual event that benefits the national childhood hunger–fighting charity Share Our Strength.

Best

Do you have problems in your life and want to make them disappear?

Cooking has been shown to be therapeutic, healthful, and capable of solving literally any issue related to mind, body, and soul. This collection of the world’s best recipes has been designed

by Max and Eli to ensure a success rate of 110 percent + infinity in all areas of life. Guaranteed!

Max & Eli Sussman

All of the dishes here, and the great photographs that show them off, are brand-spanking new. And like a culinary King Tut, this priceless treasure trove of recipes will amaze generations forever.

9 7 8161 6 2881 29

$25.00 US/$27.00 CAN www.weldonowen.com

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-901-0 ISBN ISBN 10: 1-61628-901-5 1-61628-901-5

SKU #7102895

SKU #5382296

7102895 7102895

Classic Recipes for Modern People

9 7 8161 6 2890 10

5382296

5382296 Best Cookbook Ever

$25.00 US / $27.00 CAN www.weldonowen.com

The New Kosher Kim Kushner Drawing on her family’s rich culinary traditions and her own easygoing style, Kim Kushner

200 pages 216 x 273 mm • 81/2 x 10 1/2 in 40,000 words 100 recipes 70 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide creates extraordinary food that she generously

loves to cook nourishing meals for family and friends. Her fantastic recipes, which marry

appealing flavors, wholesome ingredients, and a modern sensibility, will provide inspiration for every day menus and celebratory occasions.

Simple Recipes to Savor & Share

9 781 616 28 9263

sorella

Emma Hearst

sorella& Sarah Krathen Sorella is one of those restaurants that I find myself going back to over and over again. It’s a place with an allure you can feel,

one where that balance between kitchen and dining room gives you the sense that what you’re experiencing has been created

not by colleagues but by good friends. This cookbook tells that

story, one about a special restaurant, its outrageously delicious

food, and the gracious hospitality with which it’s presented. And it shows us that even the simplest meal, if prepared and served genuinely, can become an exceptional, memorable experience.

sorella Recipes, cocktails & tRue stoRies fRom ouR New YoRk RestauRaNt

— Will Guidara, Eleven Madison Park & The NoMad

Sorella showcases the seductive and passionate story about

food, fun and friendship between Emma and Sarah. It’s spicy,

— Daniel Boulud, Chef & Restauranteur

emma hearst & sarah krathen

sexy and sumptuous and delicious.

336 pages 245 x 290 mm • 9 1/2 x 11 in 110,000 words 80 recipes 195 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Antipasti

Sorella

240 pages 200 x 270 mm • 8 x 10 1/2 in 70,000 words 100+ recipes 200 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Bryan & Michael Voltaggio

KIM KUSHNER

$35.00 US/$39.99 CAN www.weldonowen.com

Recipes, cocktails & tRue stoRies fRom ouR New YoRk RestauRaNt

kosher

KIM KUSHNER

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-926-3 ISBN ISBN 10:1-61628-926-0 1-61628-926-0

the new kosher

shares as a teacher and as a mother who

VOLT ink.

the new

“There’s so much more to kosher food than pastrami

and knishes. It’s time to redefine kosher to mean fresh,

seasonal, beautiful, flavorful, and delicious.” —Kim Kushner

Chris Cosentino 192 pages 185 x 247 mm • 7 1/4 x 9 3/4 in 45,000 words 60 recipes 80 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-716-0 ISBN 10: 1-61628-716-0

SKU #3406212

emma hearst & sarah krathen

3406212 Sorella

$35.00 US / $40.00 CAN www.weldonowen.com

Mix Shake Stir Various Authors 224 pages 229 x 229 mm • 9 x 9 in 23,000 words 140 recipes 175 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

Entertaining 320 pages 235 x 255 mm • 9 1/4 x 10 in 70,000 words 140 recipes 170 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

176 pages 210 x 235 mm • 8 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 40,000 words 110 recipes 65 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

112 pages 197 x 254 mm • 8 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 27,000 words 80 recipes 50 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide Create the most memorable and inspired feast with this solution-oriented

book. In these pages, you’ll

find over 80 recipes—from drinks and appetizers, to

main dishes, sides, stuffings, gravies, and desserts—

including traditional and contemporary favorites.

Discover tips for organizing the meal, working with turkey, choosing wine

pairings, creating menus,

and more in this complete guide to Thanksgiving.

The Best of

THANKSGIVING The Best of THANKSGIVING

Brigit Binns

The Best of Thanksgiving

Let’s Do Brunch

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-970-6 ISBN10: 978-161628970-6 ISBN 1-61628-970-8

SKU #143128

9 7 8161 6 2897 06

$24.95 US / $28.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

143128

143128

The Best of Thanksgiving

RECIPES AND INSPIRATION FOR A FESTIVE HOLIDAY MEAL

BACKLIST

Two in the Kitchen

Cooking Together

Christine Dufault & Jordan Mackay

Gayle Pirie & John Clark 256 pages 200 x 255 mm • 8 x 10 in 70,000 words 150 recipes 175 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

256 pages 216 x 254 mm • 81/2 x 10 in 72,000 words 150 recipes 150 photographs Hardcover with cloth spine Rights: Worldwide

It’s a Pleasure

Naked Cakes is a journalist, stylist, photographer, and awardwinning food blogger. Her website, Vanelja (vanelja.com), features healthy treats and pure pleasures.

Virpi Mikkonen

VIRPI MIKKONEN

Lyndel Miller

will transform the way you think about sweets. For starters, “baked goods” don’t need to be baked—and you can make an amazing range of delicious cakes, pies, candies, ice creams, and cookies without a teaspoon of wheat flour or a sprinkle of white sugar. Finnish author Virpi Mikkonen’s secret is less what she leaves out of her desserts and more about the innovative array of wholesome and flavorful ingredients she includes, from coconut milk to almond flour to puréed dates and figs.

IT’S A PLEASURE

V I R P I M I K KO N E N

IT’S A PLEASURE S W E E T T R E AT S W I T H O U T G L U T E N,

V I R P I M I K KO N E N

272 pages 222 x 254 mm • 8 3/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 75 recipes 80 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: North America

D A I RY, A N D R E F I N E D S U G A R

IT’S A P L E A S U R E

Born out of a desire to offer herself treats that left her feeling light, healthy, and satisfied, Virpi has experimented, tinkered, and tastetested her way to a glorious array of yummy desserts minus gluten, refined sugar, and dairy (if you like). Most are entirely plant based, many are prepared in the freezer rather than the oven, and all are surprisingly simple and fun to make. Once you try her (raw!) Blueberry Dream Cake, Peanut Toffee Chocolates, or Cardamom Vanilla Donuts, you may never look back.

ISBN ISBN 13:978-1-68188-109-6 978-1-68188-109-6 ISBN 10: 1-68188-109-8

9 781 681 88 1096 $24.95 US/$29.95 CAN

Caramel Fudge Toffee & Brittle

SARA AASUM HULTBERG

112 pages 203 x 229 mm • 8 x 9 in 80+ BREADS TO BAKE AT HOME 15,000 words 40 recipes 70 photographs Hardcover Rights: World English

Caramel Fudge Toffee &

BREAD, BREAD, BREAD is home baker Martin Johansson’s big book about bread. It has more than eighty recipes for hard, soft, fast, slow, light, dark, sour, and sweet breads—all easy to bake. With practical advice he shows how you can simplify your baking and still bake amazing bread with taste and character. And with a bit of courage and help from this book, you will construct your own favorite recipes. It would make Martin Johansson happy.

Brittle

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-117-1 ISBN 1-68188-117-9 ISBN10: 978-1-68188-117-1

9 781681 881171 $22.95 US/$27.50 CAN

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-148-5 ISBN 10: 1-68188-148-9

Better From Scratch

bread bread bread

Caramel Fudge Toffee & Brittle

Sara Aasum Hultberg

martin johansson

SARA AASUM HULTBERG

se pages, you’ll find award-winning confectioner Aasum Hultberg’s secrets for success with ng caramel, fudge, toffee, and brittle at home. how to create your own beautiful specialty ctions, including French nougat, chocolate es, caramelized nuts, and decadent sauces. ecipes feature high-quality ingredients and de both classic and modern delights. These hwatering offerings are perfect for desserts, treats, holiday gifts, and more.

bread bread bread recipes

techniques

shortcuts

$30.00 US/$39.99 CAN

martin johansson

the art of

h

ow

to ma

ke

m

p lu s r e c ip e s to use you r i

em

s

jams jellies • curds pickles • chutneys salsas • sauces and more n

MAKE AT HOME

preserving o

D.I.Y. FOODS YOU CAN

ade

cre

at

IV Y MANNING rick field lisa atwood

Paul Ricard: The Story of Provence’s Drinks King

Paul

y of Paul Ricard, who ned premium spirits aying the mystique of vence into a worldwide eless tale of adventure, wess, and creative this extraordinary minates how Ricard way through turbulent conomic times to ssful business that test of time.

Robert Murphy

ROBERT MUR PH Y

224 pages, with 16 pages of color images 150 x 230 mm 6 x 91/2 inches 48,000 words 105 photographs Rights: World English

Paul

THE STORY OF PROVENCE’S DRINKS KING

The Story of Provence ’s Drinks King

446-2 -446-2

ROBERT MURPHY

62

$39.99

September 3, 2018 h

Bread Bread Bread Martin Johansson 256 pages 185 x 224 mm • 71/4 x 8 3/4 in 50,000 words 80+ recipes 85 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: World English

The Art of Preserving

ho

160 pages 191 x 247 mm • 71/2 x 93/4 in 45,000 words 60 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

delicious

s Drinks King

144 pages 170 x 240 mm • 6 3/4 x 91/2 in 30,000 words 75 recipes 80 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Ivy Manning

from

’

FOOD + DRINK

3/9/2018 11:08

rebecca courchesne

Rick Field, Lisa Atwood & Rebecca Courchesne 240 pages 216 x 254 mm • 81/2 x 10 in 50,000 words 70 recipes 135 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Cheese Obsession Georgeanne Brennan 224 pages 185 x 247 mm • 71/4 x 91/2 in 45,000 words 130 recipes 130 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

119

FOOD + DRINK

BACKLIST

Grill School

The Total

GET FIREDManual UP Grilling LEARN TO GRILL LIKE A PRO

240 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 in 50,000 words 115 recipes 85 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

224 pages 190 x 240 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 60,000 words 100 recipes 700 photographs and illustrations Flexicover Rights: Worldwide

Various Authors

This amazing collection of skills, tips, and recipes serves up everything you need, whether you’re hosting your first barbecue or have been grilling and smoking for years.

Expert-tested tricks and techniques detail how to get the most out of your grill and everything you can cook on it, as well as mouthwatering sauces, sides, and more.

EQUIPMENT From charcoal to gas to the open campfire, here’s the skinny on the best grilling tools and equipment. Learn how to choose the right fuels, build up your fireside toolkit, and even build your own smoker and rotisserie.

Head outside, fire up the

Fred Thompson Grill Master among your

friends and family with this

Over 100 back-to-basics recipes that will

have you not only turning out everyone’s

favorite grilled recipes, like thick porterhouse

The ultimate arsenal of

steaks rubbed with Italian herbs, smoky

bacon-wrapped shrimp, and garlicky lamb

BACK-TO-BASICS

chops, but also tackling the holy trinity of

recipes for the grill

barbecue: slow-smoked brisket, tender baby back ribs, and succulent pulled pork.

WILLIAMS-SONOMA SKU #1843754

Fred Thompson

ISBN 1-61628-631-8

Grill Master

Fred Thompson

The Wild Chef

Bart Van Olphen

Jonathan Miles

144 pages 159 x 241 mm • 6 1/4 x 9 1/2 in 20,000 words 45 recipes 75 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

224 pages 216 x 254 mm • 8 1/2 x 10 in 60,000 words 150 recipes 200 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide simply

Simply One Pot

a complete meal; ideas for vegetarians; and tips

Kate McMillan

Whether you’re a cooking novice who wants to learn the basics, or you’re looking for a new collection of great recipes to hone your skills, this book is for you. The combination of crave-worthy dishes and detailed lessons guarantees renewed confidence—and delicious, homemade meals.

Anybody can learn to cook good food!

EVA KOLENKO is a food and lifestyle photographer from San Francisco who pursues her passion for food through frequent visits to Bay Area restaurants to dine, shoot and blog about the cuisine and people behind it. In between her personal and commercial shoots, she spends time with her husband, young daughter and dog at their new home in Novato, California where she hopes to set up a thriving urban homestead.

SKU #6911630

and

learn

6911630 6911630

Cook Good Food

$19.95 US /$24.95 CAN

Various Authors

144 pages eat!

188 x 247 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 3/4 in learn to make 35,000COOKIES words · MUFFINS COBBLERS · PIES 60 recipes CAKES & CUPCAKES BISCUITS · BREADS 50 photographs PIZZAS Paperback with flaps Rights: Worldwide

inspiring helpful encourages everyday kitchenThis items to standand in for fancy cookbook baking you to leavearound. any kitchen fears behind—and create tools you don’t have laying No matter the fabulous witha ease.

Throughout occasion, whether you’refood baking birthday cake these pages,

wewant walk to youenjoy through keyhomemade basic cooking techniques for a friend or just some and show towill make recipes muffins for breakfast, thishow book guide you you’ll enjoy both

eating: easy eggs Benedict with blender through real-lifecooking cookingand situations. hollandaise; simple Pad Thai; homemade French Whether you’re a baking novice who wants to fries with spicy ketchup; warming short rib ragù; learn the basics, or you’re looking for a new garlic-braised chicken; gorgonzola-stuffed potatoes; collection of great recipes to hone your skills, butterscotch pudding; and many more fresh this cookbook will teach you how a few simple and flavorful dishes. ingredients and a hot oven can create magic.

Flip through the pages, preheat your oven, toss Each chapter features a single cooking technique on an apron, and get baking! Anybody can learn accompanied by step-by-step directions and photos, to bake good things. so it’s easy to learn. You’ll master sautéing,

stir-frying, frying, braising, simmering & poaching, EVA KOLENKO is and a food and lifestyle photographer steaming with just a basic set of pots and from San Francisco pursues her passion panswho on hand—no fancy equipment is required.

for food throughThe frequent Bay secrets Area to success, detail lessonsvisits also to reveal restaurants to dine, shoot,needed, and blog about the any tools demystify confusing terms, and cuisine and people behind it. In between her Think of this outline essential dos and don’ts. personal and commercial spends book as a shoots, personalshe cooking class, working your time with her husband, youngeach daughter, dogsubsequent way through lesson and and the

at their new home in Novato, where in the kitchen. recipes, to gainCalifornia more confidence she hopes to set up a thriving urban homestead.

After reading the technique primers, move on to

try the easy, modern recipes that are equally suited

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-766-5 ISBN 1-61628-766-7 ISBN 10: 1-61628-766-7

Kate McMillan

Bake Good Things

bake

cook good food

seasonal recipes for delicious soups

for everyday meals or to showcase your cooking

If you’re ready to take your baking skills up a notch, we’re here to help.

With this book as your guide, you’ll become more confident in the kitchen as well as seriously up your baking game, while having tons of fun along the way.

and

bake good things

you through real-life cooking situations.

If you’re ready to take your cooking skills up a notch, we’re here to help.

With this book as your guide, you’ll become more confident in the kitchen as well as seriously up your cooking game, while having tons of fun along the way.

$19.95 US /$24.95 CAN

Various Authors cook good food

the occasion, whether you’re hosting a party or just trying to get dinner on the table, this book will guide

RECI PES

SOUP

160 pages 222 x 247 mm • 8 3/4 x 9 3/4 in 35,000 words 70 recipes 75 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Cook Good Food

for buying the right ingredients. No matter what

TECH NIQU ES

simply

Kate McMillan

delicious meals from slowcooked stews to quick stirfrys

160 pages 222 x 247 mm • 8 3/4 x 9 3/4 in 35,000 words 70 recipes 75 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

144 pages eat!

188 x 247 mm • 7 1/2 x 9 3/4 in learn how to 35,000SAUTE words · STIR-FRY FRY · BRAISE 60 recipes SIMMER & POACH STEAM 50 photographs Paperback with flaps Rights: Worldwide

COOKING WITH FIRE

TOOL S

Simply Soup

ONE POT

Kate McMillan

learn,

EDITED BY LISA ATWOOD

264 ESSENTIALS FOR

Cooking with Tinned Fish

1843754

U.S. $29.95 | CAN $34.95

cook,

MANUAL

272 pages 235 x 256 mm • 9 1/4 x 10 in 55,000 words 130 recipes 150 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

ultimate grilling companion.

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-631-6 ISBN 10: 1-61628-631-8

U.S. $29.00 CAN $32.00 ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-047-1 ISBN 10: 1-68188-047-4

GRILLING

Willie Cooper

grill, and earn the title of

9 781616 286316

RECIPES From perfectly simple grilled chicken to a decadent baconwrapped filet mignon to a grilled gazpacho, this book has a recipe for every palate, including suggestions for flavor pairings, spice rubs, and even cocktails to complement your meal.

THE

Adventures in Grilling

Grill Master 224 pages 197 x 256 mm • 7 3/4 x 10 in 55,000 words 100 recipes 150 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

TECHNIQUES Hone your strategy on how to cook the perfect burger, choose the right woods for the smoker, grill fish hassle-free, and hundreds more insider hints from grilling masters around the world.

THE

TOTAL GRILLING MANUAL

Andrew Schloss & David Joachim

TOTAL

120

bake good things

SKU #6912273

Printed in China www.weldonowen.com

$19.95 US/$24.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

SIMPLE TECHNIQUES & FOOLPROOF RECIPES FOR EVERYDAY EATING

Printed in China www.weldonowen.com

9 7 8161 6 2876 72

continued on back flap

$19.95 US / $24.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

recipes you’ll enjoy both making and eating, like chocolate chip cookies, blueberry-cornmeal muffins, biscuit breakfast sandwiches, banana cream pie, red velvet cupcakes, meat lovers’ pizza, and many more. Gone are the days of boxed cake mixes and store-bought dough—this book will show you just how easy and enjoyable baking from scratch can be.

Each chapter features a single baking technique accompanied by step-by-step directions and photos, so it’s easy to learn. You’ll master the art of baking cookies and bars; muffins and quickbreads; biscuits, scones, and cobblers; pies; cakes and cupcakes; and yeast breads and pizzas. The lessons also detail any tools needed, reveal secrets to success, demystify confusing terms, and outline essential dos and don’ts.

Think of this book as a personal baking class, working your way through each lesson and the subsequent recipes, to gain more confidence move on to try the easy, modern recipes that are equally suited for everyday snacks and treats or to share with friends and family.

ISBN-13: 978-1-61628-767-2 ISBN 1-61628-767-5 ISBN-10: 1-61628-767-5

bonus information such as how to make the dish into

your kitchen fears behind as you’re walked through practical baking techniques and learn to make

as you go. After reading the technique primers,

6912273

6912273 Bake Good Things

Each of the 60 recipes includes bonus information such as how to frost and decorate sweets, tips

to friends and family. Each of the 60 recipes includes

9 7 8161 6 2876 65

Bake Good Things shows new bakers how to create delicious oven-baked treats easily. Leave

SIMPLE TECHNIQUES & FOOLPROOF RECIPES FOR EVERYDAY EATING

for buying the right ingredients, and how to hack

continued on back flap

BACKLIST

BURG R NIGHT

WHAT’S FOR DINNER TONIGHT?

y popular with both kids and grown-ups. In this indispensable volume, you’ll find ed to know to assemble healthful, satisfying meals featuring this much-loved food. an 50 inspired recipes for burgers—meat, poultry, seafood, vegetarian—condiments, ishes, and more. Whether you want to put together a weeknight family supper or a weekend barbecue for friends, this book tells you how.

BURG R

CHICK N

DINNER SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY DAY OF THE WEEK

DINNER SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY DAY OF THE WEEK

NIGHT

NIGHT

PASTA NIGHT DINNER SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY DAY OF THE WEEK

FOOD + DRINK

What’s for Dinner Series Kate McMillan

KATE M c MILL AN

128 pages 212 x 243 mm • 81/2 x 93/4 in 30,000 words 60 recipes 50 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-734-4 ISBN ISBN 10:1-61628-734-9 1-61628-734-9

SKU #8304045

8304045 8304045 Burger Night

9 781 616 28 7344 $19.95 US / $22.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

KATE Mc MILLAN

KATE Mc MILLAN

SCHOOL NIGHT

PIZZA NIGHT

WHAT’S FOR DINNER TONIGHT?

DINNER In this indispensible cookbook, you’ll find everything you need to know to create quick and easy weeknight dinners that both kids and adults will enjoy. Discover more than 50 recipes for delicious SOLUTIONS dishes—from meatless meals, freezable dinners, and speedy desserts—that are family-friendly and enough to make even with a busy schedule. Whether you want to enjoy breakfast for dinner FORsimple EVERY DAY or prepare fresh, flavorful dishes with as few ingredients as possible, this book tells you how.

OF THE WEEK

SCHOOL NIGHT

DINNER SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY DAY OF THE WEEK

KATE Mc MILLAN

TACO NIGHT DINNER SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY DAY OF THE WEEK

KATE M c MILL AN

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-958-4 ISBN 1-61628-958-9 ISBN10: 978-161628958-4

SKU #8890688

8890688 8890688

KATE Mc MILLAN

School Night

9 781 616 28 9584

$19.95 US / $22.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

KATE Mc MILLAN

THE

slow cooking Awaken your taste buds with a whole new approach to slow-cooking. The more than

100tempting luscious recipes and comforting recipes insidein mind More than 125 with hectic schedules this book are bursting with fresh flavors.

A Fresh Twist on Slow-Cooked Comfort Layered with bright flavors and crunchy textures, classic slow-cooked recipes are updated for today’s cook, with delicious results.

Dishes That Satisfy the Whole Family From succulent beef to melt-in-your-mouth chicken to hearty legumes, this book contains an irresistible array of easy-to-prepare recipes your family will love.

From Simple Ingredients to Mouthwatering Meals

THE

ISBN-13: 978-1-61628-602-6 ISBN-10: 1-61628-602-4

cooker

Various Authors 224 pages 197 x 256 mm • 73/4 x 10 1/4 in 55,000 words 100–125 recipes 75–100 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

MORE THAN 100 HANDS-OFF MEALS TO SATISFY THE WHOLE FAMILY

SKU #2431302

2431302

BRIGIT BINNS

The New Slow Cooker

$34.95 US / $39.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

Kim Laidlaw

Comfort

YEAR-ROUND

ROASTING

FOOD

comfort home baked

More than 100 over-the-top delicious baked creations from your own kitchen plus tales of the sweet life from bakers across the country

RECIPES FOR CLASSIC DISHES & MORE

NEW & UPDATED EDITION

RICK RODGERS

Comfort Collection

NEW SLOW

BRIGIT BINNS

Whether preparing a weeknight meal or an elegant dinner, this book will show you how to transform wholesome, easy-to-find ingredients into tantalizing dishes.

NEW SLOW COOKER

quick

KATE Mc MILLAN

RECIPES & TECHNIQUES FOR EVERY OCCASION

KIM LAIDLAW

121

122

FOOD + DRINK

BACKLIST

Delux Format Trends

US $19.95 CAN $23.95

Various Authors

art

the

96–128 pages 210 x 235 mm • 8 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 24,000 words craft beautiful and delicious cookies to savor and share 50+ recipes 45+ photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

shelly kaldunski is a Northern California—based food stylist, culinary teacher, and expert in all things sweet. As a pastry chef, Shelly worked in restaurants in San Francisco before becoming a food editor at Martha Stewart Living. She was the food stylist for and contributor to Martha Stewart’s Baking Handbook and is the author of Sweet Scoops and Ice Pops.

art

of the

the

A beautifully crafted cookie is a work of art and beloved by all. Still-warm cookies fresh from the oven are irresistibly enticing but decorating the treats doubles the fun. Whether it’s a cookie exchange, holiday gathering, or Mother’s Day tea, decorated cookies are a sweet and memorable addition to any special occasion.

The Art of the Cookie presents over 40 delectable recipes and inspiring decorating ideas. With a focus on transforming a simple cookie into a masterpiece, each recipe promises both exceptional flavor and visual appeal. The cookie recipes are divided into two main chapters. The first offers favorite and versatile roll-and-cut dough recipes, such as brown sugar cookies and gingerbread, followed by clever, yet simple ideas for decorating them: vibrant vanilla-sugar flowers; alphabet shapes flooded with icing and sprinkled with colorful sugars; and petits fours stacked to resemble a miniature wedding cake. The second chapter includes classics with a modern twist, such as sparkly macarons; wreath-shaped sugar cookies baked with lemon and thyme and decorated with icing ornaments; and striped cookies that taste and look like peppermint sticks. Recipes for various fillings to use with many of the cookies round out the collection.

Indulgent

Baking up inspiration by the dozen

In these pages, discover over 40 tempting recipes and inspiring ideas for decorated cookies, from cutout shapes piped with vibrant colors, to jam-filled spirals, to assorted cookie sandwiches. You’ll find the perfect cookie for any special occasion.

SHELLY KALDUNSKI shelly kaldunski

maren caruso has photographed over 50 cookbooks including Williams-Sonoma Cooking from the Farmers’ Market and Chocolate Obsession, winner of an IACP best food photography award. Her photographs have also appeared in Saveur, Gourmet, and Food & Wine magazines.

ISBN- 13: 978-1-61628-974-4 ISBN10:1-61628-974-0 1-61628-974-0 ISBN

shelly kaldunski

Baked Treats,

9 7 8161 6 2897 44

Packed with gorgeous colorful photographs, this Naturally book has all the encouragement and know-how you’ll Gluten-Free need to create artful cookies that look as if they were Goodness purchased from a pastry shop.

WILLIAMS-SONOMA SKU# 2712982

2712982

Printed in China.

2712982 THE ART OF THE COOKIE

www.wopublishing.com

Kristine Kidd

luscious ice creams

Bake tempting fruit desserts all year round

FLAVORFUL GELATOS & GRANITAS

TASTY MIX-INS & MORE

Frozen Desserts

From a simple scoop of ice cream to an old-fashioned shake to an elegant multilayered torte, frozen desserts appeal to everyone.

This book shows you how to make all of the elements at home (or how to layer in purchased ingredients for ease) for the ultimate icy desserts. With tips for serving, storing, and personalizing your creations, along with full-color photographs throughout, this is a complete guide for anyone who loves frozen treats.

T HE S C O O P S

THE EX TRA S

THE S ODA FOUNTA I N

THE S WEET SH O P

Ice cream, gelato, frozen yogurt, sorbet, and granita

Cones, cookies, sauces, syrups, and toppings

Classic and modern shakes, malts, floats, slushes, and sundaes

Ice cream cakes, pies, sandwiches, bonbons and more

In this inspiring cookbook, you’ll find everything you need to know to create an ice creamery at home: over 50 recipes for delicious frozen treats, from rich ice creams and gelatos to cooling granitas and sorbets, plus cones, sauces, toppings, and more.

Innovative ideas for mix-ins and parties round out this go-to guide for everyone who loves ice cream.

8302432

ice creAmerY Inside these pages, you’ll discover

cakes • pies • tarts cobblers • crisps • custards crumbles • muffins • scones

doughnuts • and more COOKBOOK

All made with ripe, juicy seasonal fruit

RECIPES FOR FROZEN TREATS, TOPPINGS, MIX-INS & MORE

ISBN-13: 978-1-61628-933-1 ISBN-10: 1-61628-933-3 ISBN 1-61628-933-3

SKU #204743

9 7 8161 6 2868 42

Frozen Desserts

the

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-684-2 ISBN 10:1-61628-684-9 1-61628-684-9 ISBN

ISBN-13: 978-1-61628-932-4 ISBN-10: 1-61628-932-5

SKU #8302432

SKU #8303906

SHELLY KALDUNSKI

204743 204743

8303906 photos by Erin Kunkel

Ice Creamery

More than 60 recipes & ideas for scoops, shakes, slushes, sundaes, $22.95 US / $26.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com sandwiches, special-occasion treats & more from your home kitchen

$24.95 US / $28.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

luscious fruit desserts

Seasonally organized, this book features more than 50 recipes, each crafted to take advantage of fruit at the pinnacle of freshness.

A primer on making the perfect pie, a section on basic baking techniques, and full-color photographs round out the book.

luscious fruit desserts

ice creAmerY COOKBOOK

Desserts

the

OZ E N • FRdecadent toppings•& sauces

refreshing sorbets & sherbets

of the

GLUTEN-FREE

9 781 616 28 9331 $24.95 US / $28.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

8303906

Luscious Fruit Desserts

more than 50 recipes for baking with the season’s harvest

the JUICE SOLUTION

the

JUICE SOLUTION

ATE YOUR OWN

ICE BAR

More than

90 feel-good recipes to energize, fuel, detoxify, and protect

ERIN QUON

at home

+

these pages, you’ll ozens of tempting es made from raw vegetables, nuts, re, customized for juicer. Drink your ents for optimum h and wellbeing.

BRIANA STOCKTON

ISBN ISBN 13:1-61628-683-0 978-1-61628-683-5 ISBN 10: 1-61628-683-0 SKU #8844367

8844367 8844367

The Juice Solution

9 7 8161 6 2868 35 $22.95 US/$26.95 CAN weldonowen.com

ERIN QUON

+

BRIANA STOCKTON

are renowned for making T H EPro-blenders smoothies and nut milks, but they are

SIDE DISH also great for juices, purées, dips, butters, spreads, hot and cold soups, sweet and savory sauces, dressings, batters, creams,

foams, and even frozen desserts. Inside H Nyou’ll D find B more O than OK theseA pages,

Smoothies & BEYOND

MAKE FAST, EASY & HEALTHY DISHES WITH A PRO-BLENDER

40 delicious and diverse recipes suitable for breakfast, lunch, dinner, or dessert.

Tori Ritchie ISBN 13: 1-61628-803-5 978-1-61628-803-7 ISBN ISBN 10: 1-61628-803-5

TORI RITCHIE 9 7 8161 6 2880 37

delicious ways to use your vitamix ® professional series™ blender

Smoothies & BEYOND

Recipes and ideas for using your pro-blender for any meal of the day from batters to soups to desserts

Tori Ritchie

Featuring 40 recipes and expert tips for your favorite ingredients

$19.95 US/$24.95 CAN weldonowen.com

Large Format Trends Various Authors 96–128 pages • 194 x 222 mm • 7 3/4 x 8 3/4 in 20,000 words • 40+ recipes • 90 photographs and illustrations Hardcover • Rights: Worldwide

BACKLIST

FOOD + DRINK

Cast Iron cooking in

Inspired recipes for dutch ovens, frying pans, grill pans, roasters & more

Valerie Aikman-Smith

ice

pops RECIPES FOR FRESH AND FLAVORFUL FROZEN TREATS

eggs fresh, simple recipes for frittatas, omelets, scrambles & more

SHELLY KALDUNSKI

Jodi Liano

THE

COOK BOOK

cooking with

from allspice to turmeric, easy recipes for international f lavor

sweet scoops

Thanksgiving

Waffles

pressure cooker

Waffles sweet & savory recipes for every meal

LOU SEIBERT PAPPAS RECIPES FOR AWaffles HOLIDAYfor MEAL Any Time of Day

ice cream, frozen yogurt, gelato, sorbet, and more!

homemade meals in minutes TO R I R I TC H I E

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-989-8 ISBN 10:1-61628-989-9 1-61628-989-9 ISBN

SKU #4399903

9 7 8161 6 2898 98

jennifer newens

Food Made Fast Various Authors 112 pages • 200 x 240 mm • 8 x 9 in 20,000 words • 40 recipes • 90 photographs Hardcover with jacket • Rights: Worldwide

Tara Duggan

With more than 40 sweet and savory recipes, you’ll discover just how delicious—and versatile—waffles can be! Choose from vanilla bean Belgian waffles perfect for a weekend morning; crisp ham and cheese waffle sandwiches for a creative take on lunch; hearty chicken and waffles for a home-style dinner; gooey s’mores waffles for an inspired dessert; and many more treats to enjoy throughout the day.

$19.95 US/$23.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

Shelly Kaldunski

4399903 4399903 Waffles

TARA DUGGAN

Small Format Trends 96–128 pages 185 x 210 mm • 71/2 x 81/2 in 19,000 words • 40–45 recipes 50 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

123

124

FOOD + DRINK

BACKLIST

ry the hung

I MAKE FOOD WITH .

FANTASTIC FLAVORS

ook cookbKjartan

KJARTAN SKJELDE

The Hungry Family Cookbook family

Family Meals Maria Helm Sinskey

healthy, fresh & quick recipes for all ages

Skjelde & Berit Nordstrand KJARTAN

312 pages 218 x 241 mm • 8 1/2 x 9 1/2 in 50,000 words 114 recipes 85 photographs and illustrations Hardcover Rights: World English

CHEF AND FATHER OF THREE CHILDREN, KJARTAN SKJELDE, AND

BERIT NORDSTRAND, A DOCTOR AND MOTHER OF SIX, HAVE 115 HEALTHY, FAMILY-FRIENDLY RECIPES. THE AUTHORS ARE MASTERS

AT CONJURING GREAT-TASTING DISHES THAT ARE NUTRITIOUS AND DELICIOUS—AND WILL ENRICH EVERYDAY FAMILY MEALS. THEIR CHOICE

OF INGREDIENTS IS INFORMED BY HEALTH BENEFITS; SO, FOR EXAMPLE, HONEY AND ANCIENT GRAINS ARE USED INSTEAD OF SUGAR AND WHITE FLOUR. FRESH, ORGANIC FOODS ARE RECOMMENDED THROUGHOUT,

GREENS IN DAILY EATING. THE RESULT IS A FEAST OF A BOOK.

AND I GIVE YOU TIPS AND SUGGESTIONS FOR HEALTHY PLEASURES AS WE GO.

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-113-3 ISBN 10: 1-68188-113-6

If you want to make good-tasting and healthy everyd ay food for your family, then this is the book for you.

BERIT NORDSTRAND

AND THE AUTHORS OFFER COUNTLESS WAYS TO INCORPORATE MORE

the hungry

COLLABORATED ON THIS WONDERFUL COOKBOOK FEATURING MORE THAN

KJARTA N SKJELD E

family cookbook

288 pages 200 x 255 mm • 8 x 10 in 65,000 words 117 recipes 300 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

BERIT

$35.00 US/$45.00 CAN

KJARTAN SKJELDE

Shazi Visram

Baby & Toddler On the Go

Kim Laidlaw is a cookbook editor, author, baker, and mom who has been in the kitchen since she author of Home Baked Comfort and has worked

HEALTHY ShaziSTART! Visram with Cricket Azima

as an editor in the cookbook world for over popular Bay Area Bites blog, which launched in 2005. Kim previously worked as a professional baker at La Farine French Bakery in Oakland, CA. She lives with her husband and their active and well-fed toddler in San Francisco.

Thayer Allyson Gowdy is a San Francisco–

of happy family founder & chief mom

based photographer who has been featured in numerous magazines, including Martha Stewart Living, Real Simple, InStyle Home, and Parents, and in such books as The Baby & Toddler Cookbook, Healthy Baby, and Pattern Prints.

Happy Family, one of the premier makers of organic baby food, presents more than 70 mom-approved recipes for nourishing, tasty, and easy-to-make meals and snacks for your baby and toddler. From nutritious, inspired purees and blends for babies who are just starting on solids to delicious, creative meals and snacks for toddlers who are ready for new tastes and textures, the recipes in this engaging, colorful cookbook brim with nutrients and flavor—the perfect start for your growing baby.

ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-049-5 ISBN ISBN 10:978-1-68188-049-5 1-68188-049-0

9 7 8168 1 8804 95 $25.00 US/$29.99 CAN www.weldonowen.com

Lorena Siminovich is a designer, artist, and author originally from Buenos Aires and is now based in San Francisco. She has written and illustrated over 20 books for children, which have received praise from Parents Magazine, Pregnancy magazine and Publishers Weekly,

160 pages 210 x 235 mm • 8 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 35,000 words 75 recipes 60 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

Packed with more than 75 simple-to-prepare and easy-to-transport recipes

among others. She is also the founder of Petit

made with fresh ingredients, Baby & Toddler On the Go offers a tasty and nutritious

Collage, a line of modern wall décor and

approach to feeding children from 4 months to 3 years. From simple purees to finger

accessories with a vintage twist.

foods, making homemade meals for your child lets you decide exactly what goes into their tummies, and ensures they are exposed to a wide variety of fruits, vegetables, grains, and protein—no matter where you are.

on the go

Feeding your baby or toddler a healthy homemade meal while you are on the go may seem like a daunting task, but with the easy-to-prepare recipes and guidance found in this book, you can make it happen without a lot of time spent in the kitchen.

baby&toddler on the go

Fresh, homemade foods to take out and about

Life is busy, especially with a little one in tow, and it doesn’t leave much time to plan, prep ingredients, and prepare wholesome meals that are easy to take along, whether you are traveling by car or plane, heading to daycare or the park, or simply running errands. The more than 75 wholesome, yummy recipes found here, plus loads of tips and tricks for planning, prepping, cooking, packaging, and feeding, will set you up for any situation.

Baby & Toddler On the Go takes you through each stage of eating, from introducing purees at 4 to 6 months, to bite-sized mini meals packed with nutritious ingredients by 12 months, to sandwiches and finger foods appropriate for toddlers 18 months to 3 years and beyond. Plus, nearly all of the recipes found here can be made in advance and stored in the freezer, meaning that you can have a array of different meals at your fingertips, anytime. So, no matter where you

ISBN 13: 978-1-61628-499-2 ISBN 10: 1-61628-499-4

are, it’s possible to feed your child tasty meals and snacks that are sure to elicit a smile.

by SHAZI

VISRAM with CRICKET AZIMA

www.weldonowen.com

Kim Laidlaw Printed in China

The Baby & Toddler Cookbook

The Lunch Box

Karen Ansel, MS, RD & Charity Ferreira

112 pages 185 x 210 mm • 7 1/4 x 8 1/4 in 5,400 words 75 recipes 45 photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

176 pages 210 x 235 mm • 8 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 40,000 words 75 recipes 65+ photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

baby&toddler

Kim Laidlaw

136 pages 210 x 235 mm • 8 1/4 x 9 1/4 in 40,000 words 75 recipes 65+ photographs Hardcover Rights: Worldwide

Kim Laidlaw

was big enough to stir biscuit dough. She is the

ten years. She was the first blogger on KQED’s

U.S. $26.95 Can. $28.99

Whether you are at home, in the park, on an airplane, or anywhere in between, feeding your child wholesome meals is deliciously possible, even on a busy schedule.

baby&toddler on the go

Happy Family Organic Superfoods Cookbook GIVE YOUR for HAPPY, BabyBABY & AToddler

BERIT NORDSTRAND

Kate McMillan

Cooking for Baby

Love in Spoonfuls

Lisa Barnes

Editors of Parenting

144 pages 185 x 210 mm • 7 1/4 x 8 1/4 in 28,000 words 40 recipes 40 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

160 pages 220 x 225 mm • 8 3/4 x 8 7/8 in 29,000 words 85 recipes 45 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

from the editors of

fast and easy

Love in

ways to make nutritious food

Spoonfuls

for your baby

BACKLIST

hese super-fun recipes will make e kitchen irresistible to any child.

Kids love to eat what they make, so don’t be surprised when they slurp down their first batch of veggie-packed minestrone soup.”

–Susan Kane, Editorial Director, Parenting Magazine

he cookbook

FOR YOU!

the cookbook

for kids Great recipes for kids who love to cook

Packed with more than 60 yummy

cipes for easy-to-make treats, from crepes

nd cookies to fish tacos and nachos, this

ook makes cooking loads of fun! Kids will

ve dishes like cinnamon-swirl French toast

breakfast, or granola bars for after-school

acks. Lots of colorful illustrations and fun

cts ensure they will have a blast whipping up their own creations in the kitchen.

Printed in China US $19.95/CAN $23.95 ISBN-13: ISBN 13:978-1-61628-018-5 978-1-61628-018-5 ISBN 10:1-61628-018-2 1-61628-018-2 ISBN-10:

9 781616 280185 www.weldonowen.com

WILLIAMS-SONOMA SKU #2589257

2589257 2589257 The Cookbook for Kids

Lisa Atwood

The Cookbook for Kids Lisa Atwood 128 pages 206 x 235 mm • 8 x 9 in 20,000 words 65+ recipes 35 photographs and illustrations Hardcover, concealed wire-o Rights: Worldwide

great food

for KIDS

Jenny Chandler Delicious recipes & fabulous facts to turn you into a kitchen whizz

FOOD + DRINK

Great Food for Kids Jenny Chandler 160 pages 206 x 235 mm • 8 x 9 in 20,000 words 50 recipes 100 photographs and illustrations Hardcover, concealed wire-o Rights: North America

Fun Food

Sweet Treats

Stephanie Rosenbaum

Carolyn Weil

128 pages 240 x 265 mm • 91/2 x 10 1/2 in 10,000 words 25 recipes 175 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

128 pages 240 x 265 mm • 91/2 x 10 1/2 in 10,000 words 25 recipes 175 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

Kids Baking

Little Cooks

Abigail Dodge

Erin & Tatum Quon

128 pages 200 x 230 mm • 8 x 9 in 25,000 words 30 recipes 225 photographs Hardcover, concealed wire-o Rights: Worldwide

128 pages 227 x 235 mm • 9 x 91/4 in 11,000 words 37 recipes 125 photographs Paperback Rights: Worldwide

Kids Parties Lisa Atwood

The Kid’s Cookbook Various Authors 128 pages 200 x 230 mm • 8 x 9 in 25,000 words 30 recipes 225 photographs Hardcover, concealed wire-o Rights: Worldwide

144 pages 227 x 235 mm • 9 x 91/4 in 10,000 words 40 recipes 150 photographs Hardcover with jacket Rights: Worldwide

The Great American Birthday Cake Book Dean Brettschneider & Jazmine Nixon 212 pages 200 x 260 mm • 8 x 10 1/4 in 10,000 words 90 recipes 120 photographs Hardcover Rights: North America

125

126

INDEX A

Adventures in Grilling 120 America the Great Cookbook 102 American Girl Around the World 88 American Girl Cookies 87 American Girl Cupcakes 86 American Girl Garden to Table 88 American Girl Series 89 Antipasti 118 Art of Curiosity, The 42 Art & Making of The Greatest Showman, The 32 Art of Fashion Journal, The 54 Art of Hair, The 17 Art of Pregnancy 50 Art of Preserving, The 119 Awaking Beauty 20

B

Baby & Toddler Cookbook, The 124 Baby & Toddler on the Go 124 Bake America Great Again 103 Bake Good Things 120 Bake! The Quick-Look Cookbook 116 Best Cookies 114 Best of Thanksgiving, The 118 Better from Scratch 119 Board Books 83 Bohemian Rhapsody 31 Bread Bread Bread 119 Breakfast Bible 95

C

Canines of New York 49 Canines of San Francisco 49 Caramel Fudge Toffee & Brittle 119 Career Dreams 55 Celebrate Rosé 110 Cheese Obsession 119 Cocktails 112 Cocktails: The New Classics 113 College Cookbook, The 81 Comfort Collection 121 Complete Book of Clean, The 8 Complete Book of Home Organization, The 8 Complete Book of the Home, The 8 Complete Cocktail Manual, The 112

Complete Gut Health Cookbook, The 117 Complete Junior Chef Cookbook, The 83 Complete Peanuts Family Album, The 22 Complete Photo Manual Revised Edition, The 41 Complete Portrait Manual, The 41 Cook Good Food 120 Cook Like a Pro 116 Cook’s Wisdom 116 Cookbook for Kids, The 125 Cooking at Home 116 Cooking Essentials 116 Cooking from the Farmers’ Market 117 Cooking in Season 90 Cooking Together 119 Cooking with Tinned Fish 120 Creole Kitchen 115 Crystal Craft 48 Cyber Attack Survival Manual, The 37

French Kitchen, The 115 Friends’ Journal 52 From Scraps Journal: Bicycle 57 From Scraps Journal: Chaise 57 Fun Food 125 Future Then, The 44

D

Handcrafted Gifts 15 Happy Family Organic Superfood Cookbook for Baby & Toddler, The 124 Healthy in a Hurry 117 Healthy Instant Pot 78 Hello Glow 16 Holiday Paper Crafts 15 How to Photograph Everything 40 Hungry Family Cookbook, The 124

Delicious Dessert Cocktails 109 Delux Format Trends Series 122 Design Library 84 Downton Abbey Cocktail Book 74

E

Easy Garden Projects 9 Easy Italian 114 Easy Mexican 114 Eat Well Series 117 Eat! The Quick-Look Cookbook 116 Edible Garden, The 10 Edumacation 47 Entertaining 118 Essential Glow 16 Everyday Instant Pot 79 Everyday Slow Cooking 80 Exploralab 93

F

Family Heritage Journal 53 Family Meals 124 Fan Fare 94 Favorite Cakes 108 Feasts 115 Food Made Fast Series 123 Foraged Art 12

G

Get the Picture 40 Grandfather’s Journal 52 Grandmother’s Journal 53 Great American Birthday Cake Book, The 125 Great Food for Kids 125 Grill Master 120 Grill School 120 Guides, The 76

H

I

I ♥ Kosher 76 Italian Comfort Food 114 It’s a Pleasure 119

J

Junior Chef Master Class 82

K

Kaukasis 115 Kids Baking 125 Kid’s Cookbook, The 125 Kids Parties 125 Kitchenalia 116 Kitchen Garden Cookbook 117

127

L

La Vie Rustic 101 Large Format Trends Series 122 Let’s Cook Japanese Food! 101 Let’s Do Brunch 118 Little Book of Cocktail Bites 105 Little Book of Southern-Style Bites & Sips 105 Little Cooks 125 Little Taste of San Francisco, A 104 Little Taste of Cape Cod, A 104 Little Treats Cookies 106 Little Treats Donuts 107 Live Inside and Out 70 Lonny Home, The 6 Love in Spoonfuls 124 Love, Inside & Out 54 Lunch Box, The 124

M

Malaysia 115 Mamushka 115 Mickey Mouse 19 Mix Shake Stir 118 Mocktails 113 Modern Farmhouse Style 9 Modern Homesteading 11 Mother and Daughter Journal 51 My Baby Record Album 50 My Indian Cookbook 115 My Thai Cookbook 115

N

Nail Candy 17 Naked Cakes 119 Nasty Woman Journal 55 New Classics Cookbook, The 114 New Comfort Food, The 114 New Kosher, The 118 Newlywed Cookbook 92 Newlywed Entertaining 93 Night Dream, The 56 Nine Old Men 21

O

Of the Day Series 96 Official Downton Abbey Cookbook, The 72 Our Korean Kitchen 115

Total Inventor’s Manual, The 79 Total Knife Manual, The 38 Total MacGyver Manual, The 26 Total Redneck Manual, The 39 Two in the Kitchen 119

P

U

Paul Ricard 119 Peanuts Holiday Cookbook 84 Peanuts Family Cookbook 85 Punches & Infused Rums 113

Q

Quick & Easy Home DIY Manual, The 8

R

Rocketman 30 Rustic Mexican 100 Rustic Series 100

S

Sawbones 46 Silver Linings 56 Simple Sewing Projects 14 Simply One Pot 120 Simply Soup 120 Sisters’ Journal 51 Small Format Trends Series 123 Small Space Style 4 Soups and Stews 114 South of France Cookbook, The 115 Sorella 118 Star Trek 28 Superfoods Cookbook, The 117 Sussman Brothers Series 118 Sweet Treats 125 Switched On 48

T

Take Your Best Shot 40 Taste of the World, A 114 Test Kitchen Series 98 This Happened to Me! 77 This Is Us 24 Total Bicycling Manual, The 34 Total Grilling Manual, The 120

Ultimate Bushcraft Survival Manual, The 39 Ultimate Survival Hacks 36 Urban Canvas, The 18 Urban Remedy 117

V

Viva Mezcal 112 VOLT ink. 118

W

Walls of Fame 33 Way We Cook, The 114 Weeknight Series 117 What’s for Dinner Series 121 What’s Your M.O.? 48 What the Fat? 116 Wild Chef, The 120 World Kitchen, The 114 Woven Color 13

Y

Yemek 114

ORDERING INFORMATION To place an order, please contact your local sales representative.

If you don’t have a representative, please email or call us directly.

RETAIL, SALES REP OR WHOLESALE INQUIRIES sales@weldonowen.com Tel: 415-526-1370 ext. 159

NORTH AMERICA PACKAGING, PROPRIETARY AND CUSTOM SALES amy.kaneko@weldonowen.com direct: 415-860-9165

Special sales inquiries or to find a gift showroom, please contact the S&S special sales department: Tel: 866-506-1949 Email: business@simonandschuster.com

CUSTOMER SERVICE INQUIRIES customerservice@weldonowen.com

DISTRIBUTORS

INTERNATIONAL SALES outside of the U.S. and Canada Email: internationalcustomerservice @simonandschuster.com

MARKETING marketing@weldonowen.com PUBLICITY Tel: 415-526-1370 ext. 113 Email: publicity@insighteditions.com

FOR INTERNATIONAL RIGHTS Tel: 415-526-1389 Email: rights@insighteditions.com France & French Canada Brigitte Perivier Tel: +33 1 43 20 25 42 Email: brigitte.perivier@wanadoo.fr Germany Gabi Scolik Tel: +43 1 544 23 33, Email: gabriela.scolik@printcompany.co.at

Simon & Schuster, Inc. Order Processing Department 100 Front Street Riverside, NJ 08075 US SAN# 2002442

INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS U.S. Customer Service: 800-223-2336 U.S. Fax: 800-943-9831 U.S. Customer Email: purchaseorders@simonandschuster.com Canadian Customer Service: 800-268-3216 Canadian Fax: 888-849-8151 Canadian Customer Email: canadianorders@simonandschuster.com Electronic direct ordering: U.S. S&S PUBNET SAN: 2566044 Canadian S&S PUBNET SAN: 1154788

|

United Kingdom Publishers Group UK 63-66 Hatton Garden London, United Kingdom EC1N 8LE Tel: +44 020 7405 1105 Email: info@pguk.co.uk www.pguk.co.uk Australia Simon & Schuster Suite 19a, Level 1, Building C 450 Miller Street (PO Box 448) Cammeray NSW 2062 AUSTRALIA Tel: +612 9983 6600 Web: simonandschuster.com.au

ROJECTS

• Learn the basics of sewing, embroidery, quilting, and binding.

• Gain sewing experience by choosing from a

Newlywed Cookbook

range of projects, from simple to advanced.

• Be inspired by a variety of approachable

projects and both classic and on-trend designs.

FAVORITE RECIPES FOR COOKING TOGETHER

I S B N 978-1-68188-286-4

US $25.00 CAN $34.00 ISBN: 978-168188-286-4

9

781681 882864

Quick-stitch designs for sewing by hand and machine

dish day BICYCLING WO82864_LS_WO_MRD_SSEW_COV.indd 1

6/21/17 10:43 AM

YOUR COMPLETE GUIDE TO

of the

268 CYCLIST WHEREVER YOU MAY RIDE

365 FAVORITE RECIPES FOR EVERY DAY OFFOR THE YEAR KATE MCMILLAN ESSENTIAL SKILLS THE EVERYDAY

HIT THE ROAD You’ll find friendly, comprehensive guidance on buying the right bike and other gear (including what you don’t need to buy, and where you really shouldn’t scrimp), and getting the most out of your ride wherever it may take you—street, trails, or beyond.

ROBERT F. JAMES is a writer, editor, farmer, and lifelong cyclist.

He works in an independent bicycle shop and, for fun, participates in the kind of endurance rides that most people get tired just reading about (notably the AIDS/LifeCycle and the Furnace Creek 508, a 508-mile race that crosses Death Valley and the Mojave Desert.)

KEEP ROLLING Detailed instructions and step-by-step illustrations guide you through essential maintenance and a wide range of DIY repairs and upgrades.

You’ll learn something new whether you have a workshop full of tools or are just getting started wrenching.

The magazine’s mission is to unify, inspire, and integrate cycling culture into everyday life by providing entertaining and informative articles. Work or play, day or night, dirt or road, it’s all part of the Bicycle Times everyday cycling adventure.

I S B N 978-1-68188-159-1

US $29.00 CAN $32.00 ISBN: 978-1-68188-159-1

9

BICYCLING MANUAL

GEAR UP Whether you’re looking for the perfect bike for your everyday commute, interested in long-distance road racing, or planning some fun family outings, this book has all the information you need.

The

TOTAL

781681 881591

The

TOTAL

BICYCLING 268 ESSENTIAL SKILLS

MANUAL

GEAR

RIDING

REPAIR

ROBERT F. JAMES

& THE EDITORS OF

the

Packed with luscious photographs, this inspiring guide shows how easy and satisfying it is to make doughnuts at home.

You’ll find out how to make all types of doughnuts from scratch—fritters, jelly-stuffed, glazed, sprinkled, and more.

There’s sure to be a treat for every doughnut lover to enjoy.

GROW YOUR OWN VEGETABLES, FRUITS AND HERBS NO MATTER WHERE YOU LIVE

the

doughnut

From the editors of Country Gardens Magazine

doughnut

cookbook

THE COMPLETE ISBN 13: 978-1-68188-134-8 ISBN10: 978-1-68188-134-8 ISBN 1-68188-134-9

MANUAL

SKU #3632531

9 7 8168 1 8813 48 3632531 3632531

The Doughnut Cookbook

$14.95 US / $16.95 CAN www.weldonowen.com

DELICIOUS RECIPES FOR BAKED & FRIED DOUGHNUTS

Rustic Italian

300+

RETOUCHING & BEYOND

Photographs by Rory Earnshaw

“ This collection reflects how I cook at home.

My favorite dishes to make for family and friends are uncomplicated ones – recipes that honor ingredients and the seasons, with a nod to my Italian heritage.”

FORAGED ART ISBN-13: 978-1-61628-963-8 ISBN-10: 1-61628-963-5

SKU #3640729

3640729

$29.95 US / $39.95 CAN

Rustic Italian

www.weldonowen.com

DOMENICA MARCHETTI

a little taste of

Peter Cole and Lesl

gleaned shells, leaves niature reflect both he author of a oks, including n Brooklyn

LIGHTING & GEAR

Peter Cole and Leslie Jonath

Rustic Italian

ompleted, the y others before how-to photos POSING & WORKING tivity, the WITH SUBJECTS hat you find, he beauty of

FORAGED ART

TIPS & TECHNIQUES and rings FOR SHOOTING des more PERFECT pods, rocks, PHOTOS OF ments.

With PEOPLE xture, you rt by simply

new & updated edition

Simple, authentic recipes for everyday cooking

DOMENICA MARCHETTI